Xiaomi is once again pushing the boundaries of smart home technology with the introduction of its Mijia Super Energy Saving Vertical 3 HP Air Conditioner. This innovative appliance not only redefines cooling efficiency but also showcases Xiaomi’s dedication to eco-friendly solutions. Released exclusively in China, this air conditioner is designed to seamlessly integrate into modern smart homes while delivering exceptional performance. With advanced specifications and features, the Mijia air conditioner is set to revolutionize how we manage our home climates.
A Major Advancement in Air Conditioning Technology
The Mijia Super Energy Saving Vertical 3 HP Air Conditioner stands as a remarkable example of Xiaomi’s commitment to innovation. Priced at around 5,499 yuan (approximately $753 or €694), this unit features a dual-cylinder compressor and dual-row condenser, achieving Super Level 1 Energy Efficiency. With an Annual Performance Factor (APF) of 5.65, it offers significant energy savings—up to 361 kWh annually compared to traditional models. This not only reduces electricity bills but also lessens environmental impact.
This air conditioner is engineered for robust performance without sacrificing comfort or sustainability. It boasts a circulating air volume of 1752 m³/h, ensuring rapid and uniform air distribution. A wide 115° wind field and a remarkable 13-meter air supply distance provide comprehensive coverage for spaces up to 40 square meters. Whether faced with sweltering summer heat or frigid winter temperatures, this unit excels, cooling efficiently at temperatures as high as 60°C and heating down to -32°C, surpassing its predecessor from 2020.
Unparalleled Performance and Speed
Speed is a standout feature of the Mijia Super Energy Saving Vertical 3 HP Air Conditioner. It cools a room in just 40 seconds and heats it in 80 seconds, delivering near-instant comfort. The dual-cylinder compressor enhances low-frequency stability by 30%, reducing noise levels by 5% compared to traditional single-cylinder models. Additionally, the dual-row condenser improves heat exchange efficiency by 82%, optimizing both cooling and heating while minimizing energy consumption.
The unit incorporates the Lingyun Energy Saving 2.0 system, which intelligently optimizes energy usage for up to 40% savings. Hygiene is prioritized with an intelligent self-cleaning feature that utilizes 56°C high-temperature sterilization, eliminating 99% of bacteria. These advancements make the Mijia air conditioner an eco-conscious and reliable choice for contemporary households.
Smart Home Integration with HyperOS
Xiaomi’s dedication to smart living is evident in the air conditioner’s seamless compatibility with HyperOS Connect, its advanced smart home ecosystem. Users can control the unit remotely via the Mijia app or through XiaoAI voice commands for hands-free operation. The Mijia Smart Cloud Control Engine automatically adjusts settings based on room conditions, ensuring optimal comfort and efficiency. Furthermore, over-the-air (OTA) updates keep the unit equipped with new features, maintaining its status as a cutting-edge appliance.
The design of the air conditioner is both functional and stylish, featuring a Starlight Silver glass panel that enhances any space. Its compact dimensions (340mm width, 1863mm height, 408mm depth) and low noise levels (42-46 dB(A)) ensure it remains a powerful yet unobtrusive addition to homes, offices, or leisure settings.
A Step Toward Sustainable Living
Xiaomi’s Mijia Super Energy Saving Vertical 3 HP Air Conditioner reflects the company’s broader mission to create high-quality, sustainable home appliances. By focusing on energy efficiency and eco-friendly design, Xiaomi meets the rising demand for green technology without compromising on performance. Its capability to function in extreme temperatures, coupled with intelligent power-saving features, makes it a versatile solution for various climates and user needs.
While currently available only in China, Xiaomi’s history of expanding its product lineup globally suggests this innovative air conditioner may soon reach international markets. For now, it serves as a flagship product in Xiaomi’s Mijia ecosystem, embodying the company’s vision of “smart, efficient, and greener” home solutions.
Why This Matters
The Mijia Super Energy Saving Vertical 3 HP Air Conditioner represents more than just an appliance; it offers a glimpse into the future of home climate control. Its unique combination of energy efficiency, rapid performance, and smart connectivity sets a new industry benchmark. For consumers, this translates to lower utility costs and enhanced comfort. For the environment, it signifies a step toward reducing energy consumption and carbon footprints.
As Xiaomi continues to innovate across various product lines, the Mijia Super Energy Saving Vertical 3 HP Air Conditioner stands out as a pinnacle of engineering and design. It exemplifies that luxury and sustainability can coexist, providing users with the best of both worlds in one revolutionary package.
Key Features of the Mijia Air Conditioner
Feature
Specification
Price
5,499 yuan ($753, €694)
Energy Efficiency
Super Level 1
Annual Performance Factor
5.65
Cooling Capacity
Up to 60°C
Heating Capacity
Down to -32°C
Air Volume
1752 m³/h
Noise Level
42-46 dB(A)
Conclusion
In summary, Xiaomi’s Mijia Super Energy Saving Vertical 3 HP Air Conditioner is a groundbreaking addition to modern home appliances. Its commitment to energy efficiency, rapid cooling, and smart integration makes it a standout choice for consumers seeking a sustainable and efficient solution.
Xiaomi’s Mijia Super Energy Saving Vertical 3 HP Air Conditioner
Discover the future of home cooling with Xiaomi’s innovative air conditioner, combining energy efficiency and smart technology for enhanced comfort.
Xiaomi, air conditioner, smart home, energy efficiency, Mijia, technology
The smartphone industry is on the brink of a photography revolution, and Xiaomi is leading the charge with its upcoming flagship device, codenamed SM8850. Leaks and insider reports suggest that this highly anticipated smartphone will feature the groundbreaking OmniVision OV50Q image sensor. This innovation promises to transform mobile photography, reinforcing Xiaomi’s commitment to superior imaging technology. As we explore this exciting development, it becomes clear that Xiaomi is not just keeping pace with the competition; it’s setting new standards in the smartphone market.
The OmniVision OV50Q: Redefining Image Quality
The OmniVision OV50Q is a 50MP, 1/1.3-inch main camera sensor that aims to deliver outstanding image quality, even in low-light conditions. Its unique LOFIC (Lateral Overflow Integration Capacitor) technology enhances dynamic range, accelerates focus speed, and ensures smooth frame transitions for both photos and videos. According to insights from Weibo tipster @DigitalChatStation, this sensor also supports super frame synthesis, which results in sharper images and reduced noise while consuming less power. This efficiency is vital for flagship devices designed for all-day use.
The OV50Q excels in high dynamic range (HDR) scenarios, capturing intricate details in both bright highlights and deep shadows. Whether photographing vibrant sunsets or dimly lit urban scenes, this sensor promises cinematic-quality images, making it a game-changer for photography enthusiasts and professional content creators alike.
Competitive Landscape: Xiaomi vs. Honor
Xiaomi isn’t alone in its pursuit of the OV50Q; Honor is also set to integrate this sensor into its Magic 8 series. This rivalry highlights the fierce competition among Chinese smartphone manufacturers aiming to dominate the premium camera phone market. The anticipated pairing of the OV50Q with Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 2 (SM8850) chipset in both Xiaomi and Honor devices indicates that these flagship smartphones will offer not only superior imaging but also exceptional performance.
Xiaomi’s integration of the OV50Q continues its longstanding collaboration with leading sensor manufacturers like OmniVision and Leica. This partnership has already produced impressive results in devices such as the Xiaomi 14 Ultra and Xiaomi 15 Ultra, which have garnered praise for their advanced camera systems. The upcoming SM8850-powered flagship is expected to elevate Xiaomi’s imaging capabilities even further, positioning it as a serious contender for the best camera phone of 2025.
Benefits for Users: What to Expect
The inclusion of the OV50Q sensor in Xiaomi’s next flagship brings several key advantages for users:
Superior Low-Light Performance: The sensor’s large size and LOFIC technology promise brighter, clearer images in low-light environments, reducing noise and preserving detail.
Enhanced HDR: Improved dynamic range allows for capturing scenes with greater contrast, making photos and videos more vibrant.
Faster Autofocus: Upgraded focus speed enables users to capture sharp images of moving subjects, perfect for action shots.
Power Efficiency: Lower power consumption means users can utilize the camera extensively without quickly draining the battery.
These advancements reflect the growing consumer demand for professional-grade imaging in smartphones, as highlighted by OmniVision’s marketing manager, Takuritsu Li.
Xiaomi’s Vision for the Future
Xiaomi‘s decision to equip its SM8850 flagship with the OV50Q is part of a broader strategy to stand out in a saturated market. The company has consistently prioritized camera innovation, as seen in its partnerships with Leica and investments in large-sensor technology. Leaks suggest that the Xiaomi 16 Pro, a potential candidate for the SM8850, could feature a versatile triple-camera setup, including the OV50Q main sensor, a 50MP ultra-wide, and a 200MP telephoto lens.
Moreover, integrating the OV50Q with the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 2 chipset indicates a holistic approach to performance. This combination promises not only superior imaging but also seamless multitasking, gaming, and AI-driven features, making the upcoming flagship a true all-rounder.
Looking Ahead: Anticipation Builds
While specific details about Xiaomi’s SM8850-powered flagship remain under wraps, the buzz surrounding the OmniVision OV50Q sensor is palpable. Mass production of the OV50Q is expected to begin in Q3 2025, with a market release anticipated by late 2025 or early 2026, aligning with Xiaomi’s typical release cycle for its Ultra and Pro models.
As Xiaomi and Honor prepare to unveil their OV50Q-equipped flagships, the smartphone camera wars are heating up. For photography enthusiasts, the prospect of a 50MP sensor with LOFIC technology, combined with Xiaomi’s expertise in computational photography, is exhilarating. If the leaks prove accurate, Xiaomi’s next flagship could redefine mobile imaging, continuing the company’s legacy of technological advancement.
In a world where smartphones are essential for capturing life’s moments, Xiaomi’s upcoming flagship is set to empower users to experience and photograph the world in stunning detail. Stay tuned for further updates as we approach the official unveiling of this remarkable device.
Omnivision: Xiaomi’s Revolutionary Camera Technology
Xiaomi’s upcoming flagship promises revolutionary camera technology with the OmniVision OV50Q sensor, enhancing mobile photography experiences. Tags: Xiaomi 16 Pro, OmniVision, Snapdragon 8, smartphone photography, mobile imaging, camera technology
Xiaomi for All is thrilled to announce the launch of the Mijia Wireless Floor Washer 4 Pro. This innovative cleaning device is now available for pre-order on Xiaomi Youpin in China. With an impressive suction power of 21,000Pa and an advanced anti-tangle system, this floor washer is set to redefine home cleaning. Priced at 1,999 yuan (approximately $275), it will officially hit the market on April 29.
Impressive Specifications for Superior Cleaning
The Mijia Floor Washer 4 Pro is engineered with a high-performance motor that delivers 134AW of suction power and 23N of ground pressure. This ensures exceptional cleaning capabilities on hard surfaces. Notably, it features a five-level water control system that accelerates drying time and minimizes slipping hazards.
Equipped with a newly designed high-density roller brush and a floating metal scraper bar, this model excels in dirt removal. It enhances water absorption efficiency by 23% and scraping efficiency by an astonishing 255% compared to its predecessors. As a result, users can expect a 39% reduction in drying time and a 41% decrease in water residue marks.
Advanced Anti-Tangle System and Hygiene Features
Xiaomi has prioritized user convenience with the upgraded anti-hair-entanglement system, certified by TÜV Rheinland. This innovative design employs a shark tooth comb structure, allowing the washer to handle up to 3,000 strands of hair without clogs. This feature makes it ideal for households with pets or long-haired individuals.
Hygiene is another key focus. The Mijia Floor Washer 4 Pro integrates a comprehensive sterilization system. This includes 100°C hot water cleaning, electrolyzed water sterilization, 90°C hot air drying, and antibacterial roller materials. Xiaomi claims a sterilization rate of up to 99.999% against common pathogens like E. coli and Candida albicans. Additionally, a 120°C heat press maintains brush softness for optimal cleanliness.
Long-Lasting Battery and Smart Features
The cleaner is powered by a robust 4000mAh battery, providing up to 40 minutes of runtime on a single charge. This allows users to cover approximately 336 square meters without interruption. The device includes a 1000mL clean water tank and a 700mL dirty water tank for extended cleaning sessions.
Smart dirt detection is another impressive feature. A high-precision sensor automatically adjusts suction power based on the dirt level detected. An LED display and voice prompts keep users informed about cleaning modes and maintenance requirements.
For added convenience, the dirty water tank features a solid-liquid separation system for easy maintenance. The roller brush, made from high-density antibacterial material, boasts a 17% density improvement for enhanced durability.
Overall, the Mijia Wireless Floor Washer 4 Pro combines cutting-edge technology with user-friendly features, making it a valuable addition to any smart home.
Key Features of Mijia Wireless Floor Washer 4 Pro
Feature
Specification
Suction Power
21,000Pa
Battery Capacity
4000mAh
Runtime
Up to 40 minutes
Clean Water Tank Capacity
1000mL
Dirty Water Tank Capacity
700mL
Sterilization Rate
Up to 99.999%
Conclusion: Elevate Your Cleaning Experience
The Mijia Wireless Floor Washer 4 Pro is a remarkable advancement in cleaning technology. With its powerful suction, advanced features, and user-friendly design, it promises to make home cleaning more efficient and hygienic. Don’t miss out on this opportunity to elevate your cleaning experience.
Mijia Wireless Floor Washer 4 Pro
Discover the innovative Mijia Wireless Floor Washer 4 Pro, featuring powerful suction and advanced cleaning technology for your smart home.
Xiaomi for All is thrilled to share the anticipated features of HyperOS 3, the latest operating system set to revolutionize the user experience across Xiaomi’s diverse range of devices. Building on the foundation of Android 16, HyperOS 3 promises innovative functionalities that enhance device usability while prioritizing security and ecosystem integration. As Xiaomi continues to refine its software capabilities, we can expect this update to set a new standard for mobile operating systems.
Key Features to Expect from HyperOS 3
HyperOS 3 will introduce several significant upgrades that enhance performance and functionality. Here’s a glimpse of what’s in store:
Feature
Description
Live Updates
Real-time information delivery without app reliance
Embedded Photo Picker
Streamlined interface for selecting images
Improved Privacy Controls
Introduction of the new Privacy Sandbox
Writing Tools API
Allows apps to manage access to AI writing tools
These enhancements reflect Xiaomi’s commitment to improving the user experience, ensuring that HyperOS 3 remains at the forefront of mobile technology.
Multimedia and Visual Upgrades
The multimedia capabilities of HyperOS 3 are set to receive significant improvements. Key upgrades include:
Camera Enhancements: Expect hybrid auto-exposure for better low-light photography, precise color temperature controls, and a night mode camera extension API.
Display Optimizations: Users will enjoy improved adaptive refresh rate support, edge-to-edge app compatibility, and ultra HDR image enhancements.
These features align perfectly with Xiaomi’s mission to deliver exceptional multimedia experiences, especially for its camera-centric devices, including the latest Xiaomi 14 series.
Performance and System Enhancements
HyperOS 3 will likely see substantial improvements in its system architecture. Notable features include:
Vulkan Support: The official graphics API for Android, enhancing gaming and visual performance.
Cloud Compilation: Facilitates quicker app installations for users.
Improved App Adaptability: Ensures better performance across various device types.
Xiaomi’s focus on performance optimization indicates that HyperOS 3 will deliver an even more responsive and efficient user experience.
Connectivity and Accessibility Innovations
HyperOS 3 is also expected to enhance connectivity and accessibility. Key features include:
Auracast Broadcast Audio Support: Allows innovative audio sharing between devices.
Ambient Sound Volume Controls: Designed for hearing aids using LE Audio technology.
Generic Ranging APIs: Improved location services for better navigation.
Gemini Extensions: Expanded capabilities for AI assistants.
These advancements demonstrate Xiaomi’s dedication to creating a seamless and interconnected device ecosystem, aligning with Lei Jun’s vision of effortless integration across all Xiaomi products.
Conclusion
As we eagerly await the release of HyperOS 3, it’s clear that Xiaomi is committed to enhancing the user experience through innovative features and improvements. This new operating system promises to redefine how we interact with technology, making it an exciting development for Xiaomi enthusiasts.
Xiaomi HyperOS 3 Features
Discover the innovative features of Xiaomi HyperOS 3 that will redefine user experience and connectivity across devices.
In the dynamic landscape of wearable technology, two titans stand out in 2025: the Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport and the Apple Watch Series 10. These smartwatches epitomize the best of their brands, combining state-of-the-art technology with stylish aesthetics. But which one truly deserves a place on your wrist? In this comprehensive comparison, we will explore their design, performance, health tracking capabilities, battery life, and overall ecosystem. Let’s dive into this thrilling face-off!
Design: Where Style Meets Functionality
Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport: The Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport boasts a striking 1.43-inch AMOLED display, featuring a resolution of 466 x 466 pixels. Its sapphire glass ensures durability, making it ideal for active users. The titanium alloy case not only looks premium but also keeps the watch lightweight at just 36g (excluding the strap). With a 47.6mm diameter, this smartwatch offers a bold yet elegant appearance. Users can customize their device with interchangeable bezels and straps, ranging from sporty silicone to refined leather. Additionally, it’s equipped with 5ATM water resistance, allowing it to withstand depths of up to 40 meters, making it perfect for swimming and diving enthusiasts. The dual-button navigation simplifies usage, although it lacks the tactile crown found in some competitors.
Apple Watch Series 10: Apple continues its legacy with the Series 10, featuring its signature square design with rounded corners. This model comes in two sizes, 42mm and 46mm, and is Apple’s thinnest smartwatch at just 9.7mm thick. The edge-to-edge OLED display offers a generous screen area of up to 1220 sq mm, ensuring vibrant visuals. Available in aluminum or titanium finishes, the Series 10 radiates sophistication. Weighing only 35.3g (in aluminum, GPS), it’s impressively light. With a water resistance rating of 50 meters and a new depth sensor, this watch is ready for aquatic adventures, although it doesn’t match the diving capabilities of Xiaomi’s model. Seamless navigation is made possible through a digital crown and a side button, while the always-on display shines brightly at up to 2000 nits.
Verdict: Xiaomi’s circular design and customization options cater to those who appreciate a classic look with rugged functionality. In contrast, Apple’s sleek, minimalist aesthetic and larger display appeal to urban trendsetters. Ultimately, the choice depends on personal preference: bold versatility or refined elegance.
Performance and Software: Under the Hood Power
Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport: The heart of the Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport is powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon W5+ Gen 1 processor, delivering impressive speed and responsiveness. It operates on Wear OS 3.5, enhanced by Xiaomi’s HyperOS interface. While it doesn’t feature the latest Wear OS 5, users benefit from Google’s essential apps, including Maps, Wallet, and Assistant, alongside third-party applications like Spotify. HyperOS adds an extra layer of polish with gesture controls and Alexa integration. However, Xiaomi’s update strategy is somewhat unclear, raising questions about future enhancements. The dual-frequency GNSS ensures reliable location tracking, although it falls short of Garmin’s precision.
Apple Watch Series 10: The Series 10 is driven by the S10 SiP chip, Apple’s fastest processor to date, paired with watchOS 11. This combination results in a smooth user experience, whether launching apps or processing Siri queries. The Apple ecosystem remains unparalleled, offering a rich third-party app store and seamless integration with iPhones. Unique features like Double Tap for one-handed control and a new Vitals app enhance usability. Additionally, the ultra-wideband chip allows for precise iPhone locating, a feature Xiaomi cannot match. However, the Series 10 is limited to iPhone users, potentially alienating Android enthusiasts.
Verdict: Apple’s robust ecosystem and superior software performance give it an edge for iPhone users, offering faster processing and a wider app selection. Xiaomi’s Wear OS versatility makes it appealing for Android fans, yet its older OS version and uncertain update path hinder its competitiveness.
Health and Fitness Tracking: Your Wellness Companion
Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport: Xiaomi emphasizes fitness with over 150 sports modes, ranging from running to niche activities like kite surfing. It features heart rate monitoring, SpO2 tracking, sleep analysis, and stress assessment, providing decent accuracy for casual users. The dual-frequency GPS enhances outdoor tracking, although it doesn’t reach the accuracy levels of Garmin. Notably, the absence of ECG or advanced sensors, such as wrist temperature, is a drawback, and its fitness data analysis feels basic compared to premium competitors. Nevertheless, the dive-specific features, including water temperature sensing, cater to aquatic adventurers.
Apple Watch Series 10: Apple raises the bar with FDA-cleared sleep apnea detection, ECG, blood oxygen monitoring (region-dependent), wrist temperature, and heart rate variability tracking. The Vitals app offers a comprehensive overview of health metrics, while watchOS 11’s training load feature and customizable Fitness app make it ideal for runners. Safety features like fall detection and emergency SOS add extra layers of protection. The Series 10’s GPS is highly accurate, and integration with Apple Fitness+ provides guided workouts. For women, cycle tracking stands out as a notable feature. However, it lacks advanced diving metrics.
Verdict: Apple’s extensive health suite and safety features position it as the go-to choice for wellness enthusiasts. While Xiaomi impresses with its diverse sports modes and diving capabilities, its simpler analytics and missing sensors limit its appeal.
Battery Life: Who Stays Charged Longer?
Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport: Xiaomi excels with an impressive battery life of up to 15 days under typical usage conditions. Even with GPS tracking, the watch can last several days, making it ideal for long adventures. Charging is quick, taking about an hour, but users will find themselves needing to plug in infrequently.
Apple Watch Series 10: Unfortunately, battery life remains a weak point for Apple. The Series 10 offers between 18 and 36 hours of use, depending on settings, requiring daily charging for most users. Although fast charging (0% to 75% in just 30 minutes) alleviates some inconvenience, it still pales in comparison to Xiaomi’s endurance.
Verdict: Xiaomi’s remarkable battery life is a significant advantage for users who dislike frequent charging. While Apple’s fast charging is convenient, the necessity of daily top-ups is a drawback.
Ecosystem and Value: Getting the Most Bang for Your Buck
Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport: Priced between $200 and $250, the Watch S4 Sport offers excellent value for its premium features and build quality. Its compatibility with both Android and iOS (with better functionality on Android) broadens its user base. HyperOS integrates well with Xiaomi’s ecosystem, although it lacks the cohesiveness of Apple’s environment. For budget-conscious buyers, it represents a high-value option.
Apple Watch Series 10: Starting at $399 for the 42mm GPS model, the Series 10 is a premium investment. Upgrading to LTE models or titanium finishes increases the price. While its iPhone-only compatibility limits versatility, the seamless integration with Apple’s ecosystem—spanning iCloud, Fitness+, and Apple Pay—remains unmatched. For loyal iPhone users, the value lies in the polished experience.
Verdict: Xiaomi takes the lead in affordability and cross-platform compatibility. Apple justifies its higher price with superior software and ecosystem benefits, but only for iPhone users.
Conclusion: Which Smartwatch Should You Choose?
The Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport emerges as a rugged, budget-friendly option, boasting impressive battery life and features tailored for adventurers. It’s ideal for Android users or anyone seeking a customizable smartwatch that won’t break the bank. However, its older Wear OS version and basic health tracking capabilities prevent it from reaching true flagship status.
On the other hand, the Apple Watch Series 10 is the ultimate choice for iPhone users, blending sleek design, rapid performance, and industry-leading health tracking features. Its ecosystem is a dream for Apple fans, but the daily charging requirement and higher price are notable trade-offs.
Choose Xiaomi if you value long battery life, a classic design, and great value, especially in mixed-device households. Opt for Apple if you are deeply entrenched in the Apple ecosystem and prioritize comprehensive health features and a polished app experience.
In this epic showdown, there is no one-size-fits-all victor. The Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport caters to adventurers, while the Apple Watch Series 10 appeals to urban sophisticates. Which smartwatch best fits your lifestyle?
Comparision Table
Feature
Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport
Apple Watch Series 10
Price
~$200–$275 (€159.99–€200)
Starts at $399 (42mm, GPS); $429 (46mm, GPS); LTE and titanium models cost more
Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport: Offers incredible value with a premium titanium build, exceptional battery life (up to 15 days), and dive-ready features. Its Wear OS 3.5 and HyperOS combo supports Android better but lacks the app ecosystem and advanced health sensors of Apple. Ideal for adventurers and budget-conscious buyers.
Apple Watch Series 10: Excels in health tracking (ECG, sleep apnea), software polish, and iPhone integration. Its sleek design and robust app store are unmatched, but daily charging and iOS exclusivity are drawbacks. Best for iPhone users prioritizing wellness and ecosystem.
Choose the Xiaomi for affordability, battery endurance, and outdoor versatility, or the Apple Watch for cutting-edge health features and a seamless iPhone experience.
Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport vs Apple Watch Series 10
Discover the ultimate comparison between the Xiaomi Watch S4 Sport and Apple Watch Series 10, focusing on design, performance, and health tracking.
Xiaomi has recently made a significant announcement that will affect many users. The company confirmed that seven popular devices will reach their end-of-life (EOL) status in April 2025. This means these devices will no longer receive software support, including essential security updates and enhancements. Additionally, Xiaomi has temporarily paused HyperOS updates for 20 days, impacting users who are eagerly waiting for the latest software improvements. This decision aligns with Xiaomi’s lifecycle management policy, which dictates a limited period for software updates after a device’s launch. Below, we explore the devices affected, the implications of their EOL status, and what users can expect in the future.
End of support for Xiaomi devices
Devices Facing End of Support
The EOL announcement encompasses a variety of devices, ranging from gaming to budget-friendly smartphones. Each of these models has played a significant role in Xiaomi’s lineup. Here’s a closer look at the devices that will no longer receive updates after April 2025:
Device Name
Launch Date
Key Features
POCO F4 GT
April 2022
Snapdragon 8 Gen 1, 120Hz AMOLED, advanced cooling
The end of support for these devices means they will no longer receive crucial updates, including security patches and HyperOS enhancements. This decision may disappoint users who rely on regular updates for optimal performance and security.
Implications of End-of-Life Status
When a device reaches EOL, it stops receiving software updates, including vital security patches and bug fixes. Although these devices will continue to function, the absence of updates poses several risks:
Security Vulnerabilities: Without regular security patches, devices become increasingly susceptible to malware and cyber threats. As new vulnerabilities emerge, users may find their devices more vulnerable.
Compatibility Issues: As applications and services evolve, they may require newer operating systems. EOL devices may struggle to run the latest software, leading to compatibility challenges.
Performance Decline: Over time, the lack of optimizations can result in slower performance and glitches, negatively affecting user experience.
Xiaomi typically offers 2-3 years of major OS updates and 3-4 years of security patches for mid-range and flagship devices. Budget models like the Redmi 10A often have shorter support cycles. The EOL announcement aligns with this standard timeline, particularly for devices launched in early 2022.
Understanding the HyperOS Update Pause
In addition to the EOL news, Xiaomi has paused HyperOS updates for 20 days, as reported by various sources. HyperOS is Xiaomi’s next-generation operating system, aimed at providing a unified experience across smartphones, tablets, and IoT devices. This temporary halt may serve as a strategic move to address bugs or prepare for a major software rollout.
This pause affects all Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO devices waiting for HyperOS updates, not just those nearing EOL. Users may experience delays in receiving anticipated features such as enhanced customization and improved battery management. Although Xiaomi hasn’t disclosed specific reasons for the pause, updates are expected to resume by mid-May 2025.
What Users Should Consider
For users of the seven EOL devices, here are some steps to consider:
Assess Usage Needs: If security and app compatibility are essential, consider upgrading to a newer Xiaomi device, such as the Xiaomi 14 series or the Redmi Note 13 lineup.
Backup Data: Regularly back up important data to cloud services or external storage to prevent loss in case of device issues.
Explore Custom ROMs: Tech-savvy users might consider custom ROMs like LineageOS, which can extend device functionality. However, this may void warranties and requires technical expertise.
Monitor Performance: Keep an eye on your device’s performance and app compatibility over the next year to decide when to replace it.
For those affected by the HyperOS pause, staying informed is crucial. Check Xiaomi’s official channels or community forums for updates on the resumption of HyperOS rollouts.
Xiaomi’s Lifecycle Management Explained
Xiaomi’s approach to device support reflects industry standards, balancing cost, innovation, and user experience. While competitors like Samsung and Google offer longer update cycles, Xiaomi’s 2-4 year window remains competitive, particularly for budget and mid-range devices. The company’s strategy of frequent hardware releases ensures a steady stream of new options, although this can lead to shorter support periods for older models.
The recent EOL announcement and HyperOS pause highlight Xiaomi’s efforts to streamline its software ecosystem while managing a diverse device portfolio. As Xiaomi expands HyperOS across its lineup, users can anticipate a more cohesive and feature-rich experience on supported devices.
Conclusion
Xiaomi’s decision to end support for seven popular devices in April 2025 and pause HyperOS updates for 20 days emphasizes the realities of smartphone lifecycle management. While the POCO F4 GT, Redmi K50 Gaming, Redmi 10A, Redmi Note 11S, Redmi Note 11 Pro+ 5G, Xiaomi 11i, and Xiaomi 11i HyperCharge will no longer receive software updates, they remain functional for now. Users should evaluate their options, from upgrading to newer models to exploring alternative software solutions. The HyperOS pause is likely temporary, with Xiaomi preparing for a robust update rollout soon. Stay tuned to Xiaomi’s official channels for the latest developments.
End of support for Xiaomi devices
Xiaomi’s end of support for devices highlights the importance of timely updates and user awareness in technology.
Xiaomi has once again enchanted fans of the wizarding world with the launch of a captivating lineup of Harry Potter-themed accessories, unveiled during the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro launch event on April 24, 2025, in China. This collection, which includes a Bluetooth speaker, power bank, gaming mouse, and mechanical keyboard, blends cutting-edge technology with the iconic aesthetics of J.K. Rowling’s beloved franchise. Designed to appeal to both tech enthusiasts and Harry Potter aficionados, these limited-edition products showcase Xiaomi’s knack for merging functionality with fandom. Here’s an in-depth look at each accessory and what makes this collection a must-have for fans.
A Spellbinding Collaboration
Xiaomi’s collaboration with the Harry Potter franchise is not new, with previous releases like the Redmi Note 12 Turbo and Redmi Turbo 3 Harry Potter Editions earning praise for their intricate designs and thematic accessories. However, this latest collection, announced alongside the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro Harry Potter Edition, takes customization to new heights. According to posts on X and reports from outlets like Gizmochina, Xiaomi has described this as their “most sincerely crafted” themed release yet, with meticulous attention to detail in both design and packaging. From Hogwarts-inspired logos to elements drawn from the wizarding world, these accessories are designed to transport users to the magical realm of Harry Potter.
The launch event, primarily focused on the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro—a smartphone powered by the Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 chipset with a 6.83-inch 1.5K LTPS OLED display—served as the perfect stage to introduce these accessories. The Harry Potter-themed products complement the smartphone’s maroon and blue back panel, which features silhouettes of Harry Potter and Voldemort, reinforcing the cohesive magical theme across the ecosystem.
Redmi Bluetooth Speaker Harry Potter Edition: Portable Magic
The Redmi Bluetooth Speaker Harry Potter Edition, priced at 139 yuan (approximately $19), is a compact yet powerful audio device designed for portability and durability. Featuring a soft rubber body and a built-in strap, the speaker is easy to carry, making it ideal for on-the-go use. Its IP67 rating ensures resistance to dust and water, capable of withstanding submersion up to one meter for 30 minutes, perfect for outdoor adventures or magical gatherings.
The speaker is equipped with a 1.5-inch full-range driver delivering 4W of power, ensuring clear and robust sound. It supports Bluetooth 5.3 for stable connectivity and True Wireless Stereo (TWS) pairing, allowing two speakers to create a stereo sound experience. With an 800mAh battery, it offers up to five hours of playback on a single charge and recharges via a USB-C port. The design incorporates Harry Potter elements, such as a custom pendant resembling Dumbledore’s wand, adding a touch of wizardry to its sleek, red-and-black aesthetic.
Xiaomi 10,000mAh 33W Power Bank Harry Potter Edition: Power with a Magical Twist
Priced at 149 yuan (around $20), the Xiaomi 10,000mAh 33W Wired Power Bank Harry Potter Edition is a practical yet stylish accessory for keeping devices charged. This power bank features a built-in cable design with two 5,000mAh cells, offering a rated capacity of 5,500mAh (36.5Wh). Its 33W fast charging capability via USB-C can power an iPhone 16 Pro to 58% in just 30 minutes, making it a reliable companion for busy days.
The power bank’s design is steeped in Harry Potter lore, with a wizarding world-themed exterior featuring iconic elements like the Hogwarts crest. Its compact form factor and vibrant red-and-blue color scheme align with the collection’s aesthetic, making it both functional and a collector’s item. The affordability and performance of this power bank make it an attractive option for fans looking to add a magical touch to their tech arsenal.
Xiaomi X1 Wireless Mouse Harry Potter Edition: Precision for Wizards
The Xiaomi X1 Wireless Mouse Harry Potter Edition, retailing at 349 yuan (approximately $48), is tailored for gamers and professionals alike. Weighing just 65g (excluding the cable), the mouse features a curved back for ergonomic comfort across various grip styles. It is equipped with the high-precision PAW3395 sensor and supports an 8KHz polling rate, ensuring responsive and accurate tracking for gaming or productivity tasks.
The mouse uses TTC esports-grade micro switches for crisp clicks and includes a 530mAh lithium battery, offering extended usage. It supports both 2.4GHz wireless and wired USB connections, with compatibility for Windows 10 and macOS 10.13 or later. The design is adorned with the authentic Harry Potter logo and subtle wizarding world motifs, making it a stylish addition to any desk setup. Its blend of performance and thematic charm makes it a standout in the collection.
Xiaomi MK71 Pro Mechanical Keyboard Harry Potter Edition: Typing with Magic
The Xiaomi MK71 Pro Mechanical Keyboard Harry Potter Edition, priced at 599 yuan (around $82), is the crown jewel of the collection. This compact 71-key keyboard features a standard layout with a 1-inch LCD screen for customizable displays, adding a modern twist to its magical design. Equipped with TTC custom linear switches, PORON sound-dampening material, and a GASKET structure, the keyboard delivers a satisfying typing experience with reduced noise and enhanced comfort.
The keyboard supports multiple connectivity options, including USB, Bluetooth, and 2.4GHz wireless, and is compatible with Windows 10 or higher. Its 7,800mAh lithium battery ensures long-lasting performance, ideal for extended gaming or work sessions. The Harry Potter Edition features Roman Gothic-style keycaps, references to Hogwarts’ four houses, and a deep blue finish, evoking the ambiance of the wizarding world. This keyboard is a dream for fans who want a premium, themed peripheral that doesn’t compromise on quality.
Availability and Market Impact
Xiaomi’s Harry Potter Edition accessories are currently available only in China, with no confirmed plans for a global release. However, as noted by Hipertextual, these products may eventually appear on platforms like AliExpress at reasonable prices, offering hope for international fans. The limited-edition nature of these items, combined with their detailed craftsmanship, makes them highly sought-after collectibles.
Conclusion
Xiaomi’s Harry Potter Edition accessories are a testament to the brand’s ability to blend technology with pop culture, creating products that resonate with fans on both a functional and emotional level. From the portable Bluetooth speaker to the premium mechanical keyboard, each accessory is infused with the magic of Harry Potter, making them perfect for fans and collectors alike. While their availability is currently limited to China, the buzz around these products—evident in posts on X and tech blogs—suggests they could become global hits if Xiaomi expands their reach. For now, these accessories stand as a magical fusion of tech and wizardry, casting a spell on anyone who encounters them.
Sources: Information compiled from web sources including Gizmochina, XiaomiTime, and Hipertextual, as well as posts on X.
Product list: 1.REDMI Turbo 4 Pro Harry Potter Edition 2.Xiaomi Power Bank 10000mAh 33W Harry Potter Edition 3.REDMI Bluetooth Speaker Harry Potter Edition 4.Xiaomi Mouse X1 Harry Potter Edition 5.Mechanical Keyboard#POCOF7pic.twitter.com/KsFY5FF1Tj
Xiaomi continues to revolutionize the smartphone landscape, and the latest leaks regarding the Xiaomi 16 and Xiaomi 16 Pro have ignited considerable excitement among tech aficionados. With prototypes of the Xiaomi 16 standard edition now surfacing, we are gaining insight into its design, specifications, and features. This flagship device aims to redefine the smartphone market in 2025. Equipped with Qualcomm’s groundbreaking Snapdragon 8 Elite 2 chipset and featuring ultra-thin bezels, the Xiaomi 16 series promises a premium user experience. Let’s delve deeper into the key details revealed by these leaks.
Snapdragon 8 Elite 2: Unmatched Performance
The Xiaomi 16 stands out with its integration of Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8 Elite 2 chipset, making it one of the first smartphones to harness this advanced processor. According to leaks from XiaomiTime, the Snapdragon 8 Elite 2 guarantees exceptional performance, enhanced energy efficiency, and improved AI capabilities. Built on TSMC’s third-generation 3nm process (N3P), this chipset employs a 2P+6E CPU cluster design with higher frequencies, resulting in a significant performance increase. Early benchmarks indicate that the Snapdragon 8 Elite 2 could achieve AnTuTu scores exceeding 3.8 million points, representing a 27–46% enhancement over its predecessor, the Snapdragon 8 Elite.
Furthermore, the Adreno 840 GPU is expected to deliver substantial improvements in graphics performance, positioning the Xiaomi 16 as a top choice for gaming and multimedia tasks. Support for ARM’s Scalable Matrix Extension 1 (SME1) and Scalable Vector Extension 2 (SVE2) indicates a transition to ARMv9 architecture, further boosting the processor’s capabilities. These advancements ensure that the Xiaomi 16 can handle demanding applications—from AI-driven features to high-end gaming—with remarkable efficiency and speed.
Stunning Design: Ultra-Thin Bezels and LIPO Technology
The Xiaomi 16 Pro is generating excitement with its potential to feature some of the thinnest bezels available. This achievement is made possible through Xiaomi’s Low-Injection Pressure Overmolding (LIPO) display technology. Leaks from Digital Chat Station suggest that both the Xiaomi 16 Pro and 16 Ultra will boast 6.85-inch 2K+ LTPO OLED panels with a 120Hz refresh rate. The implementation of LIPO technology allows for symmetrical bezels as thin as 1.1–1.2mm, significantly slimmer than the 1.36mm bezels found on the iPhone 16 Pro Max. This development could result in a nearly edge-less display experience, enhancing the screen-to-body ratio.
In contrast, the base Xiaomi 16 will feature a more compact 6.36-inch flat OLED display with a 19.5:9 aspect ratio, designed for optimal ergonomics and a premium feel in hand. This shift to flat displays marks a departure from the micro-quad-curved screens of the Xiaomi 15 series, aligning with a broader trend among flagship smartphones. By utilizing LIPO technology, Xiaomi demonstrates its commitment to delivering a visually immersive experience, making the Xiaomi 16 Pro and Ultra standout devices in design and aesthetics.
Innovative Camera Features: Floating Telephoto Lens
Photography remains a pivotal aspect of Xiaomi’s flagship strategy, and the Xiaomi 16 series is no exception. Recent leaks reveal that Xiaomi has chosen a floating telephoto lens for the Xiaomi 16, moving away from earlier rumors of a periscope camera. This decision, highlighted by X user @that_chand, is advantageous for zoom levels below 3x, providing superior image quality without compromising the camera module’s slim profile. The floating telephoto lens, previously featured in the Xiaomi 15 series, enhances zoom capabilities while maintaining clarity and detail, thanks to Xiaomi’s collaboration with Leica for professional-grade photography.
Rumors suggest that the Xiaomi 16 Pro will incorporate a 50MP Sony LYTIA sensor in its periscope lens, marking a significant upgrade from the 50MP Sony IMX858 used in the Xiaomi 15 Pro. Additionally, the series is expected to include a 50MP primary camera and a 50MP ultra-wide lens, ensuring versatility for various shooting scenarios. The standard Xiaomi 16 may also feature a periscope telephoto lens with 5x optical and 10x lossless zoom, a feature previously reserved for Pro models. These innovations position the Xiaomi 16 series as a frontrunner in mobile photography, catering to both enthusiasts and professionals.
Premium Build and User-Centric Design
The Xiaomi 16 series promises to blend premium aesthetics with functional design. Leaked prototype images showcase a sleek, high-end build with large corner radii, reminiscent of the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro, ensuring a comfortable grip. The series will feature 3D-printed metal frames, potentially reducing weight while enhancing durability compared to current-generation devices. Speculation includes an additional button similar to Apple’s Action Button, offering customizable functionality, although this may slightly reduce battery capacity by up to 100mAh.
The Xiaomi 16 is anticipated to maintain a compact form factor, while the Pro and Ultra models will embrace larger 6.85-inch displays, catering to users who prioritize screen real estate. Running on HyperOS 2 based on Android 15, the series will offer a refined user interface with enhanced privacy features, improved customization, and optimizations for the Snapdragon 8 Elite 2 chipset.
Launch Timeline and Market Positioning
The Xiaomi 16 series is expected to make its debut in China as early as September or October 2025, with a global launch anticipated at Mobile World Congress (MWC) 2026. The base Xiaomi 16 will likely be available globally, while the Pro and Ultra models may remain exclusive to China, following Xiaomi’s historical launch patterns. Starting with a memory configuration of 16GB RAM and 512GB storage, the Xiaomi 16 Pro is positioned as a premium flagship, competing with devices like the Samsung Galaxy S26 and iPhone 17 series.
Xiaomi’s aggressive timeline aligns with Qualcomm’s early launch of the Snapdragon 8 Elite 2, expected in September 2025. This strategy allows Xiaomi to maintain its reputation as one of the first OEMs to adopt Qualcomm’s latest silicon. The series’ competitive pricing, coupled with its advanced features, positions it as a strong contender in the global smartphone market, especially in regions like Europe, India, and North America.
Conclusion: Setting New Standards for Flagship Smartphones
The Xiaomi 16 and Xiaomi 16 Pro are shaping up to be formidable flagships, merging cutting-edge technology with user-centric design. The Snapdragon 8 Elite 2 chipset promises unmatched performance, while LIPO technology and ultra-thin bezels enhance the visual experience. The floating telephoto lens and potential periscope camera upgrades reinforce Xiaomi’s commitment to photography, and the premium build ensures a device that feels as good as it performs. As more details emerge, the Xiaomi 16 series is set to establish a new standard for flagship smartphones in 2025, offering an enticing blend of innovation, style, and value.
Xiaomi 16 flagship smartphone
The Xiaomi 16 series is a game-changer in the smartphone market, combining innovative features with a sleek design to redefine user experiences.
In an exciting development for tech enthusiasts, Xiaomi Vietnam has reintroduced the Xiaomi 13 Pro to the market at a significantly reduced price. This strategic move positions the device between the newly launched Xiaomi 14T and 14T Pro. Nearly two years after its initial release, the Xiaomi 13 Pro makes a comeback, aimed at clearing inventory while providing consumers access to a premium smartphone known for its outstanding camera capabilities.
A Smart Move to Clear Stock
Recent insights from user @chunvn8888 on X suggest that this relaunch is primarily driven by unsold inventory. The Xiaomi 13 Pro didn’t perform as expected during its initial sales run, leaving the company with surplus stock. By reintroducing the device at a lower price, Xiaomi Vietnam seeks to attract budget-conscious consumers who desire premium features without the flagship price tag. This new pricing strategy positions the Xiaomi 13 Pro as a competitive alternative to the mid-range Xiaomi 14T and the more expensive 14T Pro.
The revised pricing makes the Xiaomi 13 Pro an appealing choice for users looking for high-end performance without overspending. While prices may vary by region and retailer, the overall reduction makes this former flagship a compelling option for many.
Impressive Features of the Xiaomi 13 Pro
Originally launched in early 2023, the Xiaomi 13 Pro stood out in Xiaomi’s flagship lineup, especially for its camera capabilities developed in partnership with Leica. The device features a triple-camera setup: a 50MP main sensor, a 50MP ultra-wide lens, and a 50MP telephoto lens, ensuring exceptional photo and video quality. This camera system remains a favorite among photography enthusiasts seeking professional-grade imaging on a smartphone.
Moreover, the Xiaomi 13 Pro is powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 processor, delivering robust performance for gaming and multitasking. It sports a 6.73-inch AMOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate, providing vibrant visuals and seamless scrolling. With a 4,820mAh battery and 120W fast charging, this device caters to users with busy lifestyles, combining longevity with rapid recharge times.
Market Context and Consumer Appeal
The reintroduction of the Xiaomi 13 Pro occurs as Xiaomi strengthens its global market presence. Recent statistics reveal that Xiaomi captured a 13.8% market share in the third quarter of 2024, securing its position as the world’s third-largest smartphone manufacturer. This relaunch could enhance Xiaomi’s footprint in Vietnam, a crucial market for the brand.
Vietnam is increasingly becoming a hub for consumer electronics, with companies like Xiaomi diversifying their manufacturing operations. By offering the Xiaomi 13 Pro at a reduced price, Xiaomi Vietnam targets price-sensitive consumers seeking premium features without straining their budgets. This strategy aligns with Xiaomi’s reputation for delivering high-quality devices at competitive prices, a hallmark of its growth over the past decade.
Navigating Competitive Challenges
The relaunch comes amid a complex global trade landscape, with Vietnam facing significant tariffs on exports to the United States. These tariffs could affect pricing and availability in international markets. However, by focusing on the Vietnamese domestic market, Xiaomi can mitigate some challenges associated with these tariffs.
In the Vietnamese smartphone arena, Xiaomi faces fierce competition from both local and international brands, including Apple and Samsung. However, the discounted Xiaomi 13 Pro may carve out a niche by offering flagship-level features at a lower price point. While premium devices like the iPhone 16 series and Samsung’s Galaxy S25 Ultra dominate the market, their higher costs may push value-driven consumers toward alternatives like the Xiaomi 13 Pro.
Xiaomi Vietnam just brought the Xiaomi 13 Pro back on sale one more time after nearly 2 years at a discount price (sits around the 14T and 14T Pro). Literally the 13 Pro sold so badly that Ximi still has a good chunk of it lying around the warehouse unsolved. pic.twitter.com/WHmDayUwCL
Despite being nearly two years old, the Xiaomi 13 Pro continues to be a viable choice for many consumers. Its Leica-tuned camera system competes well against newer mid-range devices, and the Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 chipset guarantees smooth performance for various tasks. The AMOLED display and fast charging capabilities enhance its appeal, making it an excellent option for users prioritizing quality and value.
This reintroduction also reflects Xiaomi’s commitment to sustainability by repurposing existing inventory rather than allowing it to go to waste. By offering the Xiaomi 13 Pro at a lower price, Xiaomi Vietnam provides an eco-friendly option for consumers seeking high-end technology without contributing to the rapid turnover of devices.
Conclusion
Xiaomi Vietnam’s decision to reintroduce the Xiaomi 13 Pro at a competitive price is a strategic initiative benefiting both the company and consumers. For Xiaomi, it’s an opportunity to clear inventory while reinforcing its market presence in Vietnam. For consumers, it’s a chance to own a premium smartphone with top-tier features at a fraction of its original cost. As Xiaomi continues to innovate, the reintroduced Xiaomi 13 Pro serves as a testament to the brand’s ability to deliver value and performance.
Whether you’re a photography enthusiast or simply in search of a high-quality smartphone on a budget, the Xiaomi 13 Pro’s return is worth considering. Check with local retailers or Xiaomi’s official channels for availability and pricing details, and seize the chance to experience a former flagship at an unbeatable price.
Xiaomi 13 Pro at a New Price
The Xiaomi Vietnam branch has reintroduced the Xiaomi 13 Pro at a competitive price, offering premium features for budget-conscious consumers.
On April 24, 2025, Xiaomi made waves in the smart home market with the launch of its latest innovation: the Xiaomi Smart Speaker, priced at a remarkable 199 yuan (approximately $27). Now available for pre-order on Xiaomi Mall, this device will officially hit the shelves at 10:00 AM on April 29. With this launch, Xiaomi reinforces its commitment to providing cutting-edge technology at accessible prices, making smart home management easier for everyone. Let’s explore the features of this new smart speaker and see how it fits into Xiaomi’s expanding smart home ecosystem.
Compact Design Meets Affordability
The Xiaomi Smart Speaker serves as an affordable entry point into the realm of smart home devices, offering a compact alternative to the more expensive Xiaomi Smart Speaker Pro, which retails at 299 yuan ($41). Despite its lower price tag, this new model doesn’t compromise on functionality. It includes the advanced Super XiaoAI voice assistant, enabling users to control various smart devices seamlessly. From adjusting smart lights to managing appliances like the Xiaomi Smart LED Bulb and Mijia Robot Vacuum, the Super XiaoAI assistant simplifies everyday tasks with voice commands.
This speaker features a sleek, woven fabric exterior and rounded edges, making it both aesthetically pleasing and functional. While exact dimensions remain unspecified, its “compact” designation indicates that it is smaller than the Smart Speaker Pro, which measures 110mm x 110mm x 209mm and weighs 1073g. This compact design makes it perfect for smaller spaces or for users seeking a discreet smart home device.
Key Features and Smart Home Integration
Beyond voice control, the Xiaomi Smart Speaker includes an IR transmitter, allowing users to manage traditional appliances like TVs and air conditioners that lack smart features. This capability enhances the speaker’s versatility and bridges the gap between modern and older electronics. Additionally, it supports HyperOS, Xiaomi’s unified operating system, ensuring smooth integration with other Xiaomi IoT devices. Users can manage multiple devices at once and create automated routines tailored to their habits.
Another standout feature is the dynamic lighting effects, with a light strip on the speaker’s top that indicates operating modes while adding a visual touch. Although primarily designed for smart home control and voice assistance, the speaker also functions as a music playback device. However, its audio quality may not match that of the Smart Speaker Pro, given its lower price and compact size.
Pricing and Availability
The Xiaomi Smart Speaker’s price of 199 yuan (~$27) positions it favorably against competitors in the smart speaker market, delivering premium features at a fraction of the cost. For comparison, the Smart Speaker Pro, launched in February 2025, is priced at 299 yuan ($41) and offers a more powerful audio setup. This new speaker aligns perfectly with Xiaomi’s mission to make technology accessible to everyone, a strategy that has fueled its growth in the smart home and smartphone sectors.
Pre-orders are currently open on Xiaomi Mall, with official sales commencing at 10:00 AM on April 29, 2025. While the initial release is in China, Xiaomi has a history of expanding its smart home devices globally, as seen with products like the Xiaomi Sound Outdoor Speaker. While global availability for this new speaker remains uncertain, interested consumers outside China may soon find it through retailers like JD.com or AliExpress.
Integration with Xiaomi’s Smart Home Ecosystem
Xiaomi’s smart home portfolio has significantly expanded, featuring everything from smartphones and speakers to robot vacuums and smart sensors. The launch of this new speaker builds on the success of recent products like the Xiaomi Smart Speaker Pro and the Temperature and Humidity Sensor 3 Mini, both emphasizing affordability and integration with HyperOS. The Super XiaoAI assistant exemplifies Xiaomi’s push to incorporate AI across its product range, enhancing user convenience and solidifying its position in the smart home market.
Competitive Landscape and Challenges
At $27, the Xiaomi Smart Speaker competes effectively with other budget options, such as Amazon’s Echo Dot and Google’s Nest Mini, typically priced between $30 and $50. While those alternatives offer robust voice assistants, they often lack the deep ecosystem integration provided by Xiaomi. The inclusion of an IR transmitter gives Xiaomi’s speaker an advantage for users with non-smart appliances, a feature not commonly found in competing models.
However, potential buyers should consider a few challenges. The initial availability in China may lead to delays for global consumers purchasing through resellers. Additionally, the Super XiaoAI assistant is tailored for the Chinese market, which may limit its functionality in other regions until a global version is released. Lastly, while the speaker is budget-friendly, audiophiles may find its audio quality lacking compared to premium models.
Conclusion: A Smart Investment
The new Xiaomi Smart Speaker, priced at just $27, showcases Xiaomi’s ability to deliver innovative technology at a price that appeals to budget-conscious consumers. With features like the Super XiaoAI assistant, IR control, and seamless integration with HyperOS, it represents an excellent option for anyone venturing into smart home management without overspending. Although it may not rival premium speakers in audio quality, its affordability and functionality make it a standout choice in the budget smart speaker market.
As Xiaomi continues to enhance its smart home offerings, this speaker is a promising addition that emphasizes quality, affordability, and innovation. Whether you’re already part of the Xiaomi ecosystem or searching for an economical smart speaker, this device is worth considering.
Affordable Xiaomi Smart Speaker
The Xiaomi Smart Speaker offers innovative features and seamless integration at an unbeatable price, making it a top choice for budget-conscious consumers.
Xiaomi is once again at the forefront of smartphone innovation with the launch of the Camera 6.0 application, part of the HyperOS 2.2 Beta update. Initially unveiled alongside the Redmi K70 Ultra, this transformative update (build number OS2.0.200.27.VNNCNXM) is set to elevate photography across a wide array of Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO devices. By democratizing access to professional-grade camera features, Camera 6.0 (version 6.1.000090.1) is designed to enhance the photography experience for all users, regardless of their device’s price point. Let’s delve into how this groundbreaking update is reshaping mobile photography within the Xiaomi ecosystem.
A New Era in Mobile Photography
The Camera 6.0 application is a pivotal component of Xiaomi’s HyperOS 2.2 Beta, crafted to enrich the photography experience on devices that previously lacked access to flagship-level features. Unlike earlier versions that were limited to Leica-branded models like the Xiaomi 14 series, Camera 6.0 now extends advanced functionalities to mid-range and budget-friendly devices, including the Redmi K70 series and select POCO models. This shift underscores Xiaomi’s commitment to making high-quality photography accessible to all users, regardless of their smartphone budget.
Key features of Camera 6.0 include:
Enhanced AI-Powered Photography: Utilizing advanced AI algorithms, the app optimizes image processing, resulting in sharper details, vibrant colors, and superior low-light performance. Features like AI scene detection and portrait enhancements guarantee professional-quality results with minimal effort.
Revamped User Interface: The new interface simplifies access to various shooting modes, such as night mode, pro mode, and video recording. This streamlining allows for quicker transitions between modes, significantly improving the user experience.
Advanced Video Capabilities: Users can now enjoy cinematic video effects, including real-time depth analysis for dynamic bokeh, which was previously exclusive to high-end models. Expect enhanced stabilization and higher-quality video output.
Customizable Settings: For photography enthusiasts, Camera 6.0 provides greater control over manual settings, allowing users to fine-tune parameters like exposure, ISO, and white balance for creative flexibility.
3D Real-Time Effects: A standout feature includes the integration of 3D real-time weather and depth effects, which enable users to add dynamic, cinematic elements to their lock screen videos or photos.
These features, once confined to Xiaomi’s premium Leica-partnered devices, are now being rolled out to a broader range of smartphones, marking a significant milestone in Xiaomi’s software ecosystem.
HyperOS 2.2 Beta: The Backbone of Camera 6.0
The Camera 6.0 application is embedded within the HyperOS 2.2 Beta, which debuted on the Redmi K70 Ultra in China. This beta update, based on Android 15, introduces numerous performance optimizations and UI enhancements alongside the new camera app. HyperOS 2.2 builds upon HyperOS 2.0, released in October 2024, which focused on AI-driven features, smoother animations, and improved device interconnectivity. The inclusion of Camera 6.0 within HyperOS 2.2 highlights Xiaomi’s strategy to merge cutting-edge software with robust hardware for a cohesive user experience.
Currently, the HyperOS 2.2 Beta with Camera 6.0 is available only on select Chinese models, such as the Redmi K70 Ultra. However, Xiaomi has a history of swiftly expanding updates to global markets. Posts on X indicate that Camera 6.0 is already being tested on additional devices with HyperOS 2.2 Beta. A global rollout is anticipated to commence in the upcoming months, targeting devices like the Xiaomi 14 series, Redmi Note 13 series, and POCO F6 and X6 lineups.
Compatible Devices for Camera 6.0
Although Xiaomi has not officially listed all devices compatible with Camera 6.0, the update aims to be inclusive, targeting a broad spectrum of Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO smartphones and tablets running HyperOS 2.0 or later. Based on Xiaomi’s update policies and recent reports, the following devices are expected to receive the Camera 6.0 application:
Redmi K70 series (K70 Ultra, K70 Pro), Redmi Note 13 series (Note 13, Note 13 Pro, Note 13 Pro+ 5G), Note 12 series, Redmi Pad SE
POCO F6, F6 Pro, X6, X6 Pro, M6 series, POCO Pad
Xiaomi Pad 6, Pad 6S Pro 12.4, Pad 5 series
Devices running HyperOS 2.0 or HyperOS 2.1 are likely candidates for the update, as Camera 6.0 requires the latest software architecture for optimal performance. Older models, such as the Redmi Note 11 series or Xiaomi 10 series, may not receive Camera 6.0 due to hardware limitations or end-of-life software support. Users can verify their device’s eligibility for HyperOS 2.0 updates via Xiaomi’s official channels or tools like the HyperOS Downloader.
Challenges and Future Considerations
While Camera 6.0 promises to enhance the photography experience, the HyperOS 2.2 Beta rollout has encountered some challenges. Users have reported minor bugs, such as uneven icon spacing, battery drain, and animation glitches, which are common in beta software. Xiaomi is actively addressing these issues through iterative beta updates, with plans to release a stable version of HyperOS 2.2 and Camera 6.0 soon.
The initial rollout is currently limited to Chinese ROMs, meaning global users may need to wait for the international version of HyperOS 2.2. For those eager to try Camera 6.0, sideloading the beta ROM is an option, albeit risky and requiring a custom recovery, which may void warranties. Xiaomi recommends waiting for official OTA (over-the-air) updates to ensure a smooth and secure experience.
Conclusion: The Future of Xiaomi Photography
The launch of Camera 6.0 represents a significant step in Xiaomi’s ambition to compete with industry giants in mobile photography. By integrating flagship-grade features into mid-range devices, Xiaomi is enhancing the value of its smartphones while fostering greater brand loyalty. The incorporation of AI-driven tools, such as the Super XiaoAI assistant and real-time translation, further enriches the Camera 6.0 experience, creating a cohesive ecosystem that emphasizes creativity and connectivity.
As we look to the future, Xiaomi is expected to refine Camera 6.0 with additional features based on community feedback. The company’s ongoing commitment to AI and software optimization ensures that future updates will continue to elevate user experience and performance. For those in China with eligible devices, the HyperOS 2.2 Beta update with Camera 6.0 is available via OTA. Global users should monitor their device’s software update settings for upcoming announcements.
The Keyword for Search Ranking
Camera 6.0 for Xiaomi Devices
Discover how Camera 6.0 transforms Xiaomi devices, bringing professional photography features to all users, regardless of budget.
Xiaomi, Redmi, POCO, Camera 6.0, HyperOS 2.2, photography
Xiaomi has officially launched the Redmi G Pro 27U gaming monitor in China, showcasing a significant leap from its predecessor, the Redmi Display G Pro 27 MiniLED. This new model promises enhanced display quality, superior performance, and innovative smart features, making it a must-have for gaming enthusiasts. With its 4K resolution and advanced technology, the Redmi G Pro 27U is designed to elevate your gaming experience.
Stunning Display Features
The Redmi G Pro 27U boasts a 27-inch 4K UHD panel, featuring a resolution of 3840 × 2160 pixels and an impressive pixel density of 157 ppi. Gamers will appreciate the native refresh rate of 160Hz, which can be boosted to 320Hz for ultra-smooth visuals. Additionally, the monitor achieves a peak brightness of 1600 nits, ensuring vibrant colors and deep contrasts. The incorporation of 1152 Mini LED zones and QD quantum dot technology enhances color reproduction, providing a visually stunning experience.
Color accuracy is another highlight of the G Pro 27U. It covers 100% of the sRGB spectrum, 99% of DCI-P3, and 99% of Adobe RGB, making it an excellent choice for both gaming and professional work. The factory-calibrated ΔE<1 guarantees exceptional color precision.
Powerful Internal Components
Internally, the Redmi G Pro 27U is equipped with a Cortex-A73 quad-core processor and a G57 MC1 GPU, ensuring smooth performance across applications. With 3GB of RAM and 32GB of internal storage, this monitor runs on Xiaomi’s HyperOS, offering a seamless user experience. For audio, dual 5W speakers provide clear sound, enhancing the overall gaming atmosphere.
Connectivity options are plentiful, featuring Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth 5.2, two HDMI 2.1 ports, and one DP 1.4 port, capable of 8K@60Hz output. It also includes USB 3.0 and USB 2.0 ports, along with support for wireless casting through AirPlay and Miracast.
Pricing and Availability
The Redmi Monitor G Pro 27U is priced at CNY 2,699 (approximately $370 or €340), reflecting a 35% increase from last year’s model. Xiaomi backs this monitor with a three-year warranty and a seven-day return policy. While global availability has yet to be confirmed, the monitor debuted alongside the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro smartphone, which features the Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 processor.
Feature
Specification
Screen Size
27 inches
Resolution
3840 × 2160 pixels
Refresh Rate
160Hz (up to 320Hz)
Brightness
1600 nits
Color Coverage
100% sRGB, 99% DCI-P3, 99% Adobe RGB
Internal Storage
32GB
Weight
4.7kg (without stand)
Summary
The Redmi G Pro 27U is set to redefine gaming monitors with its impressive specs and features. Gamers seeking high-quality visuals and performance will find this monitor a worthy investment.
Redmi G Pro 27U gaming monitor
Discover the Redmi G Pro 27U gaming monitor, a high-performance display designed to enhance your gaming experience with stunning visuals and advanced technology.
Tags: Redmi G Pro 27U, Xiaomi, gaming monitor, 4K display, Mini LED, HyperOS
On April 24, 2025, Xiaomi’s sub-brand, Redmi, is set to unveil the much-anticipated Redmi Turbo 4 Pro. This flagship smartphone promises to be an affordable powerhouse, and the excitement surrounding its release is further heightened by the introduction of a limited-edition Harry Potter variant. This collaboration marks Redmi’s most intricate partnership with the beloved franchise yet. Announced through Redmi’s official Weibo account, the Harry Potter Edition is designed to captivate not only fans of the series but also tech enthusiasts who appreciate unique and themed devices.
Enchanting Design Inspired by the Wizarding World
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro Harry Potter Edition showcases a stunning design that merges advanced technology with the enchanting elements of the Harry Potter universe. The back panel features a striking red and blue color palette, embellished with intricate artwork that includes iconic characters like Harry Potter and Voldemort. This design transcends basic branding; it immerses users in the magical world of Hogwarts. Additionally, the smartphone comes with a customized user interface, complete with Harry Potter-themed wallpapers, icons, and animations, extending the magical experience into the software realm.
Redmi has previously collaborated with the Harry Potter franchise, releasing themed editions for devices like the Redmi Note 12 Turbo and Turbo 3. However, the Turbo 4 Pro Harry Potter Edition elevates customization to new heights. It includes exclusive accessories such as a specially designed protective case, a custom charger, and potentially other collectibles. All these items will be packaged in a box reminiscent of Diagon Alley or Hogwarts, making this device a must-have for any true Potterhead.
Impressive Performance Under the Hood
Beyond its enchanting aesthetics, the Harry Potter Edition is equipped with the same powerful hardware as the standard Redmi Turbo 4 Pro. It runs on Qualcomm’s latest Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 chipset, ensuring top-tier performance at a more accessible price. This advanced processor guarantees smooth multitasking, gaming, and support for sophisticated AI features, solidifying the Turbo 4 Pro’s position as a strong contender in the mid-range smartphone market.
The device boasts a 6.83-inch flat LTPS OLED display with a 1.5K resolution, delivering vibrant visuals and a 120Hz refresh rate for seamless scrolling and gaming experiences. Its ultra-slim bezels—measuring just 1.5mm on the top and sides, and 1.9mm on the bottom—maximize screen real estate for immersive viewing. Additionally, the Turbo 4 Pro incorporates dual-loop 3D ice cooling technology, which maintains performance during demanding tasks like gaming at 120fps.
Battery life is another standout feature, with a massive 7,550mAh capacity that supports 90W fast charging and 22.5W reverse charging. This combination ensures users can enjoy extended usage and quick charging, making it ideal for those always on the go. Furthermore, the Turbo 4 Pro offers up to 16GB of RAM and 512GB of storage, providing ample space for apps, media, and more.
Captivating Photography Capabilities
Photography enthusiasts will appreciate the dual-camera setup on the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro Harry Potter Edition. It features a 50-megapixel main sensor and an 8-megapixel secondary lens, enabling users to capture sharp and vibrant images. The front-facing camera, with 20 megapixels, ensures selfies and video calls are clear and detailed. Whether you’re documenting your magical adventures or simply capturing everyday moments, this smartphone has you covered.
Pricing and Availability Details
The standard Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is expected to launch at approximately 2,500 Yuan ($340) in China. The Harry Potter Edition may come at a slight premium due to its exclusive design and accessories. For context, the regular Turbo 4 variant, which launched in January 2025, starts at around 1,999 Yuan ($275). This positions the Turbo 4 Pro as a premium yet affordable choice in Redmi’s lineup. Specific pricing and availability details for the Harry Potter Edition will be unveiled during the launch event on April 24.
While the standard Turbo 4 Pro will be available in black, green, and white, the Harry Potter Edition’s unique maroon two-tone design sets it apart as a collector’s item. However, it is important to note that this special edition is likely to be a China-exclusive release due to licensing restrictions. Global fans may still find opportunities to purchase it through select retailers, such as Giztop.
A Spellbinding Addition to Redmi’s Lineup
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro Harry Potter Edition is more than just another smartphone; it represents a celebration of the beloved Harry Potter franchise, seamlessly merging cutting-edge technology with captivating storytelling. With its meticulously crafted design and robust performance, this device is poised to enchant both fans and tech enthusiasts alike. As Redmi continues to innovate in the realm of affordable flagship smartphones, the Turbo 4 Pro Harry Potter Edition stands out as a testament to the brand’s creativity and commitment to delivering unique experiences.
Mark your calendars for April 24, when Redmi will unveil this magical masterpiece in China. Whether you identify as a Gryffindor, Slytherin, Hufflepuff, or Ravenclaw, this smartphone promises to cast a spell on all who wield it. For the latest updates, stay tuned to Redmi’s official channels and check Xiaomi for All for more details.
Redmi Turbo 4 Pro Harry Potter edition Unboxing 🎥
Product list: 1.REDMI Turbo 4 Pro Harry Potter Edition 2.Xiaomi Power Bank 10000mAh 33W Harry Potter Edition 3.REDMI Bluetooth Speaker Harry Potter Edition 4.Xiaomi Mouse X1 Harry Potter Edition 5.Mechanical Keyboard#POCOF7pic.twitter.com/KsFY5FF1Tj
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro Harry Potter Edition combines advanced technology with a magical design, making it a must-have for fans and tech enthusiasts alike.
Tags: Redmi, Turbo 4 Pro, Harry Potter, smartphone, Xiaomi, technology
Xiaomi for All is thrilled to announce that Xiaomi is preparing to launch its latest innovation in audio technology: the Xiaomi Open Earphones Pro. Recently, the model “M2503E1” received regulatory approval, suggesting that these headphones will soon hit international markets. Following the success of their original open-ear headphones, which debuted last year, the Pro version promises to elevate user experience with enhanced comfort and sound quality.
Key Features Revealed by FCC Certification
The FCC certification documents provide exciting insights into the specifications of the Xiaomi Open Earphones Pro. Here are some key features:
Feature
Specification
Battery Case Capacity
788mAh
Earphone Battery Capacity
56mAh
Charging Power
6W
Bluetooth Technology
Bluetooth LE
Model Name
Xiaomi OpenWear Stereo Pro
The battery specifications indicate a robust charging case, allowing for extended usage. Each earphone is equipped with a dedicated battery, ensuring optimal performance throughout the day.
Comparing to the Original Model
The original Xiaomi Open Earphones (model M2319E1) launched in April 2024, priced at approximately $90 USD or 649 yuan. These headphones feature a 10mm audio driver, Hi-Res Audio certification, and Bluetooth 5.3 connectivity. Users enjoy a remarkable battery life of up to 38.5 hours with the charging case, along with dual microphones that incorporate AI noise reduction technology.
Anticipated Improvements in the Pro Version
While Xiaomi has yet to disclose specific enhancements for the Pro version, the title suggests several upgrades. Users can expect:
Superior sound quality
Enhanced battery efficiency
Advanced noise cancellation capabilities
Potential improvements in water resistance
Additional smart features or controls
Interestingly, the battery capacity remains consistent with the original model, indicating Xiaomi’s focus on optimizing performance rather than simply increasing battery size.
Expected Release Timeline
Although Xiaomi has not officially announced a release date, the recent FCC certification hints at a launch in the near future. Historically, tech companies tend to release products within a few months of receiving regulatory approval, so we can anticipate the arrival of the Xiaomi Open Earphones Pro shortly.
Conclusion
In summary, the Xiaomi Open Earphones Pro appears poised to set new standards in audio technology. With enhanced features and impressive specifications, we look forward to experiencing what Xiaomi has in store for audio enthusiasts worldwide.
Xiaomi Open Earphones Pro
The Xiaomi Open Earphones Pro promises advanced features and superior sound quality for audio enthusiasts.
Tags: Xiaomi, Open Earphones Pro, audio technology, Bluetooth headphones, noise cancellation, Xiaomi for All
Navigating the hustle and bustle of city life demands a reliable, convenient, and efficient mode of transport. Enter the Xiaomi Electric Scooter 5 Max, a game-changer for urban commuters seeking a seamless blend of performance, portability, and style. With its innovative 3-step folding mechanism, powerful features, and user-centric design, this e-scooter is engineered to make your daily commute stress-free and enjoyable. Let’s dive into why the Xiaomi Electric Scooter 5 Max is your ultimate companion for conquering the urban jungle.
Fold It, Stow It, Go – The 3-Step Folding Advantage
One of the standout features of the Xiaomi Electric Scooter 5 Max is its intuitive folding system, designed for maximum convenience. Whether you’re hopping on a train, heading into the office, or storing it at home, folding the scooter is a breeze:
Secure the Brake: Engage the rear brake to stabilize the scooter.
Unlock the Lever: Locate the folding lever at the base of the steering column, pull it outward, and unlock the mechanism.
Fold and Lock: Gently fold the steering column toward the rear wheel until it clicks into place, then secure it with the latch on the rear fender.
In just seconds, the scooter transforms into a compact, portable package, ready to be carried or stored without hassle. Unfolding is just as simple, ensuring you’re always ready to ride. This feature makes the Xiaomi Electric Scooter 5 Max perfect for commuters who need a flexible, space-saving solution for their busy lifestyles.
Power and Performance for Urban Adventures
The Xiaomi Electric Scooter 5 Max isn’t just about portability—it’s built to perform. Equipped with a 400W rear-wheel drive motor (peaking at 1000W), this scooter delivers quick acceleration and effortlessly tackles inclines up to 22%, making it ideal for city slopes and winding paths. With a 477Wh lithium battery, it boasts an impressive 60km range per charge, perfect for daily commutes or weekend explorations without the constant need to recharge.
Choose from three speed modes to suit your needs:
Mode
Speed
Description
Walking Mode
6 km/h
Ideal for pedestrian areas.
Standard Mode
20 km/h
Great for cruising through city streets.
Sport Mode
25 km/h
For when you need a burst of speed.
The scooter’s 10-inch, 60mm-wide tubeless tires and dual suspension system (front dual hydraulic spring and rear dual spring) ensure a smooth, stable ride, even on cobblestones or uneven surfaces. Combined with a mechanical drum brake on the front and an E-ABS electric brake on the rear, the Xiaomi Electric Scooter 5 Max offers superior control and safety, significantly shortening braking distances.
Smart Features for a Connected Ride
The Xiaomi Electric Scooter 5 Max is packed with intelligent features to enhance your riding experience. Through the Xiaomi Home app, you can:
Monitor speed, battery status, and ride data in real time.
Lock the motor for added security.
Enable energy recovery to extend your range by converting kinetic energy into usable power.
Activate the intelligent slope parking function, which prevents rollbacks on hills by automatically shifting to P-gear when stopped on slopes steeper than 2°.
Safety is a priority, especially for night rides. The scooter features a 2.5W auto headlight, a rear light that activates with braking, and optional ambient lighting for improved visibility. With an IPX5 waterproof rating, you can ride confidently in various conditions, knowing your scooter is splash-proof and durable.
Built to Last, Designed for You
Crafted from 1.5mm-thick carbon steel, the Xiaomi Electric Scooter 5 Max is robust, supporting a maximum dynamic load of 120kg. Its sturdy frame ensures durability without compromising portability, weighing just 22.3kg. The ergonomic dashboard provides real-time updates on speed, battery, and turn signals, keeping you informed at a glance.
Why Choose the Xiaomi Electric Scooter 5 Max?
For urban dwellers, the Xiaomi Electric Scooter 5 Max is more than just a mode of transport—it’s a lifestyle upgrade. Its easy 3-step folding mechanism makes it a breeze to integrate into your daily routine, whether you’re navigating crowded public transport or tight office spaces. The powerful motor, long-lasting battery, and advanced suspension system ensure a comfortable, efficient ride, while smart features like app connectivity and safety enhancements give you peace of mind.
Priced competitively and backed by Xiaomi’s reputation for innovation, the Electric Scooter 5 Max is the perfect choice for commuters, students, or anyone looking to add convenience and eco-friendly mobility to their city life. Plus, with a fast-charging option (3 hours with a separately purchased charger), you’ll spend less time waiting and more time riding.
Join the Urban Mobility Revolution
Say goodbye to traffic jams, parking struggles, and stressful commutes. With the Xiaomi Electric Scooter 5 Max, you’re always ready to roll—folded in seconds, powered for miles, and designed for the modern urbanite. Embrace a smarter, greener, and more enjoyable way to navigate the city. Check out the Xiaomi Electric Scooter 5 Max today and experience stress-free commuting like never before!
Note: Always check local regulations regarding e-scooter use, wear protective gear, and read the user manual before riding. Performance data may vary based on conditions like rider weight, terrain, and temperature.
Xiaomi is on the verge of launching the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro, a smartphone that promises to set new performance benchmarks. Scheduled for release in China on April 24, 2025, this device will be the first globally to feature Qualcomm’s innovative Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 chipset. With its impressive specs, including a colossal 7,550mAh battery, 90W fast charging, and an advanced cooling system, the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is positioned to be a game-changer in the smartphone landscape. Let’s dive into the standout features that make this device a must-have.
Unmatched Performance with Snapdragon 8s Gen 4
At the core of the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is the Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 chipset, engineered for exceptional performance. Xiaomi has emphasized the device’s ability to manage demanding tasks effortlessly, particularly in gaming scenarios. The company claims that popular RPG titles can run at a seamless 120fps, offering an immersive gaming experience. This performance is corroborated by an impressive AnTuTu benchmark score of 2.4 million points, showcasing the chipset’s capability to handle intensive workloads with ease.
Additionally, the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro recently appeared on Geekbench under the model number 25053RT47C. With 16GB of RAM and running on Android 15, it achieved a single-core score of 2,127 and a multi-core score of 6,127. These scores highlight the efficiency and power of the Snapdragon 8s Gen 4, positioning the Turbo 4 Pro as a top contender for multitasking and high-performance applications.
Revolutionary Battery and Fast Charging Technology
One of the standout features of the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is its impressive 7,550mAh battery, the largest ever featured in a Xiaomi smartphone. This substantial battery capacity promises prolonged usage, catering to power users who depend on their devices for gaming, streaming, and productivity throughout the day. Complementing this is the 90W fast charging capability, which allows for rapid recharging, minimizing downtime.
Remarkably, Xiaomi has managed to keep the device’s thickness at just 7.98mm, despite incorporating such a large battery. This sleek design makes the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro both powerful and portable, striking a rare balance in the smartphone market.
Advanced Cooling System for Optimal Performance
To ensure sustained performance during extended gaming sessions or heavy usage, the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro features Xiaomi’s largest-ever dual-ring 3D ice-sealed cooling system. This cutting-edge heat dissipation technology ensures the device remains cool under intense workloads, preventing thermal throttling. This feature is particularly beneficial for gamers and power users who push their devices to the limit.
Stunning Display and Versatile Camera Setup
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is expected to boast a 6.83-inch flat OLED display with a 1.5K resolution and a 120Hz refresh rate. This combination promises vibrant visuals and smooth scrolling, making it ideal for gaming, video consumption, and everyday tasks. The high refresh rate guarantees fluid animations and responsive touch interactions, enhancing the overall user experience.
On the camera front, the device is rumored to feature a 20-megapixel front-facing camera for selfies and video calls. The rear camera setup is expected to include a 50-megapixel primary sensor with optical image stabilization (OIS) and an 8-megapixel ultra-wide lens. This configuration suggests that the Turbo 4 Pro will excel in versatile photography, capturing detailed and vibrant images in various lighting conditions.
Ample Storage and Enhanced Software Experience
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is anticipated to offer up to 1TB of UFS 4.0 storage, providing ample space for apps, games, photos, and videos. UFS 4.0 technology ensures faster read and write speeds, contributing to the device’s overall snappy performance. Running on Android 15, the Turbo 4 Pro will likely feature Xiaomi’s HyperOS, delivering a refined and customizable user interface with the latest software enhancements.
A Game-Changer in the Smartphone Market
With its groundbreaking specifications, the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is poised to make a significant impact upon its release. The combination of the Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 chipset, massive 7,550mAh battery, and advanced cooling technology sets a new standard for performance and endurance. Add in a stunning OLED display, a capable camera system, and generous storage options, and the Turbo 4 Pro emerges as a well-rounded device that caters to a diverse range of users, from gamers to content creators.
As we approach the April 24 launch date, excitement is building among tech enthusiasts. Its blend of cutting-edge technology and thoughtful design makes it a device to watch in 2025. While pricing and global availability remain to be confirmed, Xiaomi’s reputation suggests that the Turbo 4 Pro will offer exceptional value, continuing the brand’s tradition of delivering high-performance smartphones at competitive prices.
In conclusion, the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is shaping up to be a trailblazer in the smartphone industry. With its powerful chipset, massive battery, and innovative cooling system, it promises an unparalleled user experience. Whether you’re a gamer, a photographer, or someone who demands the best from their smartphone, the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is a device worth your attention.
Redmi Turbo 4 Pro smartphone
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro smartphone is set to redefine performance standards with its innovative features and powerful specifications.
Xiaomi has captivated photography enthusiasts with exciting updates regarding its camera software, particularly focusing on the iconic Leica red UI. On April 22, 2025, Miao Lei, Deputy General Manager of Xiaomi’s Camera Department, confirmed via Weibo that the classic red interface will remain the standard for all Leica co-branded smartphones after the upcoming software update. This announcement comes in response to fan feedback and introduces six new color options for users seeking a more personalized camera experience. This article explores the enhancements in Xiaomi’s camera software, the significance of the Leica red UI, and what these changes mean for Mi camera hobbyists.
The Iconic Leica Red UI: A Beloved Feature
Since Xiaomi partnered with Leica in 2022, the Leica red UI has become a staple for its co-branded smartphones, including the Xiaomi 14 Ultra and Xiaomi 15 Ultra. The UI is known for its sleek, minimalist design and vibrant red accents, echoing Leica’s classic camera aesthetics. Integrated into the HyperOS camera app, it offers a professional yet intuitive experience. Users can quickly access Leica Authentic and Leica Vibrant modes, manual controls, and specialized color profiles, including a high-contrast black-and-white filter.
After the launch of the Xiaomi 15 Ultra in February 2025, there were concerns that the classic red UI might be replaced with a more generic design. Miao Lei’s confirmation that the Leica red UI will remain as the default setting for all Leica co-branded phones underscores Xiaomi’s commitment to preserving its heritage and meeting user expectations. This decision not only honors fan feedback but also maintains the premium experience associated with Xiaomi’s flagship cameras.
Introducing Six New Color Options for Enhanced Customization
In a bid to cater to diverse user preferences, Xiaomi is expanding the camera UI’s customization capabilities by introducing six new color schemes alongside the classic red interface. Although specific details about these colors remain sparse, leaks suggest options may include silver, black, blue, green, gold, and white. These colors draw inspiration from both Leica’s design language and Xiaomi’s aesthetic vision.
Users will be able to switch between the classic red UI and the new color options with ease, enhancing the overall visual experience without compromising the professional functionality of the camera system. This update aligns with Xiaomi’s broader initiative to offer personalization in HyperOS 2.0, which powers devices like the Xiaomi 15 series and the upcoming Redmi Turbo 4 Pro (also known as POCO F7 globally). By providing a balance of tradition and modernity, Xiaomi appeals to both purists and those seeking a fresh look.
Key Camera Software Enhancements: What’s New?
Beyond the UI updates, Xiaomi’s latest camera software improvements focus on usability, performance, and creative control. Miao Lei’s announcement highlighted the UI, but recent reviews and industry reports shed light on the broader camera software ecosystem:
Leica-Tuned Modes: The camera app continues to feature Leica Authentic and Leica Vibrant modes, optimized for professional-grade photography.
Manual Controls: Advanced users can fine-tune settings such as ISO, shutter speed, and white balance, mimicking dedicated camera experiences.
AI Enhancements: AI scene recognition automatically adjusts settings based on the environment, making it easier for casual photographers to capture great images.
Video Capabilities: While the Xiaomi 15 Ultra excels in still photography, its video performance lags slightly behind competitors. Firmware updates are expected to address this gap.
These enhancements, combined with the updated UI, solidify Xiaomi’s reputation as a leader in smartphone photography, especially for creators who value Leica’s expertise.
The Impact of Xiaomi’s Leica Partnership
Xiaomi’s collaboration with Leica has transformed its camera offerings, allowing the brand to compete with industry leaders like Apple and Samsung. The Xiaomi 15 Ultra showcases this partnership with a quad-camera system featuring:
Camera Type
Specifications
Main Camera
50MP (1-inch Sony LYT-900 sensor)
Super-Telephoto Lens
200MP (Samsung HP9 sensor, 100mm, 200mm zoom)
Floating Telephoto Lens
50MP
Ultra-Wide Camera
50MP
This impressive hardware, combined with Leica’s Summilux lenses, delivers exceptional performance in light intake and color accuracy. The classic red UI complements this advanced hardware, providing a cohesive and professional interface.
Xiaomi has also teased innovative prototype solutions at MWC 2025, hinting at future expansions of its Leica partnership. These prototypes could integrate with the updated camera UI, offering even more creative possibilities for photographers.
Conclusion: A Bright Future for Mi Camera Enthusiasts
The retention of the Leica red UI and the addition of six new color options are significant wins for Mi camera hobbyists. By preserving its heritage while enhancing personalization, Xiaomi demonstrates its commitment to user satisfaction. The upcoming update, expected to roll out in April or May 2025, will be available for all Leica co-branded phones, including the Xiaomi 15 and Xiaomi 15 Ultra.
As Xiaomi continues to innovate in the smartphone photography space, users can look forward to a blend of nostalgic aesthetics and modern customization. With a focus on user feedback and cutting-edge technology, Xiaomi is poised to maintain its competitive edge in the ever-evolving landscape of smartphone photography.
Leica red UI updates
Xiaomi’s recent updates, including the Leica red UI and new color options, enhance the photography experience for users.
The excitement surrounding the POCO F7 is palpable as we gear up for its imminent launch. This smartphone is anticipated to be a global rebrand of the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro, set to unveil in China on April 24, 2025. With its premium mid-range positioning, the POCO F7 promises to deliver near-flagship specifications at an attractive price. As we explore its features, we can see why this device is capturing the attention of Xiaomi enthusiasts and tech aficionados alike. Let’s dive into the details of what we know so far about the POCO F7.
Launch Timeline and Global Availability
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro will make its debut in China at 7:00 PM on April 24, 2025, as confirmed by Thomas Wang, General Manager of Redmi China. Following this, the POCO F7 is expected to launch globally in April or May 2025. Certifications from India’s BIS and Singapore’s IMDA confirm its readiness for key markets, including India, where POCO has a robust following. Speculations suggest an Indian launch in May 2025, potentially aligning with the POCO F6’s debut last year. Pricing estimates for the Indian market are around ₹26,000 to ₹28,000 (~$310 to $335), making it an enticing option for budget-conscious consumers.
Variant
Price (China)
Price (India)
12GB + 256GB
2,099 Yuan (~$290)
₹26,000–₹28,000 (~$310–$335)
16GB + 256GB
2,399 Yuan (~$330)
16GB + 512GB
2,799 Yuan (~$380)
16GB + 1TB
2,999 Yuan (~$410)
Premium Design and Build Quality
The POCO F7 aims to set a new standard in the mid-range market with its premium design elements. The device features a CNC-machined aviation aluminum alloy frame that enhances durability while maintaining a sleek appearance. Its soft mist glass back minimizes fingerprints and improves grip. The 6.83-inch flat LTPS OLED display boasts a 1.5K resolution (2800 x 1280 pixels) and a 120Hz refresh rate, ensuring stunning visuals and smooth scrolling.
The device’s build quality stands out with an IP69 rating, providing excellent dust and water resistance. This is a rarity in mid-range smartphones, making the POCO F7 a solid choice for users who value durability. Expected color options include White, Black, and Green, all designed to appeal to contemporary tastes.
Performance Driven by Snapdragon 8s Gen 4
At the core of the POCO F7 is the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 processor, a cutting-edge 4nm octa-core chipset that delivers impressive performance. Coupled with the Adreno 825 GPU, it offers a significant boost in CPU performance—up to 31% better than its predecessor. This makes the POCO F7 a formidable option for gaming, multitasking, and AI applications.
The smartphone will offer various RAM and storage configurations, including:
12GB + 256GB
16GB + 256GB
16GB + 512GB
16GB + 1TB
Running on Android 15 with HyperOS 2.0, the POCO F7 promises a smooth user experience with enhanced connectivity options. Additional features like a short-throw optical fingerprint sensor and support for 5G, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, and NFC further enhance its appeal.
Battery Life and Charging Speed
The POCO F7 is rumored to come equipped with a massive 7,550mAh battery, one of the largest in its category. This battery utilizes silicon-carbon chemistry, allowing for greater capacity without increasing size. However, some leaks indicate that the global version may feature a slightly smaller 7,000mAh battery.
Key battery features include:
Charging Speed: 90W fast wired charging for quick recharges.
Endurance: The large battery capacity is expected to provide over a day and a half of usage under normal conditions.
This impressive battery size positions the POCO F7 ahead of competitors like the iQOO Z10 Turbo, which features a 7,300mAh battery.
Camera System for Everyday Photography
While the POCO F7 may not compete with flagship camera phones, it offers a capable camera setup for everyday use. The rear camera system includes:
50MP Main Sensor: Likely a Sony LYT-600, featuring optical image stabilization (OIS) for sharp photos.
8MP Ultra-Wide Lens: Ideal for capturing wider perspectives.
The front camera boasts a 20MP sensor, perfect for high-quality selfies and video calls. This setup is optimized for social media use, ensuring you can capture life’s moments effortlessly.
Conclusion
The POCO F7 is shaping up to be a remarkable addition to the mid-range smartphone market. With its powerful Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 chipset, extensive battery life, and premium design, it offers an attractive alternative for consumers seeking high performance without breaking the bank. As we await its global launch in April or May 2025, it’s clear that the POCO F7 is poised to make a significant impact in the competitive landscape of mid-range smartphones.
POCO F7 Launch Imminent
The POCO F7 promises to redefine mid-range smartphones with its powerful specs and competitive pricing.
Tags: POCO F7, Redmi Turbo 4 Pro, Snapdragon 8s Gen 4, mid-range smartphone, Xiaomi, smartphone launch
The Indian smartphone market faced a significant downturn in the first quarter of 2025, with shipments dropping 8% year-on-year to 32.4 million units, according to recent market analysis. This slump, attributed to weak consumer demand and excess channel inventory from late 2024, has reshaped the competitive landscape, with Xiaomi suffering the most dramatic decline among major brands. The former market leader saw its shipments plummet by 38% year-on-year, falling to third place behind Vivo and Samsung. Despite these challenges, Xiaomi is doubling down on its recovery strategy by expanding its product portfolio, including high-profile launches like the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro and its first made-in-India smartwatch, the Redmi Watch Move. This article explores Xiaomi’s market struggles, its strategic response, and the broader dynamics of India’s smartphone industry in Q1 2025.
A Steep Decline for Xiaomi
Xiaomi’s 38% year-on-year shipment drop in Q1 2025 is the steepest among India’s top smartphone brands, reducing its market share from 18% in Q1 2024 to approximately 12% (around 4 million units). This slide to third place marks a sharp reversal for a brand that reclaimed the top spot in Q2 2024 with an 18.9% shipment share. Several factors contributed to Xiaomi’s struggles:
Weak Consumer Demand: The broader market downturn, driven by low consumer confidence and macroeconomic pressures like inflation, hit Xiaomi hard. Its reliance on the mass-budget segment (sub-$200) faced challenges as entry-level smartphone shipments (sub-$100) declined significantly, with consumers prioritizing essential appliances over upgrades.
Excess Inventory: High channel stock from Q4 2024 disrupted Xiaomi’s product launch cycles, leading to reduced sell-in as distributors focused on clearing existing inventory rather than stocking new models.
Underperforming Launches: The early launch of the Redmi Note 14 series and the flagship Xiaomi 15 series, including the anticipated Xiaomi 15 Ultra, failed to generate strong consumer interest. Unlike competitors like Vivo, which saw 13% year-on-year growth with models like the V50 series and T-series, Xiaomi struggled to align its portfolio with shifting consumer preferences.
Offline Retail Weakness: Xiaomi’s historically strong online presence was not matched by offline retail performance, where Vivo’s robust network and Samsung’s premium-focused strategy outperformed. This limited Xiaomi’s ability to capture foot traffic in physical stores, a critical channel in Q1 2025.
In contrast, Vivo solidified its lead with a 22% market share (approximately 7 million units), driven by a balanced online-offline strategy and a diversified portfolio. Samsung, despite a 23% shipment decline, held second place with a 16% market share (around 5.1 million units), bolstered by its premium Galaxy S25 series and a 25% value share in Q2 2024. Other brands like OPPO and Realme saw modest growth of 5% and 3%, respectively, securing fourth and fifth spots.
Xiaomi’s Strategic Response: Expanding the Portfolio
Despite its market challenges, Xiaomi is actively working to regain lost ground by diversifying its product offerings and strengthening its brand appeal. Two recent launches highlight this strategy:
Redmi Turbo 4 Pro:
Unveiled: Ahead of its April 24, 2025, launch in China, the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is a mid-range smartphone designed to compete in the premium mid-tier segment.
Design and Features: It boasts a 6.83-inch 1.5K LTPS OLED display (120Hz), a Qualcomm Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 SoC, up to 16GB LPDDR5x RAM, and a 7,550mAh battery with 90W fast charging. Its CNC-machined aluminum frame, soft mist glass back, and IP69 rating offer flagship-level aesthetics and durability.
Market Positioning: Priced starting at approximately 2,099 Yuan (~$290) in China, the Turbo 4 Pro is expected to launch globally as the Poco F7, targeting India’s growing demand for feature-rich 5G smartphones in the $200-$400 segment. Its premium design and powerful chipset could appeal to young, tech-savvy consumers, helping Xiaomi compete with Vivo’s T3 series and Samsung’s Galaxy A-series.
Potential Impact: By offering high-end specifications at a mid-range price, the Turbo 4 Pro could help Xiaomi recapture market share in the entry-premium segment, which grew 23% year-on-year in Q1 2024, while addressing its offline retail weaknesses through targeted channel strategies.
Redmi Watch Move:
Launched: April 21, 2025, as Xiaomi’s first made-in-India smartwatch, priced at ₹1,999 (~$24).
Features: It features a 1.85-inch AMOLED display, IP68 rating, 140+ workout modes, and health tracking (heart rate, SpO2, sleep, stress). Powered by HyperOS, it supports Bluetooth calling and a Hindi interface, catering to Indian users.
Market Strategy: Manufactured locally with Optiemus, the Redmi Watch Move aligns with India’s Make in India initiative, reducing costs and enhancing brand appeal. Its affordability and robust features position it to compete with budget wearables from Boat, Noise, and Realme, tapping into India’s growing wearable market, which saw Xiaomi achieve 135% year-on-year smartwatch shipment growth globally in 2024.
Potential Impact: The smartwatch diversifies Xiaomi’s ecosystem, encouraging brand loyalty among smartphone users and attracting new customers in the budget wearable segment, potentially offsetting smartphone shipment losses.
These launches reflect Xiaomi’s broader goal to double its device shipments in India to 700 million over the next decade, as stated by Xiaomi India President Muralikrishnan B. By expanding into wearables, premium mid-range smartphones, and potentially other IoT devices, Xiaomi aims to rebuild its market presence and appeal to diverse consumer segments.
Broader Market Dynamics
The 8% year-on-year decline in India’s smartphone market in Q1 2025 reflects a maturing market with limited growth catalysts. Key trends shaping the industry include:
Premiumization: The premium segment (>₹30,000) continues to grow, reaching a 20% volume share in Q1 2024, driven by demand for devices like the iPhone 16 series and Galaxy S25 series. Apple saw its best-ever Q1 in India, entering the top five brands in Q4 2024 with a 10% share, fueled by promotions and the iPhone 16e’s success in Tier 2 and Tier 3 cities. Xiaomi’s Xiaomi 15 Ultra, expected to feature a 200MP periscope camera and Snapdragon 8 Elite SoC, aims to compete in this segment, but its high price may limit its impact in a cost-sensitive market.
5G Adoption: 79% of smartphones shipped in 2024 were 5G-capable, up from 55% in 2023, with models like the Redmi 13C and Vivo Y28 leading the mass-budget segment ($100-$200). Xiaomi’s focus on affordable 5G devices, such as the Redmi A4 5G, could help it regain traction, though mixed early performance suggests challenges in the sub-$100 segment.
Channel Dynamics: Offline channels accounted for 51% of shipments in 2024, with Vivo dominating due to its strong retail network. Xiaomi’s climb to third place in offline channels in 2024 indicates progress, but it must further strengthen its physical retail presence to compete with Vivo and Samsung.
The market’s value grew despite the shipment decline, with wholesale revenue rising 9% year-on-year in 2024, reflecting a shift toward higher-priced smartphones. However, the entry-level segment (sub-₹10,000) saw a one-third decline, impacting Xiaomi’s core strength in budget devices.
Challenges and Opportunities
Xiaomi faces several hurdles in its bid to recover market share:
Intense Competition: Vivo’s 16% year-on-year growth in 2024 and Samsung’s premium focus create a challenging environment. Emerging brands like Nothing (577% growth in 2024) and Motorola (87% growth in Q3 2024) are also gaining traction with innovative designs and aggressive pricing.
Brand Perception: Xiaomi’s unclear positioning between budget and premium segments has weakened its offline appeal. The Xiaomi 15 Ultra and Redmi Turbo 4 Pro aim to address this, but consistent marketing and consumer education are critical.
Macroeconomic Pressures: Inflation and a growing second-hand market are dampening demand for new smartphones, particularly in the sub-$100 segment where Xiaomi has historically excelled.
However, opportunities abound:
Local Manufacturing: Xiaomi’s investment in local production, exemplified by the Redmi Watch Move, aligns with government incentives and reduces costs, potentially improving margins and pricing flexibility.
5G and Premium Growth: The mass-budget 5G segment ($100-$200) nearly doubled in 2024, offering Xiaomi a chance to leverage devices like the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro to capture upgraders.
Ecosystem Expansion: By integrating smartphones with wearables and IoT devices, Xiaomi can build a loyal customer base, mirroring its global strategy where it ranked third in smartphone shipments in Q4 2024 with 5% year-on-year growth.
Conclusion
Xiaomi’s fall to third place in India’s smartphone market, with a 38% shipment decline in Q1 2025, underscores the challenges of a maturing, declining market. The 8% year-on-year drop in total shipments to 32.4 million units, driven by weak demand and excess inventory, has hit Xiaomi hardest, ceding ground to Vivo (22% market share) and Samsung (16% market share). Yet, Xiaomi’s response—expanding its portfolio with the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro and Redmi Watch Move—signals a proactive strategy to regain traction. By leveraging premium mid-range smartphones, affordable wearables, and local manufacturing, Xiaomi aims to rebuild its market presence in a competitive landscape.
The success of these efforts will depend on Xiaomi’s ability to strengthen its offline retail presence, align its portfolio with premiumization trends, and capitalize on India’s growing 5G adoption. As the market heads toward modest single-digit growth in 2025, Xiaomi’s diversified approach could pave the way for a comeback, provided it navigates competitive and macroeconomic challenges effectively. For updates on Xiaomi’s latest devices, including the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro (set to launch April 24, 2025, in China) and the Redmi Watch Move (available from May 1, 2025, in India), visit Mi.com or follow Xiaomi’s official channels.
Sources:
Canalys: India’s smartphone shipments grew 5% in 2024, Apple entered top five for first time in Q4
Counterpoint Research: India Smartphone Market’s Revenue Hits All-time High in 2024
Moneycontrol: Xiaomi and Samsung see steep shipment declines in India as market contracts in Q1 2025
Posts on X: @TimesNow, @digitindia, @SmarTradingA, @EquiNews_India
Gizmochina, GSMArena, XiaomiTime: Redmi Turbo 4 Pro design and specifications
Xiaomi‘s sub-brand, Redmi, is set to make waves with its latest offering, the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro. This mid-range smartphone promises to deliver a blend of flagship aesthetics and performance at an attractive price point. Scheduled for launch in China on April 24, 2025, at 7:00 PM, the anticipation surrounding the Turbo 4 Pro is palpable. With a sleek design, premium materials, and impressive specifications, this device is poised to redefine expectations in the mid-range segment. Here, we delve into the design, features, specifications, and market significance of the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro, based on recent insights.
Premium Design: Elevating Mid-Range Standards
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro distinguishes itself with a design that emphasizes sophistication, durability, and high-quality craftsmanship. According to Thomas Wang, head of Redmi China, the phone’s texture rivals that of flagship devices priced around 5,000 yuan (approximately $775). Here are some standout design features:
Large R-Angle Front Design: The Turbo 4 Pro features a refined R-angle design, enhancing both elegance and ergonomics. This design softens the edges, improving comfort during extended use.
Ultra-Narrow Bezel:
many mid-range competitors that use plastic, the Turbo 4 Pro incorporates a CNC-machined aviation aluminum alloy frame, increasing rigidity by 140% compared to its predecessor.
Soft Mist Glass Back: The rear features a “soft mist” glass back, enhancing grip while minimizing fingerprints, ensuring a clean look.
Color Variants: Available in White, Black, and Green, the Turbo 4 Pro caters to a variety of aesthetic preferences.
Pill-Shaped Camera Module: The rear camera design maintains a contemporary look while ensuring functionality.
These design elements position the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro as a formidable contender, offering flagship-like quality in a mid-range smartphone.
Key Specifications: Power Meets Performance
Beyond its impressive design, the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is equipped with robust specifications that enhance its performance. Recent leaks and listings have revealed crucial details, solidifying its place in the competitive mid-range market. Here’s a comprehensive overview of its specifications:
Display: Featuring a 6.83-inch flat LTPS OLED display with a 1.5K resolution (2800 x 1280 pixels), the screen delivers sharp visuals. It supports ultra-high-frequency PWM dimming and Xiaomi’s Qingshan eye protection to reduce eye strain.
Processor: The Turbo 4 Pro is among the first to utilize the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 SoC, a powerful 4nm octa-core chipset that significantly boosts performance.
RAM and Storage: With options for up to 16GB of LPDDR5x RAM and 1TB of UFS 4.0 storage, users can enjoy fast performance and ample space. Variants include:
12GB + 256GB
16GB + 256GB
16GB + 512GB
16GB + 1TB
Battery: A substantial 7,550mAh battery supports 90W fast charging, ensuring extended usage without frequent recharges.
Camera Setup: The rear features a 50MP main sensor with optical image stabilization (OIS) and an 8MP ultra-wide lens, while a 20MP front camera ensures quality selfies.
Additional Features: The Turbo 4 Pro includes an IP69 rating for dust and water resistance, a short-throw optical fingerprint sensor, and an IR blaster. It runs on Android 15 with HyperOS 2.0 for a smooth user experience.
Pricing and Availability: Competitive Edge
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is expected to launch at competitive price points, based on a recent listing from China Telecom. Here’s a breakdown of the anticipated pricing:
Variant
Price (Yuan)
Price (USD)
Price (EUR)
12GB + 256GB
2,099
~$290
~€270
16GB + 256GB
2,399
~$330
~€310
16GB + 512GB
2,799
~$380
~€360
16GB + 1TB
2,999
~$410
~€390
These prices position the Turbo 4 Pro as an exceptional value, offering flagship features at mid-range costs. Initially launching in China, the device is expected to be rebranded as the Poco F7 for global markets, with potential releases in India and other regions.
Market Context and Competitive Landscape
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro enters a saturated mid-range smartphone market, competing against brands like Realme, iQOO, and OPPO. The iQOO Z10 Turbo, also featuring the Snapdragon 8s Gen 4, poses a significant challenge. However, Redmi’s focus on premium design and robust battery life gives it a competitive advantage.
The standard Redmi Turbo 4, which debuted earlier, set a high value benchmark with a starting price of 1,999 Yuan (~$290). The Turbo 4 Pro enhances this foundation with superior specifications, targeting users who desire flagship experiences without the flagship price.
Conclusion: A Game-Changer in Mid-Range Smartphones
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is on track to disrupt the mid-range smartphone market with its premium design and flagship-level performance. With a 6.83-inch 1.5K OLED display, Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 chipset, and a 7,550mAh battery, it stands out in its category. Priced starting at 2,099 Yuan (~$290), it promises accessibility for a broad audience. As we approach the launch on April 24, 2025, tech enthusiasts and value-conscious consumers alike should keep an eye on this remarkable device.
Redmi Turbo 4 Pro smartphone
Discover the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro smartphone, blending premium design with flagship performance at an accessible price point.
Tags: Redmi Turbo 4 Pro, Snapdragon 8s Gen 4, mid-range smartphone, Xiaomi, Poco F7, flagship features
Xiaomi has taken a significant leap in its “Make in India” initiative by launching the Redmi Watch Move, its first smartwatch manufactured entirely in India. Priced at ₹1,999 (around $24), this smartwatch debuted on April 21, 2025, offering an attractive blend of essential fitness tracking and smart features. As the Indian market continues to seek affordable wearables, the Redmi Watch Move is set to create a notable impact, especially as global smartwatch sales faced a decline in 2024. This article will explore the features, specifications, availability, and broader implications of Xiaomi’s latest innovation.
A Milestone for Xiaomi’s Local Manufacturing
Xiaomi has established itself as a formidable player in India’s consumer electronics landscape. Over the past decade, the company has ramped up local manufacturing efforts, collaborating with companies like Dixon Technologies and Foxconn. The introduction of the Redmi Watch Move, produced in partnership with Optiemus, marks a pivotal moment in Xiaomi’s journey in India.
Anuj Sharma, Xiaomi India’s Chief Marketing Officer, highlighted the importance of this smartwatch, stating, “The Redmi Watch Move combines essential features for Indian users — reliable performance, accurate fitness tracking, and a comfortable, premium design.” This launch aligns with Xiaomi’s ambitious plan to double its device shipments in India to 700 million over the next decade.
Key Features and Specifications
The Redmi Watch Move is designed for fitness enthusiasts and users looking for a seamless smartwatch experience. Below is a detailed overview of its features:
Feature
Description
Display
1.85-inch AMOLED display with 600 nits brightness and 2.5D curved glass for a premium look.
Design
Comfortable, anti-allergy TPU strap; available in Black Drift, Blue Blaze, Silver Sprint, Gold Rush.
Water Resistance
IP68 rating; can withstand submersion up to 1.5 meters, ideal for workouts and outdoor activities.
Workout Modes
Supports over 140 workout modes with a 98.5% tracking accuracy.
Health Monitoring
Features heart rate tracking, SpO₂ monitoring, stress analysis, sleep tracking, and menstrual cycle tracking.
Smart Features
Integrates with Xiaomi HyperOS for seamless connectivity; supports Bluetooth calling and Hindi interface.
Fitness and Health Tracking Capabilities
The Redmi Watch Move excels in fitness and health tracking. It supports an extensive range of workout modes, from running to yoga, ensuring users can monitor their activities effectively. Xiaomi’s research and development team claims a 98.5% accuracy rate in tracking, enhancing user trust in the device’s capabilities.
Additionally, the smartwatch provides advanced health monitoring features, including heart rate tracking, blood oxygen level monitoring, and sleep analysis. These functionalities make it an invaluable tool for users focused on maintaining their health. The menstrual cycle tracking feature also offers significant benefits for women, further broadening its appeal.
Xiaomi India launches its first locally manufactured smartwatch — Redmi Watch Move — in collaboration with Optiemus.
The Redmi Watch Move is priced at ₹1,999 (approximately $24), making it one of the most affordable smartwatches available. It will be available for purchase starting May 1, 2025, through Mi.com, Flipkart, and various Xiaomi retail outlets. Pre-booking will commence on April 24, 2025, allowing eager customers to secure their devices early.
Xiaomi’s aggressive pricing strategy aims to capture a larger share of the Indian market, which is increasingly leaning towards budget-friendly devices. Despite a drop in market share from 30% in 2023 to 23% in 2024, Xiaomi’s focus on affordability positions it favorably in the competitive landscape.
Market Context and Competitive Landscape
The global smartwatch market faced a 7% decline in shipments in 2024, primarily due to decreased upgrades in the basic smartwatch segment. However, brands like Xiaomi have bucked this trend, experiencing substantial growth. In India, Xiaomi’s emphasis on affordability resonates with cost-conscious consumers, giving it an edge over competitors.
The Redmi Watch Move competes with other budget smartwatches, such as the Motorola Moto Watch 120 and Xiaomi’s own Smart Band 8 Pro. While premium devices from brands like Apple and Samsung come with higher price tags, the Redmi Watch Move targets entry-level and mid-tier consumers by offering a blend of functionality, style, and affordability.
Broader Implications for Xiaomi
The launch of the Redmi Watch Move highlights Xiaomi’s commitment to local manufacturing and innovation in India. By producing the smartwatch locally, Xiaomi not only reduces costs but also aligns with the Indian government’s push for domestic production. This strategy could lead to the localization of other AI-powered IoT devices, enhancing Xiaomi’s brand presence in the region.
Moreover, the Redmi Watch Move signifies Xiaomi’s diversification beyond smartphones. With a significant market share in the Indian smartphone sector, Xiaomi is now expanding into wearables, smart TVs, and even electric vehicles. This diversification strengthens its position as a comprehensive technology provider.
Conclusion
The Redmi Watch Move exemplifies Xiaomi’s dedication to delivering high-value products tailored to the Indian market. With a competitive price of ₹1,999 ($24), it offers impressive features, including a 1.85-inch AMOLED display, advanced health tracking, and Bluetooth calling. As Xiaomi’s first locally produced smartwatch, it reinforces the company’s commitment to affordability and local manufacturing. Set to be available for pre-booking from April 24, 2025, the Redmi Watch Move is poised to attract fitness enthusiasts and tech-savvy consumers alike.
Made-in-India smartwatch
The Redmi Watch Move is Xiaomi’s first made-in-India smartwatch, offering affordability and advanced features for fitness enthusiasts.
Xiaomi is making waves in the smart home sector with the introduction of the Xiaomi Smart Camera 4. This compact surveillance camera delivers impressive features such as 4K resolution, advanced AI detection, and a full 360° view—all at a budget-friendly price of 249 yuan (approximately $34). As an added bonus, early purchasers will receive a complimentary 64GB microSD card, enhancing the overall value of this device.
Impressive Specifications for Optimal Surveillance
The Xiaomi Smart Camera 4 boasts an 8-megapixel sensor that provides a stunning 3840 x 2160 resolution. Its f/1.6 aperture and six-element all-glass lens ensure that you capture sharp, detailed footage regardless of lighting conditions. The camera’s HDR capabilities enhance image balance, making it effective in both brightly lit spaces and dimly lit areas.
Equipped with Xiaomi’s proprietary MJA1 AI chip, the camera offers 1 TOPS processing power, enabling on-device intelligence for various applications. Users can benefit from features like human detection, pet tracking, baby crying alerts, and abnormal sound recognition—all without the need for cloud processing. This edge AI technology significantly improves response times and safeguards user privacy.
Night Vision and Connectivity Features
For low-light situations, the Smart Camera 4 includes a 940nm infrared fill light, providing night vision up to 10 meters without visible red light. Additionally, it features a high-sensitivity sensor that enhances color capture in low-light conditions, allowing for extended color recording before switching to black and white.
In terms of connectivity, this camera supports dual-band Wi-Fi 6, ensuring faster and more reliable streaming. The two-way audio feature, enhanced with built-in noise reduction, allows for clear communication, whether you want to check in on your pet or communicate with family members from afar.
Advanced Design and Storage Options
The Smart Camera 4 features a sleek, minimalist design mounted on a dual-motor gimbal, enabling 360° horizontal and 109° vertical rotation. Users can manually control the camera’s movement, set automatic patrol routes, or define specific tracking zones for critical areas like doors or cribs.
Storage options are versatile, allowing for up to 256GB via microSD, NAS support, or Xiaomi’s encrypted cloud backup. Recordings utilize H.265 encoding, which conserves storage space while maintaining high image quality.
Privacy remains a top priority, as the camera incorporates four layers of protection: local AI processing, encrypted data transmission, a physical lens cover, and a dedicated security chip.
Seamless Integration with Xiaomi’s Ecosystem
As part of the HyperOS Connect ecosystem, the Smart Camera 4 integrates seamlessly with other Xiaomi smart devices. It can trigger automated routines, respond to voice commands via XiaoAi, and facilitate smart collaborations that extend beyond basic surveillance functions.
With its advanced features and affordability, the Xiaomi Smart Camera 4 stands out as a compelling option for anyone looking to enhance their smart home security.
Key Features of Xiaomi Smart Camera 4
Feature
Description
Resolution
3840 x 2160 (4K)
Sensor
8-megapixel
Night Vision
940nm infrared, up to 10m
AI Capabilities
Human detection, pet tracking, alerts
Storage Options
Up to 256GB microSD, NAS, cloud backup
Connectivity
Dual-band Wi-Fi 6
Design
360° rotation with dual-motor gimbal
Privacy Features
Four layers of protection
Conclusion
The Xiaomi Smart Camera 4 is a revolutionary addition to the smart home landscape, blending affordability with cutting-edge technology. Its robust features and seamless integration with Xiaomi’s ecosystem make it an ideal choice for enhancing home security.
Xiaomi Smart Camera 4 features
Discover the impressive features of the Xiaomi Smart Camera 4, designed for seamless smart home integration and advanced surveillance capabilities.
tags: Xiaomi, Smart Camera 4, home security, AI technology, smart devices, surveillance
Xiaomi has rolled out the eagerly awaited HyperOS 2.0 update for POCO F5 users globally. This update brings a plethora of improvements, enhancing performance, battery life, and user interface. With this significant software upgrade, Xiaomi addresses numerous requests from fans on community forums. For those who have been anticipating the next evolution of Xiaomi’s operating system on their POCO F5 devices, the wait is finally over!
Global Rollout Schedule
The update is being released in phases across various regions, ensuring a smooth transition. Here are the version numbers for different locations:
Region
Version Number
Global
OS2.0.4.0.VMRMIXM
India
OS2.0.3.0.VMRINXM
Indonesia
OS2.0.2.0.VMRIDXM
Turkey
OS2.0.2.0.VMRTRXM
Taiwan
OS2.0.2.0.VMRTWXM
Russia
OS2.0.2.0.VMRRUXM
Europe
OS2.0.2.0.VMREUXM
This staggered rollout ensures system stability while allowing Xiaomi to monitor any potential issues before a broader distribution.
Key Features of HyperOS 2.0
The HyperOS 2.0 update introduces remarkable enhancements to the POCO F5, including:
Smoother system animations for improved transitions
A redesigned control center with customizable fast settings
Advanced battery optimization algorithms
Enhanced camera processing for better low-light photography
An upgraded notification management system
AI-powered photo editing and text detection capabilities
Reduced latency in gaming mode for a better experience
How to Check for the Update
To see if the update is available for your POCO F5, follow these steps:
Navigate to Settings > About phone > System update.
Tap on Check for updates.
If the update is available, download and install it.
Restart your device after installation.
We recommend backing up your essential data before proceeding. Typically, the update process preserves user files. If you don’t see the OTA update immediately, remain patient as it gradually rolls out to all regions in the coming weeks.
HyperOS 2.0 Update Overview
The HyperOS 2.0 update for the POCO F5 enhances user experience significantly, making it a must-have for all users.
POCO F5 HyperOS 2 update
Xiaomi’s HyperOS 2 update for POCO F5 brings crucial performance and interface enhancements for users worldwide. Tags: POCO F5, HyperOS 2, Xiaomi, smartphone update, technology, mobile software
Xiaomi Auto is elevating the luxury experience for its customers with the introduction of a unique “special gift box” tailored for the inaugural members of the SU7 Ultra Club. This limited-edition package represents Xiaomi Auto’s commitment to fostering an upscale community centered around its premium electric vehicle, the SU7 Ultra. The excitement surrounding this release, shared on Xiaomi Auto’s official Weibo account, has resonated with both Xiaomi enthusiasts and automobile collectors, marking a significant moment in the brand’s expansion into the automotive sector.
What’s Included in the Exclusive Gift Box
This carefully curated gift box includes an array of high-quality collectibles that celebrate the SU7 Ultra’s impressive achievements:
1:43 scale SU7 Ultra alloy car model
Nürburgring limited edition license plate
Nürburgring-themed fridge magnet
Exclusive SU7 Ultra Club membership card
These items not only serve as mementos but also enhance the ownership experience for members, allowing them to showcase their passion for the SU7 Ultra.
Benefits of SU7 Ultra Club Membership
Established on February 27, the Xiaomi EV Ultra Club offers members a range of exclusive services and experiences designed to enhance their connection to the brand:
Track-Focused Advantages:
Complimentary tire storage
Free track rescue service
12% discount on track consumables
Exclusive Events:
Visits to the Nürburgring Nordschleife circuit
Members-only official track days
Joining this elite club requires an annual fee of $555 (approximately €520), with a limited initial membership of just 2,000 slots. Each membership grants 60,000 points, which can be redeemed for various services and exclusive benefits, making it a valuable investment for car enthusiasts.
Xiaomi’s Growing Presence in the Automotive Market
Xiaomi’s strategy reflects its ambition to cultivate a dedicated community around its automotive offerings, akin to the loyal following it has built for its electronic products. The SU7 Ultra has quickly gained recognition as a high-performance vehicle, particularly noted for its speed and track capabilities at the renowned Nürburgring circuit. By launching exclusive membership products and collectible items, Xiaomi is reinforcing its position in the luxury car market, providing fans with unique ways to engage with the brand.
Conclusion
In conclusion, the launch of the special gift box for SU7 Ultra Club members signifies Xiaomi Auto’s commitment to creating an exclusive community for its high-end electric vehicle owners. The thoughtful inclusion of collectibles and unique membership benefits enhances the overall experience, solidifying Xiaomi’s place in the luxury automotive sector.
Special gift box for SU7 Ultra Club members
This article highlights the exclusive special gift box for SU7 Ultra Club members, enhancing their connection to Xiaomi’s luxury electric vehicle offerings.
Xiaomi continues to enhance its smart home ecosystem, introducing a groundbreaking solution to combat an often-overlooked household pest—dust mites. The newly launched Mijia Dust Mite Vacuum Cleaner 2 Pro represents an evolution in cleaning technology. With a price tag of 429 yuan (approximately $58 or €54), this device promises to elevate your cleaning routine beyond conventional vacuuming.
Advanced Features for Deep Cleaning
The Mijia Dust Mite Vacuum Cleaner 2 Pro is meticulously designed for thorough cleaning of soft surfaces, including mattresses, bedding, and upholstered furniture. It incorporates a sophisticated dual dust cup system that effectively separates cyclone filtration from dust storage. This design ensures consistent suction power, even as the dust cup accumulates hair, lint, and other debris.
Equipped with a powerful motor, the vacuum generates up to 16kPa of suction power, adeptly removing embedded dander and mites. Its 21.5 cm suction inlet allows for broader coverage, reducing the number of passes required. Additionally, the vacuum features a 49mm spiral brush roller that resists tangling, even with long hair strands, enhancing cleaning efficiency.
Cutting-Edge Technology for Hygiene
Xiaomi integrates high-frequency vibration technology, delivering up to 72,000 taps per minute to dislodge stubborn particles embedded in fabric layers. The vacuum also includes UV-C LED sterilization and ultrasonic wave technology, effectively disrupting mite reproduction and promoting a healthier living environment.
Another standout feature is its smart mite detection system, which evaluates the surface in real-time and adjusts suction power accordingly. Results are displayed on a live LED screen, highlighting areas that require additional attention. Moreover, the vacuum offers a 65°C warm air drying function, keeping fabrics dry and less inviting to mites, particularly in humid conditions.
Versatile Cleaning Modes and User-Friendly Design
The Mijia Dust Mite Vacuum Cleaner 2 Pro provides three cleaning modes—Gentle, Smart, and Strong—allowing users to tailor their cleaning approach for various surfaces, from plush toys to dense memory foam. Its transparent 0.8L dust cup is easy to detach and rinse, while a visible brush window lets users monitor the cleaning process.
In addition to this innovative vacuum, Xiaomi has also launched two advanced air conditioning solutions. These include a smart wall-mounted unit with upward airflow and a central air conditioner featuring AI-driven controls and integrated air purification.
Conclusion
Xiaomi’s Mijia Dust Mite Vacuum Cleaner 2 Pro is a game-changer in home hygiene, offering advanced technology and user-friendly features that make cleaning a breeze. With its focus on dust mite detection and sterilization, this vacuum is a must-have for anyone looking to enhance their home’s cleanliness.
Xiaomi Dust Mite Vacuum Cleaner
Discover the innovative Xiaomi Dust Mite Vacuum Cleaner, designed to combat dust mites and improve your home’s hygiene.
Recent leaks have unveiled the striking interior of the Xiaomi Yu7, showcasing a modern design that captivates enthusiasts. This latest innovation from Xiaomi features a river pattern that enhances visibility and eliminates physical buttons, embodying a sleek, digital aesthetic. As we delve into the details, it’s clear that the Yu7 aligns with the futuristic vision established by the SU7 Ultra, generating excitement among fans eager for Xiaomi’s latest advancements.
A Glimpse into the Xiaomi Yu7 Interior
The recent insights from Blogger Tech @SugardeSign provide an exciting first look at the Xiaomi Yu7’s interior. Xiaomi continues its trend of minimalist, futuristic design with the Yu7, drawing similarities to the SU7 series. However, the Yu7 stands out with distinct features that elevate its interior experience. This evolution is particularly welcomed by fans closely following the developments of the SU7 Ultra and the broader Xiaomi ecosystem.
The leaked images indicate that the Yu7 retains the steering wheel design of the SU7 Ultra while introducing significant enhancements. Notably, the dashboard has been transformed into a river pattern that runs beneath the windshield, greatly improving visibility. The absence of physical buttons marks a shift towards a fully digital cabin, aligning with contemporary automotive design trends.
Innovative Features of the Xiaomi Yu7
The Xiaomi Yu7 is not merely a replica of the SU7; it brings fresh ideas to the table. Here’s a closer look at its standout features:
Dashboard Design: Full-width layout beneath the windshield for a spacious feel.
Information Display: From left to right: battery life, equipment status, speed, navigation, and music information.
Ambient Lighting: RGB strip integrated into the air conditioning vents adds a modern touch.
Steering Wheel: Inspired by the Xiaomi SU7 Ultra, offering familiarity and comfort.
Operational Field: A buttonless design promotes a cleaner aesthetic.
Cup Holder: Centrally positioned for easier access and convenience.
Although the Xiaomi Yu7 will not debut at the international show in Shanghai on April 23, Xiaomi plans to showcase the complete SU7 lineup, including the SU7 Ultra vehicles. This strategy may keep the Yu7 out of the spotlight for now, possibly leading to a surprise launch event later. Until then, the focus remains on the SU7 series as Xiaomi’s flagship offering.
Anticipation for Official Announcements
As we await further official announcements, we encourage you to stay tuned for more images, news, and detailed specifications on Xiaomi Auto News. Our community is dedicated to providing the latest updates on Xiaomi’s innovations. Don’t forget to follow us on social media platforms like Telegram, Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter for real-time news and support.
Xiaomi Yu7 interior design
Discover the Xiaomi Yu7 interior design, featuring a sleek, buttonless dashboard and innovative features that enhance visibility and style. Xiaomi, Yu7, SU7 Ultra, interior design, technology, automotive
Xiaomi’s Redmi has unveiled an impressive new gadget that is sure to excite tech enthusiasts: the Redmi Projector 3 Lite. Priced at just 699 yuan (approximately $96), this projector is designed for the streaming generation, making it a perfect addition to any smart home setup. Available for purchase on JD.com starting April 22 in China, the Redmi Projector 3 Lite offers a combination of portability, intelligence, and comfort, making it a must-have for movie nights or gaming sessions.
Impressive Features and Specifications
The Redmi Projector 3 Lite boasts a fully sealed optical engine complemented by a full-glass lens array. This design allows for side projection of up to 20 degrees while maintaining exceptional image clarity. Additionally, the projector incorporates an upgraded cooling system that reduces fan noise by 2dB(A), making it ideal for quiet settings, especially during late-night film viewings.
When it comes to visual performance, this projector shines with 180 CVIA lumens of brightness, providing sharp 1080p playback in dimly lit environments. The 1.2:1 throw ratio enables users to enjoy screen sizes of up to 100 inches from a short distance. Certified by SGS for low blue light emissions, it effectively filters out wavelengths between 415–455nm, helping to minimize eye strain during prolonged use.
Performance and Connectivity
Under its sleek exterior, the Redmi Projector 3 Lite is powered by a quad-core Amlogic T950S chip running at 1.5GHz. With 1GB of RAM and 32GB of internal storage, it can efficiently manage lightweight streaming applications and Xiaomi’s HyperOS Connect, facilitating smart home automation.
Equipped with a Time-of-Flight (ToF) laser sensor, this projector offers automatic focus and keystone correction. It boasts a 20% faster autofocus and 13% quicker image correction compared to its predecessor. Users can simply power it on, and the projector will automatically adjust for optimal viewing clarity.
Compact Design and Versatile Connectivity
Weighing in at just 1.2kg and measuring 146×113×172.5mm, the Redmi Projector 3 Lite is compact enough to be easily transported between rooms or taken on the go. It includes essential connectivity options such as HDMI with ARC, USB 2.0, a 3.5mm headphone jack, and dual-band Wi-Fi for seamless wireless casting. A Bluetooth remote with voice command support enhances user convenience, making navigation a breeze.
In addition to the projector launch, Xiaomi has also introduced two innovative air conditioning solutions, showcasing their commitment to enhancing home comfort through smart technology.
Key Specifications at a Glance
Feature
Specification
Brightness
180 CVIA lumens
Resolution
1080p
Throw Ratio
1.2:1
Processor
Quad-core Amlogic T950S (1.5GHz)
RAM
1GB
Storage
32GB
Weight
1.2kg
Dimensions
146×113×172.5mm
Conclusion
The Redmi Projector 3 Lite is not just another gadget; it’s a game-changer for home entertainment. With its impressive features and affordable price point, it stands out in the crowded projector market. We believe this device will be a valuable addition to any Xiaomi ecosystem.
Redmi Projector 3 Lite Review
Experience the convenience and quality of the Redmi Projector 3 Lite, designed for modern streaming needs at an unbeatable price.
The 2025 Shanghai International Auto Show is set to begin on April 23, and Xiaomi Motors is gearing up for a significant presence. This event marks a crucial opportunity for Xiaomi to showcase its latest innovation, the Xiaomi SU7 Ultra, along with the complete SU7 lineup. Attendees can find the Xiaomi stand in Hall 6.2H・6B02, conveniently located next to CATL, a leading battery manufacturer. Notably absent will be the highly anticipated Xiaomi YU7, a decision confirmed by Li Xiaoshuang, Vice President of Xiaomi Auto, via social media, quelling rampant speculation among enthusiasts.
What to Expect from the SU7 Range
Xiaomi is making a bold statement with its electric sedan lineup, particularly the SU7 Ultra, which boasts cutting-edge hardware and advanced smart driving capabilities. The entire SU7 series will be on display, highlighting Xiaomi’s commitment to electric mobility and smart connectivity. This showcase represents Xiaomi’s strategic move to solidify its position in the electric vehicle (EV) market. With an emphasis on innovation, the SU7 Ultra is expected to impress attendees with its performance and technology.
Feature
SU7 Ultra Specifications
Length x Width x Height
TBD
Wheelbase
TBD
Power (Dual-Motor)
TBD
Top Speed
TBD
Battery Capacity
TBD
Insights on the Xiaomi YU7
While the YU7 won’t be featured at the show, it remains a focal point of discussion. The vehicle has received certification from the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology and will offer both single and dual-motor options. With battery capacities of 96.3 kWh and 101.7 kWh, it promises an impressive range of up to 820 km (509 miles).
Key specifications for the YU7 include:
Dimensions: 4999 mm x 1996 mm x 1608 mm
Wheelbase: 3000 mm
Dual-Motor Power: 508 kW (691 hp), top speed of 253 km/h
Lei Jun, Xiaomi’s CEO, has praised the YU7’s battery life during personal tests, further heightening anticipation.
Conclusion: A Bright Future for Xiaomi’s EV Ambitions
Although the Xiaomi YU7 will not grace the 2025 Shanghai Auto Show, the excitement surrounding it continues to grow. Meanwhile, the spotlight will shine brightly on the SU7 Ultra and its counterparts, offering a glimpse into Xiaomi’s ambitious plans in the automotive sector. As we look ahead, the integration of innovative technology in electric vehicles will undoubtedly shape the future of transportation.
Xiaomi SU7 Ultra Showcase
The Xiaomi SU7 Ultra is set to be a highlight at the Shanghai Auto Show, showcasing advanced technology and performance.
Tags: Xiaomi SU7 Ultra, Xiaomi YU7, electric vehicles, Shanghai Auto Show, Xiaomi Motors, smart driving features
Xiaomi is set to elevate the gaming experience with the upcoming launch of the Redmi G Pro 27U gaming monitor. Scheduled for release on April 24 at 7 PM local time in China, this monitor promises to deliver high-performance features that gamers will find enticing. Although the price remains undisclosed, the specifications reveal a compelling product that stands out in the gaming monitor market.
Cutting-Edge Display Technology
The Redmi G Pro 27U features a stunning 27-inch 4K UHD display, boasting a resolution of 3840×2160 and an impressive pixel density of 157 PPI. Gamers can expect a remarkable refresh rate of 160Hz, which can be pushed to an astonishing 320Hz for ultra-smooth gameplay. Additionally, the monitor shines with a peak brightness of 1600 nits, ensuring vivid visuals even in bright environments.
Utilizing 1152 Mini LED zones and QD quantum dot technology, the monitor offers a broad color gamut that includes 100% sRGB, 99% DCI-P3, and 99% Adobe RGB. With a professional-grade color accuracy of ΔE<1, users can anticipate vibrant and precise color reproduction, perfect for both gaming and content creation.
Robust Performance and Connectivity Options
Under the hood, the Redmi G Pro 27U is powered by a Cortex-A73 quad-core CPU and a G57 MC1 GPU, coupled with 3GB of RAM and 32GB of storage. This setup ensures smooth performance for gaming and multitasking. The monitor runs on HyperOS and is equipped with dual 5W speakers, enhancing the audio experience while gaming.
For connectivity, the monitor excels with Wi-Fi 6 and Bluetooth 5.2, ensuring seamless wireless interactions. It includes multiple ports: two HDMI 2.1, one DP1.4 (supporting up to 8K@60Hz), and two USB ports (one USB3.0 and one USB2.0). Smart features like AirPlay and Miracast enable effortless screen mirroring, making it a versatile addition to any gaming setup.
Dimensions, Warranty, and Future Prospects
The dimensions of the Redmi G Pro 27U are 613.3mm x 364.5mm x 65.9mm without the stand and 613.3mm x 521.2mm x 227.3mm with it, weighing 4.7kg and 6.8kg, respectively. Its adjustable viewing angles range from -35° to +35° horizontally and -5° to +20° vertically, with a 75mm x 75mm VESA mount for wall mounting.
Xiaomi is also providing a three-year warranty and a seven-day no-questions-asked return policy. Pricing details will be revealed during the launch event, which may coincide with the unveiling of the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro smartphone.
Key Specifications of the Redmi G Pro 27U
Feature
Specification
Screen Size
27 inches
Resolution
3840 x 2160
Refresh Rate
160Hz (up to 320Hz)
Brightness
1600 nits
Color Gamut
100% sRGB, 99% DCI-P3, 99% Adobe RGB
CPU
Cortex-A73 Quad-Core
GPU
G57 MC1
RAM
3GB
Storage
32GB
Connectivity
Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth 5.2
Ports
2x HDMI 2.1, 1x DP1.4, 2x USB
Weight
4.7kg (without stand), 6.8kg (with stand)
Warranty
3 years
The Redmi G Pro 27U gaming monitor is poised to redefine gaming visuals and performance. Stay tuned for its launch, as we anticipate exciting pricing details and potential new product announcements from Xiaomi.
Redmi G Pro 27U gaming monitor
Discover the cutting-edge features of the Redmi G Pro 27U gaming monitor, set to launch on April 24, and elevate your gaming experience.
Tags: Redmi G Pro 27U, gaming monitor, Xiaomi, 4K monitor, HyperOS, gaming setup
Xiaomi has officially unveiled the TV A Pro 2026 series in Europe, marking a significant step in the brand’s commitment to providing high-quality entertainment solutions. Available in three sizes—55-inch, 65-inch, and 75-inch—these models are priced at approximately €479 ($515), €649 ($700), and €849 ($920), respectively. Customers in countries such as Germany, the Netherlands, and Sweden can purchase these models directly from Xiaomi’s online store, ensuring easy access to cutting-edge technology.
Stunning Visuals with 4K QLED Technology
The TV A Pro 2026 series boasts a 4K QLED panel with a resolution of 3840 x 2160, delivering exceptional picture quality. With support for HDR10+, HLG, and Filmmaker Mode, viewers can enjoy a cinematic experience right at home. The color accuracy is impressive, featuring 94% DCI-P3 coverage and the capability to display 1.07 billion colors. Additionally, the viewing angles are an impressive 178°, ensuring that everyone in the room can enjoy vibrant visuals without distortion.
Enhanced Gaming Experience and Eye Comfort
For gamers, the TV A Pro 2026 comes equipped with a Game Boost Mode that enhances the refresh rate to 120Hz at 1080p via HDMI. This feature, coupled with MEMC technology, minimizes motion blur during fast-paced action, making it ideal for gaming enthusiasts. Moreover, the TV incorporates a low blue light mode and DC dimming technology, which significantly reduces eye strain during extended viewing sessions.
Superior Audio and Smart Features
In terms of audio, the TV features two 10W speakers that support Dolby Audio, DTS:X, and DTS Virtual:X, providing clear sound and rich bass. Running on Google TV, users can access a vast array of apps, Google Assistant, and Chromecast capabilities. The TV also supports Apple AirPlay and Miracast, making it a versatile choice for all users. The Bluetooth-enabled remote offers voice control and 360° coverage, along with customizable buttons for enhanced convenience.
Technical Specifications and Design
The TV is powered by a quad-core Cortex A55 processor with a Mali-G52 GPU, 2GB of RAM, and 8GB of storage. Connectivity options include three HDMI ports (one with eARC and ALLM), USB 2.0, Ethernet, Bluetooth 5.0, dual-band Wi-Fi, optical audio out, and a CI+ slot. The design features a sleek metal frame with thin bezels, making it a stylish addition to any living space. The 75-inch model measures 1668 x 76 x 959 mm without the stand and weighs 18.7 kg, supporting wall mounting with a 400 x 300 mm VESA pattern.
Conclusion
The Xiaomi TV A Pro 2026 series sets a new standard for home entertainment in Europe. With its stunning visuals, enhanced gaming features, and superior audio capabilities, it promises to deliver an unparalleled viewing experience. Whether you’re a movie buff or a gaming enthusiast, this TV is designed to meet all your entertainment needs.
Xiaomi TV A Pro 2026 series
Xiaomi’s latest TV A Pro 2026 series offers stunning visuals and features, perfect for gaming and entertainment enthusiasts in Europe.
Xiaomi is taking significant strides in enhancing its control over smartphone technology by establishing a dedicated chip platform department. This new initiative falls under the mobile phone product division and aims to bolster Xiaomi’s ambitions in in-house chip development. The department will be spearheaded by Qin Muyun, a former senior director at Qualcomm, who will report directly to Lei Jun, Xiaomi’s founder and CEO. This strategic move signifies Xiaomi’s commitment to creating a robust ecosystem of self-developed silicon.
Xiaomi’s journey into chip design began in 2017 with the launch of the Pengpai S1 SoC, an 8-core 64-bit processor built on a 28nm process. Although the S1 debuted in the Xiaomi 5C, the device did not achieve commercial success, leading to the S1 line’s gradual fade from prominence. However, the company has not been deterred. Instead, it has focused on developing smaller, specialized chips over recent years.
Expanding Chip Portfolio for Enhanced Functionality
Xiaomi has introduced various self-developed components tailored for specific smartphone functionalities. For instance, the Pengpai C series enhances imaging capabilities, while the P series is designed for rapid charging. Additionally, the G series focuses on power management, the T series enhances signal quality, and the D series manages display controls. These innovations have not replaced core processors but have allowed Xiaomi to build expertise across the hardware spectrum. This foundation seems to have given the company the confidence to pursue a full-stack smartphone SoC.
Recent reports suggest that Xiaomi’s first in-house mobile processor will be a flagship offering. Expected to utilize an octa-core CPU configuration with ARM cores, it will feature one Cortex X925 core clocked at 3.2GHz, three Cortex A725 cores at 2.6GHz, and four Cortex A520 cores at 2.0GHz. While this configuration may not directly compete with the latest flagship processors, it promises solid performance for sub-flagship devices.
Competitive Edge in Graphics Performance
On the graphics front, Xiaomi’s new chip is anticipated to integrate an Imagination Technologies IMG DXT72 GPU, running at 1.3GHz. Early assessments indicate that this GPU may outperform the Adreno 740 found in Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8 Gen 2, potentially giving Xiaomi a competitive edge in graphics performance.
In summary, Xiaomi’s commitment to developing its own chips signals a future where the company can better control its technology and enhance user experience. This endeavor not only reflects Xiaomi’s ambition but also its determination to innovate in the competitive smartphone market.
Key Features of Xiaomi’s In-House Chip Development
Feature
Description
Processor Type
Octa-core ARM configuration
Cortex Cores
1 x Cortex X925, 3 x Cortex A725, 4 x Cortex A520
Clock Speeds
Up to 3.2GHz for prime core
GPU
Imagination Technologies IMG DXT72
Performance Level
Competitive for sub-flagship devices
Conclusion: The Future of Xiaomi’s Chip Development
Xiaomi’s establishment of a dedicated chip platform department represents a pivotal moment in its technological evolution. By focusing on in-house chip development, Xiaomi aims to enhance its product offerings and solidify its position in the smartphone market. As we look ahead, the anticipated performance of its first in-house processor is exciting for both Xiaomi and its users.
Xiaomi in-house chip development
Xiaomi is advancing its in-house chip development to enhance smartphone performance and technology control.
Xiaomi has emerged as the leading mobile phone brand in China, achieving a remarkable milestone in March 2025. According to data from a trusted market research firm, Xiaomi recorded an impressive 3.2437 million new phone activations, securing a 17.98% market share. This represents a significant year-on-year growth of 16.99%, showcasing the brand’s relentless innovation in its smartphone lineup, expansion of its AIoT ecosystem, and ongoing software enhancements.
Competitive Market Performance
The latest figures from the Chinese mobile phone market reveal a competitive landscape for new device activations from weeks 10 to 13 in March 2025:
Brand
New Activations (Million)
Market Share (%)
Year-on-Year Growth (%)
Xiaomi
3.2437
17.98
+16.99
Huawei
3.2296
17.90
+19.87
vivo
Maintained position
–
Year-on-year decrease
OPPO
Fourth place
–
Declining activations
Apple
2.5565
9.86
–
Both Xiaomi and Huawei are the only brands that managed to achieve year-on-year growth in March, while other competitors faced declines.
Leadership’s Commitment
In response to this impressive achievement, Lei Jun, the founder and CEO of Xiaomi, expressed heartfelt gratitude on Weibo, stating, “Thank you everyone for your support.” This message highlights Xiaomi’s commitment to its loyal customer base, which has played a pivotal role in propelling the brand to the forefront of the market.
Exciting Product Pipeline Ahead
Looking forward, Xiaomi plans to maintain its momentum with several exciting product launches:
Redmi Turbo 4 Pro: Launching this month, featuring the powerful Snapdragon 8s Gen4 processor.
7550±mAh Battery Phone: Designed for exceptional battery life for power users.
Redmi K80 Ultra: Set to debut in late June.
These upcoming releases are expected to bolster Xiaomi’s sales and solidify its market position throughout 2025.
Key Factors Behind Xiaomi’s Success
Xiaomi’s current success can be attributed to several strategic advantages:
Competitive Pricing: Offering remarkable value for consumers.
HyperOS Enhancements: Continuous improvements in the software experience.
Growing Ecosystem: Expanding interconnectivity among devices.
Brand Loyalty: Strong support from tech enthusiasts.
By balancing affordability with premium innovations, Xiaomi is making advanced technology accessible to a broader audience.
Conclusion
Xiaomi’s impressive performance in March 2025 reinforces its status as a leader in the mobile phone market. With a robust product pipeline and a commitment to innovation, Xiaomi is poised for continued growth.
Xiaomi mobile phone activations
Xiaomi leads the market with significant mobile phone activations in March 2025, showcasing innovation and customer loyalty.
For those seeking a smart band that seamlessly blends premium features with affordability, the Xiaomi Smart Band 9 Pro stands out as the leading choice. This device is perfect for fitness enthusiasts and casual users alike, offering advanced technology, a sleek design, and a price point that’s hard to resist. Let’s delve into why the Xiaomi Smart Band 9 Pro is currently the best smart band on the market.
Xiaomi Smart Band 9 Pro: The Ultimate Affordable Smart Band
A Stylish Design That Impresses
The Xiaomi Smart Band 9 Pro redefines what a budget device can look and feel like. Crafted with an aluminum alloy frame and enhanced by 2.5D curved glass, it radiates sophistication that rivals high-end wearables. Available in chic colors such as obsidian black, rose gold, and moonlight silver, this smart band is suitable for both workouts and daily activities. Its 1.74-inch AMOLED display delivers vibrant visuals with a sharp 336 x 480 resolution and an impressive brightness of up to 1,200 nits, ensuring clear readability even in direct sunlight.
At a mere 24.5 grams without the strap, it’s lightweight and comfortable for all-day wear, whether you’re at the gym, swimming—thanks to its 5ATM water resistance—or heading to work. You can also personalize it with optional straps in silicone, leather, or magnetic styles to match your individual taste.
Feature-Packed for Fitness and More
The Xiaomi Smart Band 9 Pro excels in features, offering capabilities that significantly exceed its price range. Here’s a quick overview of its standout functionalities:
Feature
Description
Built-in GPS
Accurate tracking for runners and cyclists, with a 33% improvement in accuracy.
Supports over 150 sports modes, including automatic detection for six activities.
Smart Features
Handles notifications, music controls, alarms, weather updates, and more.
Notably, the integrated GPS allows users to track outdoor activities without needing their phones. Additionally, the comprehensive health monitoring features ensure you stay informed about your well-being, offering alerts for abnormal heart rates or low blood oxygen levels.
Exceptional Battery Life
One of the most impressive aspects of the Xiaomi Smart Band 9 Pro is its battery longevity. Users can enjoy up to 21 days of usage on a single charge under typical conditions. Even with heavy usage—such as GPS tracking and continuous health monitoring—you can expect around 7-10 days of battery life. This means you can consistently monitor your sleep and workouts without the hassle of frequent recharging, which takes just over an hour.
The Best Value on the Market
Currently, the Xiaomi Smart Band 9 Pro is available at an unbeatable price—often retailing around £62.99 ($79) or even lower during promotional events. Recent reports indicate deals as low as €57.84, making it an exceptional value compared to competitors like the Fitbit Inspire 3 or Huawei Band 9, which either cost more or lack essential features like built-in GPS.
While it’s not without minor flaws—some users report occasional auto-detection glitches and the absence of a physical button for navigation—these are negligible compared to the overall value. The Mi Fitness app is user-friendly and syncs effortlessly with both Android and iOS devices, while the band’s HyperOS ensures a smooth and responsive experience.
Should You Make the Purchase?
If you’re searching for a smart band that combines style, functionality, and affordability, the Xiaomi Smart Band 9 Pro is a clear winner. Its large, bright display, built-in GPS, and extensive health tracking features cater to everyone from casual walkers to serious athletes. With its current discounted price, it’s not just a smart buy—it’s the best smart band available.
Don’t hesitate too long, as deals like this tend to vanish quickly. With the Xiaomi Smart Band 9 Pro’s impressive specifications and positive reviews, it’s likely to sell out fast. Seize the opportunity to enjoy premium fitness tracking without the premium price tag.
Xiaomi Smart Band 9 Pro
Discover the Xiaomi Smart Band 9 Pro, the best smart band that combines style, advanced features, and affordability for fitness enthusiasts.
xiaomi, smart band, Xiaomi Smart Band 9 Pro, fitness tracker, wearable technology, health monitoring
Xiaomi for All recently caught wind of an exciting development regarding the upcoming HyperOS 3. The company unintentionally revealed a sneak peek through an early app update for Xiaomi HyperConnect Interconnectivity Services (package: com.xiaomi.mirror). This update, which rolled out as version 17.00.01, serves as a strong indicator of the progress being made on HyperOS 3. Not only does this early release provide insight into Xiaomi’s development trajectory, but it also adheres to the company’s established version numbering system.
Decoding Xiaomi’s Versioning System
Xiaomi has maintained a consistent approach to its software versioning, allowing us to make educated predictions about future releases. Here’s a quick breakdown:
Previous Version
Current Version
App Versioning
MIUI 15
HyperOS 1
V15
HyperOS 2
MIUI 16
V16
Leaked V17
HyperOS 3
V17
The recent update retains the familiar UI design, indicating that visual changes have yet to be implemented. However, the version number change to 17.00.01 confirms that development for HyperOS 3 is actively progressing.
Expected Release Timeline
Based on Xiaomi’s historical release patterns, we anticipate that HyperOS 3 will officially launch in October 2025. This timeline aligns with Xiaomi’s annual software rollout strategy, which coincides with the release of their flagship smartphones.
What makes this upcoming launch particularly noteworthy is the planned dual-version approach for HyperOS 3:
Android 15-based version for the latest devices
Android 16-based version for top-tier models
This strategy highlights Xiaomi’s commitment to supporting both its new premium devices and ensuring compatibility with the existing ecosystem. Although the accidental release does not showcase any new user interface changes or features, it reassures us that Xiaomi is diligently working on its next significant system update.
Conclusion
Xiaomi for All is eager to see how HyperOS 3 evolves in the coming months. The company’s consistent approach to development gives us confidence in its future offerings. Stay tuned for more updates as we continue to monitor Xiaomi’s exciting journey into the next generation of its operating system.
HyperOS 3 Update Insights
Discover the latest developments surrounding Xiaomi’s HyperOS 3, including app updates and anticipated release dates.
The tech community is abuzz with speculation surrounding the Xiaomi 16 and its rumored 7,000 mAh battery. This substantial upgrade from the Xiaomi 15’s 5,400 mAh cell could significantly enhance smartphone longevity. The prospect of longer usage times, particularly for gaming and streaming, positions the Xiaomi 16 as a potential leader in battery technology. In this article, we will explore the details of this rumor, including expected specifications, release dates, and the implications of such a powerful battery. Let’s dive into what we know so far!
The Importance of a 7,000 mAh Battery
A 7,000 mAh battery in the Xiaomi 16 could revolutionize the flagship smartphone market. Currently, most high-end devices, such as the Samsung Galaxy S25 and iPhone 16 Pro, typically feature batteries ranging from 4,000 to 5,000 mAh. This increase in capacity could allow users to enjoy up to two full days of intense gaming, video streaming, or multitasking without needing a recharge. Moreover, Xiaomi is rumored to incorporate silicon-carbon battery technology, which could enhance efficiency and compactness, allowing for a sleek design without the added weight.
Expected Specifications of the Xiaomi 16
In addition to its remarkable battery, the Xiaomi 16 is rumored to boast an array of impressive specifications:
Processor: Snapdragon 8 Elite 2 or Dimensity 9500 for exceptional performance.
Display: A 6.36-inch LIPO screen offering vibrant visuals and clarity.
Charging: Fast charging capabilities of up to 120W for quick power-ups.
Camera: A 50MP quad-lens setup designed to capture stunning images.
These features position the Xiaomi 16 as a formidable competitor against brands like OnePlus and Vivo. However, it’s essential to approach these leaks with caution, as production challenges or strategic changes could influence the final outcome.
Anticipated Release Date and Pricing
While Xiaomi has yet to confirm any specifics, rumors indicate a potential launch in late 2025, likely in December. The Xiaomi 16 may first appear in China, with a global rollout expected in early 2026. Pricing remains speculative, but given the advanced technology, we anticipate a premium price tag. The Xiaomi 15 starts at around $699, suggesting the Xiaomi 16 could fall within the $799 to $999 range.
Should We Trust the Hype?
While the idea of a 7,000 mAh battery is thrilling, it’s important to remember that rumors are not guarantees. Manufacturing high-density batteries on a large scale presents its own set of challenges, and Xiaomi may ultimately choose a smaller battery to balance costs and design aesthetics. Nevertheless, Xiaomi’s history of innovation, including features like HyperOS Night Charge Protection, hints that they are committed to pushing technological boundaries. For now, this rumor ignites excitement for a device that could surpass its competitors.
Competitive Landscape: How the Xiaomi 16 Compares
If the rumors hold true, the Xiaomi 16’s battery capacity would outshine many competitors. Here’s a quick comparison:
Device
Battery Capacity
Xiaomi 16
7,000 mAh
Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra
~5,000 mAh
OnePlus 13
~6,000 mAh
Vivo X300 Pro
~6,500 mAh
With an efficient chipset like the Snapdragon 8 Elite, the Xiaomi 16 could lead the way in battery life rankings. However, competitors may also introduce their own high-capacity flagships by 2026.
Conclusion
The prospect of a 7,000 mAh battery in the Xiaomi 16 has certainly piqued interest among tech enthusiasts, promising unparalleled endurance in a premium smartphone. As we await official announcements, the potential for a compact flagship with such a formidable battery is indeed thrilling. Could Xiaomi be on the verge of redefining the smartphone experience? We invite you to share your thoughts below and stay tuned for the latest updates on our smartphone news hub!
Xiaomi 16 7000 mAh battery
This article discusses the Xiaomi 16 7000 mAh battery, exploring its potential impact on smartphone endurance and performance.
Xiaomi for All is excited to announce the launch of the new Mijia Air Conditioner Pro, an advanced cooling solution that redefines comfort. This air conditioner features a unique upward airflow design, ensuring a more ambient and less intrusive cooling experience. Priced at 3,999 yuan (approximately $550), this innovative unit aims to enhance your home environment while incorporating cutting-edge technology.
Key Features of the Mijia Air Conditioner Pro
The Mijia Air Conditioner Pro boasts a robust 1.5-horsepower engine that maintains the brand’s signature “wall-hugging” airflow. However, it elevates the concept with dual mmWave radars that detect human presence in real time. This smart technology allows the unit to adjust its cooling direction based on your location in the room, providing immediate comfort without the harsh gusts of cold air.
Moreover, the intelligent energy-saving feature is a game-changer. If the system detects no occupants, it automatically shifts to a low-power mode. Once you return, it quietly ramps up to your desired temperature. Xiaomi claims this advanced control, powered by its Lingyun AI engine and cloud-based scene recognition, can save about 361 kWh annually, translating to roughly 216 yuan (around $30) in energy costs.
Performance and Energy Efficiency
Inside, the Mijia Pro utilizes a dual-cylinder inverter compressor, coupled with a double-row condenser and evaporator. This setup allows for efficient heating and cooling, even in extreme weather conditions—operating from -35°C in winter to 65°C in summer. With an impressive APF rating of 5.65, it meets China’s highest energy efficiency standard, classified as “Super Level 1.”
In addition to performance, Xiaomi ensures seamless smart home integration. The air conditioner supports HyperOS Connect and is compatible with Mi Home and the Xiao Ai voice assistant. You can enjoy over-the-air updates for new features and customize your favorite modes based on your daily activities.
Additional Features and Design
The Mijia Air Conditioner Pro also includes a self-cleaning cycle that reaches temperatures of 56°C for both indoor and outdoor units. Its antibacterial filter eliminates over 99% of common germs, ensuring a healthier environment. The airflow capacity is impressive, pushing 830m³/h while maintaining a whisper-quiet operation at 18dB(A).
Designed with modern aesthetics in mind, the indoor unit weighs only 13kg and requires minimal installation space—just 35cm in height and 2cm of top clearance. This compact design offers flexibility that traditional air conditioners lack.
Feature
Specification
Price
3,999 yuan (~$550)
Cooling Capacity
1.5 HP
Energy Efficiency Rating
APF 5.65
Noise Level
18
The Xiaomi Mijia Air Conditioner Pro is a remarkable addition to any smart home, combining efficiency, comfort, and advanced technology.
Mijia Air Conditioner Pro
Discover the Mijia Air Conditioner Pro, a cutting-edge cooling solution with upward airflow and intelligent human-sensing technology.
Tags: Xiaomi, Mijia, Air Conditioner, Smart Home, Energy Efficiency, Lingyun AI
Xiaomi for All is thrilled to announce the upcoming launch of the REDMI Turbo 4 Pro, a smartphone that promises to redefine the mid-range market. Confirmed by Xiaomi’s product manager Hu Xinxin on Weibo, the excitement is palpable with the message, “See you this month.” This announcement aligns with Qualcomm’s recent unveiling of the Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 chip, which several major brands, including Xiaomi, iQOO, and OPPO, will adopt. Notably, the REDMI Turbo 4 Pro will also make its global debut as the POCO F7.
Key Specifications of the REDMI Turbo 4 Pro
The REDMI Turbo 4 Pro stands out as one of the most powerful mid-range smartphones of 2025, offering flagship-level features without breaking the bank. Here’s a closer look at its key specifications:
Feature
Specification
Processor
Snapdragon 8s Gen 4
Display
6.83-inch 1.5K LTPS flat screen
Battery
7550mAh (typ.), supports 90W fast charging
Camera
50MP + 8MP dual camera setup
Frame Type
High-quality metal frame
Security
Optical under-display fingerprint sensor
Performance That Delivers
Equipped with the Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 processor, the REDMI Turbo 4 Pro promises exceptional AI capabilities and top-notch gaming performance. The robust 7550mAh battery ensures extended usage, while the 90W fast charging feature minimizes downtime significantly. This smartphone is designed for gamers, heavy users, and Xiaomi enthusiasts who desire a premium experience at a reasonable price.
Anticipation Builds for the Launch
The design and features of the Turbo 4 Pro position it as a game-changer in the mid-range segment. As we eagerly await its launch later this April, we can expect Xiaomi to deliver a device that not only meets but exceeds user expectations.
Conclusion
The REDMI Turbo 4 Pro is set to make waves in the smartphone market, and we at Xiaomi for All are excited to see how it performs in real-world scenarios. Stay tuned for more updates!
REDMI Turbo 4 Pro launch date
Discover the thrilling features of the REDMI Turbo 4 Pro launch date and what it means for the mid-range smartphone market.
Tags: REDMI, POCO, Snapdragon 8s Gen 4, Xiaomi, mid-range smartphones, Turbo 4 Pro
The Xiaomi Smart Projector L1 has officially launched in Europe, marking an exciting addition to the region’s tech landscape. This innovative projector is now accessible in several countries, including the UK, Netherlands, and Spain. With its impressive 1080p resolution, the L1 boasts features like autofocus, automatic keystone correction, and dual built-in speakers. Notably, it comes equipped with Google TV, offering a vast array of streaming apps and voice command capabilities.
Xiaomi has begun the rollout of the Smart Projector L1 across Europe. Initially spotted on the brand’s global website in late 2024, this projector is now available in various markets. Consumers in the UK, Netherlands, Spain, and Germany can purchase it directly from Xiaomi’s online store for approximately £169.99 or €199.99.
Exceptional Features for an Immersive Experience
The Smart Projector L1 shines with its fully sealed optical engine, delivering a brightness of up to 200 ISO lumens. Users can enjoy a cinematic experience with images projected up to 120 inches (~305 cm) wide, thanks to its 1.2:1 throw ratio. Additionally, the projector supports 4K content, enhancing your viewing experience. Users can easily adjust their display with features such as automatic keystone correction, autofocus, auto screen alignment, and automatic obstacle avoidance.
With Google TV integration, the Xiaomi Smart Projector L1 allows users to stream from popular platforms like Netflix, YouTube, and Disney+. It also supports Google Assistant for voice commands and Google Cast for seamless wireless streaming from mobile devices. Connectivity options include Bluetooth 5.0 and dual-band Wi-Fi (2.4 GHz/5 GHz).
Sound and Design for Every Setting
Equipped with two built-in 3W speakers, the Smart Projector L1 supports Dolby Atmos, ensuring an immersive audio experience. The device also comes with a Bluetooth remote control featuring dedicated buttons for Google Assistant, YouTube, and Netflix. In terms of size, the projector measures 118 x 142 x 176 mm (~4.6 x 5.6 x 6.9 inches) and weighs around 1.2 kg (~2.6 lbs), making it compact and easy to transport.
Feature
Specification
Resolution
1080p
Brightness
Up to 200 ISO lumens
Image Size
Up to 120 inches (~305 cm)
Throw Ratio
1.2:1
Built-in Speakers
2 x 3W, Dolby Atmos
Weight
1.2 kg (~2.6 lbs)
The Xiaomi Smart Projector L1 is a remarkable addition to any home entertainment setup, combining cutting-edge technology with user-friendly features.
Xiaomi Smart Projector L1
Discover the Xiaomi Smart Projector L1, a cutting-edge device offering 1080p resolution and Google TV for an unmatched viewing experience.
Xiaomi, projector, Google TV, Smart Projector L1, Dolby Atmos, streaming
Xiaomi is making waves in the tech world with its recent expansion of the AI Toolbox, now accessible across all devices running the HyperOS 2 update. This move ensures that advanced AI functionalities are no longer exclusive to high-end models, but also available to mid-range and budget users. By prioritizing software updates for older devices, Xiaomi demonstrates its commitment to enhancing user experience across its entire product lineup.
Understanding the AI Toolbox
The AI Toolbox, also referred to as Caste AI Treasure, aims to provide users with a comprehensive, intelligent solution that is both convenient and efficient. By integrating various AI technologies, it allows users to tackle multiple problems in diverse application scenarios through a unified platform. Some of the standout features now available in the official HyperOS AI Toolbox include:
Reading List: Efficiently organizes and manages content for future reading.
Screenshot Summary: Automatically extracts and summarizes key details from screenshots.
News Summaries: Converts lengthy message threads into more digestible summaries.
Super Summary: A fundamental feature that powers most of the summarization capabilities.
Compatibility and Device List
Xiaomi’s AI Toolbox is now compatible with a broad range of devices. Here’s a detailed list of devices that can enjoy the AI Toolbox features with the HyperOS 2 update:
The widespread availability of the AI Toolbox is significant because it introduces advanced AI features to mid-range and budget smartphones, not just flagship models. This accessibility allows a broader audience to benefit from powerful functionalities without needing to invest in the latest hardware. Moreover, it underscores Xiaomi’s dedication to providing software updates for older devices, ensuring users can access new and meaningful features through updates rather than solely relying on new purchases.
With this strategic expansion, Xiaomi not only enhances the user experience but also positions itself as a leader in democratizing advanced technology.
Conclusion
Xiaomi’s AI Toolbox is a game-changer in the smartphone industry. By making sophisticated AI features available across a wide range of devices, Xiaomi is setting a new standard for accessibility and innovation. This initiative reflects the company’s commitment to enhancing user experience while ensuring that technology is available to all.
AI Toolbox for Xiaomi Devices
The AI Toolbox for Xiaomi devices enhances user experience by providing advanced features across a range of smartphones.
Xiaomi, the global leader in smartphone innovation, has sparked excitement with the rollout of HyperOS 2, its Android 15-based operating system designed to deliver a smoother, smarter, and more connected experience. The company recently released the official list of devices that have already received HyperOS 2 and those slated for the update in the near future. In this article, we’ll dive into everything you need to know about HyperOS 2, the compatible devices, the update schedule, and the exciting features it brings to Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO phones.
What Is HyperOS 2 and Why Does It Matter?
HyperOS 2 is Xiaomi’s next-generation operating system, succeeding MIUI and unifying the experience across smartphones, tablets, wearables, and other devices in Xiaomi’s ecosystem. Launched on October 29, 2024, HyperOS 2 introduces significant upgrades in performance, personalization, and connectivity, with a strong focus on artificial intelligence (AI).
Key highlights of HyperOS 2 include:
Super Xiao AI: An AI-powered assistant with multimodal capabilities, natural language search, and versatile activation methods.
Revamped Visual Design: Vibrant animations, fluid transitions, and advanced customization options like artistic lock screens and cinematic effects.
Home Screen+ 2.0: Seamless app and content transfer between Xiaomi devices, such as phones and tablets.
Performance Boost: Optimized resource management, enhanced graphics rendering, and improved battery efficiency for a faster, longer-lasting experience.
Enhanced Connectivity: Features like Call Sync (cross-device call synchronization) and Playback Transfer (audio streaming to Xiaomi speakers).
These advancements position HyperOS 2 as a strong competitor to systems like OxygenOS 15 and One UI 7, delivering a premium experience across flagship and mid-range devices.
Official List of Devices That Have Received HyperOS 2
Xiaomi has adopted a phased rollout for HyperOS 2, prioritizing its latest and high-end models. Below is the official list of devices that have received the update globally or in China as of April 2025:
Xiaomi Smartphones
Xiaomi 14, 14 Pro, 14 Ultra
Xiaomi 14T, 14T Pro
Xiaomi 13, 13 Pro, 13 Ultra
Xiaomi 13T, 13T Pro
Xiaomi 15, 15 Ultra (shipped with HyperOS 2 out of the box)
Xiaomi Mix Flip
Xiaomi Civi 4 Pro
Redmi Smartphones
Redmi K60, K60 Pro, K60 Extreme Edition
Redmi K70, K70 Pro, K70 Ultra
Redmi Turbo 3
Redmi Note 13, Note 13 Pro, Note 13 Pro+ 5G
Redmi Note 14, Note 14 Pro
Redmi 14R, 14C
POCO Smartphones
POCO F6 Pro
POCO X6, X6 Pro
POCO M6 Pro
Tablets and Wearables
Xiaomi Pad 6S Pro 12.4
Xiaomi Pad 7 Pro (coming soon with HyperOS 2.2)
Xiaomi Smart Band 9 Pro
Xiaomi Watch S3
These devices have received HyperOS 2 in markets like China, India, Europe, or globally. To check for the update, go to Settings > About Phone > System Update.
Xiaomi HyperOS 2 update list
Devices Getting HyperOS 2 Soon
Xiaomi has also outlined a second and third phase of updates, extending HyperOS 2 to older and mid-range devices through mid-2025. Here’s the list of devices expected to receive HyperOS 2 in the coming months:
Xiaomi Smartphones
Xiaomi 12, 12 Pro, 12S, 12S Pro, 12S Ultra
Xiaomi 11, 11 Pro, 11 Ultra (likely their final major update)
Xiaomi Mix Fold 2, Mix Fold 3
Xiaomi Civi 2, Civi 3
Redmi Smartphones
Redmi Note 12, Note 12 Pro, Note 12 Pro+ 5G
Redmi Note 11T Pro, 11T Pro Plus
Redmi 12, 13
Redmi K50, K50 Pro
Tablets
Redmi Pad Pro, Pad Pro 5G
Redmi Pad SE
Xiaomi Pad 6, Pad 6 Max 14, Pad 6 Pro
Update Timeline
November-December 2024: First global phase, targeting flagships like Xiaomi 14T and 14T Pro.
January-March 2025: Second phase, covering models like Redmi Note 13 and POCO X6.
April-June 2025: Third phase, including older devices like Xiaomi 11 and Redmi Note 12.
Note that timelines may vary by region and model. For instance, updates in India may lag slightly behind China due to software certification processes.
Which Devices Won’t Get HyperOS 2?
Not all Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO devices qualify for HyperOS 2 due to hardware limitations or end-of-support (EOS) policies. Devices that won’t receive the update include:
Xiaomi Mi 10 Series (though some regions got HyperOS 1 as an exception).
Redmi Note 10 Series.
Redmi Note 11 Series (except select models like Note 11T Pro).
Xiaomi Pad 5 Series.
POCO M5s, POCO C40, POCO X3.
Older models like Redmi 9, Redmi K30, and Mi A Series.
If your device is on this list, it will continue receiving security patches but won’t upgrade to HyperOS 2.
How to Update to HyperOS 2
To ensure your device gets HyperOS 2 as soon as it’s available, follow these steps:
Check Eligibility: Confirm your model is on the official list of supported devices.
Look for Updates: Navigate to Settings > About Phone > System Update and tap Check for Updates.
Download and Install: If HyperOS 2 is available, download the update (up to 8.75 GB) and follow the on-screen instructions.
Prepare Your Device: Ensure at least 50% battery and a stable Wi-Fi connection.
Some users have reported minor issues post-update, such as weather app glitches or battery drain. Clearing the app cache or waiting for a patch update can resolve these.
HyperOS 2 Features and Improvements
Built on Android 15, HyperOS 2 adds Xiaomi’s signature customization and optimization layers. Here are the standout improvements:
Performance and Efficiency
HyperCore: Proprietary tech that optimizes resource allocation, speeding up app launches and multitasking.
Storage Refresh 2.0: Available on Snapdragon 8 Elite devices, it enhances storage management for sustained performance.
Battery Optimization: Improved rendering extends battery life during gaming or streaming.
Customization
Artistic Lock Screen: AI-generated templates and dynamic effects inspired by classic and cinematic designs.
Dynamic Wallpapers: Static images come alive with AI-driven animations.
Alive Design: Smoother animations and fluid transitions throughout the system.
Connectivity
Xiaomi HyperConnect: Seamless interaction between devices, like dual-camera transfer between phones and tablets.
Link to Windows: Enhanced PC integration for file sharing and app access.
Interconnectivity Services: Support for connecting to Apple devices (e.g., MacBooks) on select models like Xiaomi 15.
Artificial Intelligence
AI Search: Find photos, videos, messages, or notes with natural language queries.
AI Writing: Generate, summarize, or edit text in real-time.
AI Subtitles: Real-time transcription and translation for videos or virtual meetings.
These features make HyperOS 2 one of Xiaomi’s most comprehensive updates, blending innovation with practicality.
What’s Next for HyperOS 2.1 and 2.2?
Xiaomi is already developing incremental updates like HyperOS 2.1 and HyperOS 2.2, expected in 2025. These versions will refine existing features and may introduce:
Camera 6.0: Advanced video and photo editing tools, including object removal and image expansion.
Star Networkless: Signal-free communication for emergencies (available on flagships like Xiaomi 15).
Optimized Animations: Smoother transitions when navigating apps or closing them in landscape mode.
HyperOS 2.1 is currently in beta for devices like Xiaomi 14T and Xiaomi 15 Ultra, with HyperOS 2.2 expected to roll out globally by April or May 2025.
Conclusion
The HyperOS 2 rollout is a game-changer for Xiaomi’s ecosystem, delivering a modern, connected, and AI-driven experience. With the official list of updated devices and those awaiting the update, Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO users have plenty to look forward to in 2025. From smarter AI to smoother performance, HyperOS 2 sets a new benchmark for Xiaomi smartphones.
If you own a Xiaomi device, check if it’s eligible and keep your system updated to enjoy the latest features. Has your phone received HyperOS 2 yet? Share your thoughts in the comments below!
This article is optimized for SEO with a clear structure, targeted keywords, and comprehensive content tailored for Xiaomiforall.com’s audience. Let me know if you need further tweaks!
Are you eager to try out the latest features of Android 16 on your Xiaomi phone? The Android 16 beta offers early access to Google’s upcoming operating system, tailored to Xiaomi devices with their custom interface, likely HyperOS 2. However, installing beta software comes with risks like bugs, instability, or data loss. In this guide, we’ll walk you through the steps to install the Android 16 beta on your Xiaomi phone, but make sure to back up your data first and proceed only if you’re comfortable with the potential downsides.
What is the Android 16 beta?
The Android 16 beta is a pre-release version of Google’s next Android operating system. It’s designed for developers and tech enthusiasts to test new features before the official stable release. On Xiaomi devices, this beta will likely integrate with Xiaomi’s custom skin, such as HyperOS 2, blending Android’s latest innovations with Xiaomi’s optimizations. While exciting, it’s not fully stable and may have glitches.
Why install the Android 16 beta?
Early access: Get a sneak peek at new Android features and Xiaomi enhancements.
Developer testing: Perfect for checking app compatibility with the new OS.
Tech enthusiast appeal: Ideal for those who love staying ahead of the curve.
That said, due to its instability, it’s not recommended for your primary device.
Compatible Xiaomi devices
Not all Xiaomi phones will support the Android 16 beta. While an official list isn’t confirmed yet, recent and high-end models are likely candidates. Some possibilities include:
Availability may depend on your region and model. Check Xiaomi’s official channels or trusted sites like Xiaomiforall.com to confirm eligibility for your device.
Important precautions
Before you dive in, take these steps:
Backup your data: Use Xiaomi’s backup tools or third-party apps to save your important files. Installation might wipe your device.
Understand the risks: Beta software can cause crashes, slow performance, or app issues.
Warranty and functionality: Installing a beta might void your warranty or disrupt features like banking apps.
Installation methods
There are two main ways to install the Android 16 beta on your Xiaomi phone: an OTA (Over-The-Air) update or a manual installation. Here’s how each works.
Method 1: OTA update (the easiest)
If Xiaomi officially releases the beta for your device, you can install it directly from your phone’s settings:
Check for updates: Go to Settings > About phone > System update.
Join the beta program (if required): You may need to sign up for Xiaomi’s beta program via the Mi Community app or their official website.
Download and install: If the beta is available, download it and follow the on-screen prompts to install.
Tip: If no OTA option appears, check Xiaomiforall.com for updates or try the manual method below.
Method 2: Manual installation
If OTA isn’t an option, you can manually install the beta using recovery mode or Fastboot. These methods require technical know-how and carry more risk.
Recovery mode
Download the ROM: Get the recovery ROM file (.zip) for your specific model from Xiaomi’s official site or a trusted source.
Transfer to your phone: Copy the ROM file to your device’s internal storage.
Boot into recovery: Turn off your phone, then press and hold Power + Volume Up to enter recovery mode.
Install the update: Select Apply update from SD card (or similar), choose the ROM file, and confirm.
Reboot: Restart your device once the installation finishes.
Fastboot method (advanced)
Unlock the bootloader: Ensure your bootloader is unlocked. If not, register with Xiaomi and use their unlock tool.
Download the Fastboot ROM: Obtain the Fastboot ROM file (.tgz or .tar) for your device.
Set up ADB and Fastboot: Install ADB and Fastboot tools on your computer.
Enter Fastboot mode: Power off your phone, then press Power + Volume Down to boot into Fastboot.
Connect to your PC: Use a USB cable to link your phone to your computer.
Flash the ROM: Open a terminal, navigate to the ROM folder, and run the installation script (e.g., flash_all.bat on Windows).
Warning: The Fastboot method is complex and can brick your device if done incorrectly. Proceed with caution.
Post-installation steps
Set up your device: Complete the initial setup after installation.
Test the system: Look for bugs or performance issues.
Report bugs: If part of the beta program, use the Android Beta Feedback app to notify Xiaomi of problems.
Rolling back to a stable version
If the beta causes issues or you want to switch back:
Xiaomi typically provides rollback packages or downgrade instructions.
Follow the manual installation steps above, but use the stable ROM for your device.
Note that downgrading may also erase your data, so keep your backup ready.
Conclusion
Installing the Android 16 beta on your Xiaomi phone lets you explore cutting-edge features early, but it’s not without risks. Whether you opt for the OTA update or a manual install, back up your data and weigh the pros and cons. For the latest updates and detailed guides, visit Xiaomiforall.com or Xiaomi’s official channels.
Ready to dive into the future of Android on your Xiaomi? Just remember: beta testing is an adventure not everyone’s cut out for!
Xiaomi is gearing up to redefine smartphone photography with its next flagship, rumored to debut the groundbreaking 1-inch Omnivision OV50X camera sensor. Set to launch later this year, this highly anticipated device—likely the Xiaomi 16 Ultra—promises to deliver unparalleled image quality, low-light performance, and video capabilities. As excitement builds, here’s everything we know about Xiaomi’s upcoming flagship, the Omnivision OV50X sensor, and why it’s poised to set a new benchmark in the premium smartphone market.
Xiaomi’s Flagship Legacy: Raising the Bar
Xiaomi has a strong track record of pushing boundaries with its Ultra series, blending cutting-edge technology with premium design. From the Xiaomi 13 Ultra to the Xiaomi 15 Ultra, the brand has consistently delivered flagship phones that rival industry giants like Apple and Samsung. With Leica’s co-engineered camera systems and powerful Snapdragon processors, Xiaomi’s flagships are known for their exceptional photography and performance.
The upcoming flagship, expected to be the Xiaomi 16 Ultra, is rumored to take things further by incorporating the Omnivision OV50X, a 1-inch sensor designed to compete with the best in mobile imaging. This move signals Xiaomi’s ambition to dominate the flagship camera phone segment in 2025.
The Omnivision OV50X: A Revolutionary Camera Sensor
The Omnivision OV50X is one of the most advanced camera sensors available, boasting a 1-inch optical format—a size typically reserved for professional cameras. Here’s why this sensor is generating so much buzz:
1. Massive 1-Inch Sensor for Superior Light Capture
The OV50X’s 1-inch sensor is significantly larger than most smartphone camera sensors, allowing it to capture more light. This results in:
Stunning low-light performance: Brighter, clearer photos even in dim conditions.
Enhanced dynamic range: Better balance between highlights and shadows for vibrant images.
Shallow depth of field: DSLR-like bokeh effects for professional-grade portraits.
2. 50MP Resolution with Large Pixels
With a 50-megapixel resolution and 1.6-micron pixels, the OV50X delivers sharp, detailed images. It supports 4-in-1 pixel binning, combining four pixels into one to produce 12.5MP photos with exceptional clarity and reduced noise, perfect for low-light scenarios.
3. Industry-Leading Features
The OV50X is packed with cutting-edge technology:
TheiaCel technology: Boosts dynamic range up to 110 decibels, setting a new standard for smartphone photography.
High frame rates: Supports 12.5MP at 180fps and 60fps with HDR, ideal for smooth slow-motion video and cinematic captures.
Advanced autofocus: Features upgraded quad-phase detection (QPD) for lightning-fast and accurate focus, even in challenging conditions.
4. Video Excellence
The OV50X is built for videographers, offering:
8K video recording at high frame rates for crisp, detailed footage.
4K HDR video with vibrant colors and improved contrast.
Seamless integration with Xiaomi’s computational photography for professional-grade results.
What to Expect from Xiaomi’s Next Flagship
While Xiaomi hasn’t officially confirmed the name or launch date, leaks suggest the Xiaomi 16 Ultra will be unveiled in early 2026, possibly at Mobile World Congress (MWC) 2026. Here’s a rundown of the rumored specifications:
1. Camera System
The Xiaomi 16 Ultra is expected to feature a quad-camera setup co-engineered with Leica, headlined by the Omnivision OV50X as the primary sensor. Additional lenses may include:
A 50MP ultra-wide camera for expansive landscapes.
A periscope telephoto lens with 5x optical zoom and up to 200MP resolution for distant subjects.
A macro lens for close-up photography with stunning detail.
Leica’s tuning and Xiaomi’s AISP 3.0 computational photography platform will enhance color accuracy, texture, and low-light performance across all lenses.
2. Performance
The flagship is likely to be powered by Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 2 processor, offering blazing-fast performance and efficiency. Paired with up to 16GB of RAM and 1TB of storage, it’s built for multitasking, gaming, and heavy workloads.
3. Display
Expect a 6.8-inch 2K AMOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate and HDR10+ support. The screen will likely feature LTPO technology for adaptive refresh rates, ensuring smooth visuals and better battery life.
4. Battery and Charging
A 5,500mAh battery with 120W wired fast charging and 50W wireless charging is rumored, keeping you powered up all day with minimal downtime.
5. Software
The Xiaomi 16 Ultra will run HyperOS 2.0 based on Android 16, offering a clean, customizable interface with AI-driven features like real-time photo enhancement and smart multitasking.
6. Design
Xiaomi’s Ultra series is known for its premium build, and the next flagship is expected to feature a ceramic or vegan leather back with an IP68 rating for water and dust resistance. The circular camera module will likely remain a signature design element.
How the Xiaomi 16 Ultra Stacks Up
The Xiaomi 16 Ultra with the Omnivision OV50X will go head-to-head with 2025 flagships like the Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra, iPhone 17 Pro Max, and Oppo Find X9 Ultra. Here’s how it compares:
Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra: Likely to use a 200MP ISOCELL sensor but with a smaller optical format than the OV50X.
iPhone 17 Pro Max: Apple’s triple-camera system excels in video, but its sensor size may lag behind Xiaomi’s 1-inch offering.
Oppo Find X9 Ultra: Expected to feature Sony’s LYT-900 sensor, which is comparable but may lack the OV50X’s advanced TheiaCel technology.
The OV50X’s larger sensor and high dynamic range give Xiaomi an edge in low-light photography and versatility, making it a strong contender for the best camera phone of 2026.
Why the Omnivision OV50X Matters
The adoption of a 1-inch sensor like the Omnivision OV50X marks a significant leap for smartphone photography. Larger sensors were once exclusive to compact cameras, but advancements in miniaturization have brought them to phones. For users, this means:
Professional-grade photos: Capture images with depth and detail rivaling DSLR cameras.
Versatility: From ultra-wide landscapes to zoomed-in portraits, the OV50X handles it all.
Future-proofing: High frame rates and 8K video support ensure the phone stays relevant for years.
Xiaomi’s decision to pair the OV50X with Leica’s expertise and its own imaging algorithms positions the Xiaomi 16 Ultra as a dream device for photography enthusiasts.
Expected Price and Availability
The Xiaomi 16 Ultra is expected to start at around ₹79,999 (~$950) for the base variant, with higher configurations pushing past ₹1,00,000 (~$1,200). It will likely launch first in China in early 2026, followed by a global rollout to markets like India, Europe, and Southeast Asia.
In India, the phone is expected to be available through Flipkart, Amazon, Mi.com, and offline Xiaomi stores. Launch offers may include discounts, exchange bonuses, or bundled accessories like wireless earbuds.
Final Thoughts: A New Era for Xiaomi
Xiaomi’s next flagship, powered by the Omnivision OV50X, is shaping up to be a photography powerhouse. With a 1-inch sensor, Leica’s optical expertise, and top-tier hardware, the Xiaomi 16 Ultra could redefine what’s possible in mobile imaging. Whether you’re a shutterbug, a content creator, or a tech enthusiast, this phone promises to deliver an unmatched experience.
Stay tuned to Xiaomiforall.com for the latest updates on the Xiaomi 16 Ultra’s launch, hands-on reviews, and exclusive deals. What do you think about the Omnivision OV50X? Share your thoughts in the comments below and subscribe for more Xiaomi news!
Keywords: Xiaomi 16 Ultra, Omnivision OV50X, Xiaomi flagship 2026, 1-inch camera sensor, Xiaomi camera phone, Leica camera, Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 2, Xiaomi India launch, best flagship smartphone, mobile photography.
Xiaomi is set to make waves in the Indian smartphone market with the highly anticipated Redmi A5, officially launching on April 15, 2025. Packed with impressive features like a massive battery, smooth display, and budget-friendly pricing, the Redmi A5 is poised to become a top choice for cost-conscious consumers seeking performance and value. In this article, we dive into everything you need to know about the Redmi A5 India launch, its standout specifications, and why it’s generating so much buzz.
Redmi A5 India Launch: What to Expect
Xiaomi has confirmed that the Redmi A5 will debut in India on April 15 at 12 PM IST, following its global release earlier this month. The launch event will be live-streamed, and the phone will be available for purchase through Flipkart, Mi.com, and select offline retail stores. With a focus on delivering cutting-edge features at an affordable price, Xiaomi is targeting students, casual users, and anyone looking for a reliable smartphone under ₹10,000.
The Redmi A5 comes in three vibrant color options tailored for the Indian market: Jaisalmer Gold, Pondicherry Blue, and Just Black. These regionally inspired hues add a touch of personality, making the phone visually appealing to a diverse audience.
Redmi A5 Specifications: A Budget Powerhouse
The Redmi A5 is designed to offer premium features without breaking the bank. Here’s a closer look at what makes this phone stand out in the crowded budget segment:
1. Massive 5,200mAh Battery
One of the Redmi A5’s biggest highlights is its 5,200mAh battery, ensuring all-day power for browsing, gaming, and streaming. Whether you’re a student attending online classes or a professional on the go, this battery won’t let you down. The phone also supports 15W fast charging, so you can quickly top up and stay connected.
2. Segment-Leading 6.88-Inch Display
The Redmi A5 boasts a 6.88-inch HD+ LCD display with a 120Hz refresh rate, delivering the smoothest scrolling and visuals in its class. Whether you’re watching videos, playing games, or browsing social media, the large, vibrant screen enhances every experience. Plus, it comes with TÜV Rheinland certification for low blue light, reducing eye strain during extended use.
3. Capable Performance
Under the hood, the Redmi A5 is powered by the Unisoc T7250 octa-core processor, paired with up to 4GB of RAM and 128GB of storage. This combination ensures smooth multitasking and ample space for apps, photos, and videos. The phone also supports 4GB virtual RAM expansion and a dedicated microSD slot for up to 1TB of additional storage.
4. Impressive Camera Setup
For photography enthusiasts, the Redmi A5 features a 32MP dual rear camera with AI enhancements, capturing sharp and vibrant photos even in low-light conditions. On the front, an 8MP selfie camera handles video calls and selfies with ease, making it perfect for staying connected with friends and family.
5. Android 15 Go Edition
The Redmi A5 runs on Android 15 Go Edition, optimized for budget devices to deliver a smooth and bloat-free experience. Xiaomi claims the phone will maintain a “new-like” performance even after 36 months of regular use, ensuring long-term reliability.
6. Additional Features
Side-mounted fingerprint scanner and AI face unlock for secure access.
Dual SIM support, dual-band Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth 5.2 for seamless connectivity.
3.5mm headphone jack for wired audio enthusiasts.
Available in 4GB+64GB and 6GB+128GB variants.
Redmi A5 Price in India: Affordable Excellence
While Xiaomi hasn’t officially revealed the pricing, industry insiders suggest the Redmi A5 will be priced competitively under ₹10,000. Based on posts circulating online, the expected prices are:
4GB RAM + 64GB storage: ~₹6,499
6GB RAM + 128GB storage: ~₹7,499
These prices position the Redmi A5 as one of the best value-for-money smartphones in its segment, rivaling competitors like Realme, Infinix, and Tecno.
Why the Redmi A5 is a Game-Changer
The Redmi A5 combines affordability with features typically found in higher-priced phones, making it a standout option for budget-conscious buyers. Here’s why it’s generating so much excitement:
Unmatched Battery Life: The 5,200mAh battery ensures you stay powered up through demanding days.
Smooth Display: The 6.88-inch 120Hz screen is rare in this price range, offering a premium viewing experience.
Reliable Performance: The Unisoc T7250 chipset handles everyday tasks with ease, from social media to light gaming.
Future-Ready Software: Android 15 Go Edition keeps the phone fast and efficient.
Stylish Design: With vibrant colors and a sleek build, the Redmi A5 looks and feels premium.
Redmi A5 vs. Competitors
In the sub-₹10,000 segment, the Redmi A5 will compete with phones like the Realme C65, Infinix Hot 50, and Tecno Spark Go 1. However, its large display, high refresh rate, and massive battery give it an edge over most rivals. While some competitors offer 5G connectivity, the Redmi A5’s focus on 4G optimization ensures better battery efficiency and affordability for users in areas with limited 5G coverage.
Where to Buy the Redmi A5 in India
The Redmi A5 will be available starting April 15 through:
Flipkart: Expect exclusive launch offers and discounts.
Mi.com: Xiaomi’s official website may bundle accessories or extended warranties.
Offline Stores: Visit Xiaomi partner retailers for hands-on demos and instant purchases.
To stay updated on availability, set a reminder for the launch event or follow Xiaomi India’s official social media channels.
Final Thoughts: Should You Buy the Redmi A5?
The Redmi A5 is shaping up to be a fantastic choice for anyone seeking a budget smartphone that doesn’t compromise on essentials. Its massive battery, smooth display, and reliable performance make it ideal for students, first-time smartphone buyers, or anyone looking for a secondary device. With Xiaomi’s reputation for delivering value-packed phones, the Redmi A5 is likely to live up to the hype.
Mark your calendars for April 15, 2025, and get ready to experience Xiaomi’s latest budget marvel. Stay tuned to Xiaomiforall.com for hands-on reviews, comparisons, and exclusive offers once the Redmi A5 hits the market!
What are your thoughts on the Redmi A5? Let us know in the comments below, and don’t forget to subscribe to our newsletter for the latest Xiaomi updates!
Xiaomi fans, rejoice! The highly anticipated HyperOS 3 update is on the horizon, and it’s set to bring a wave of exciting features, performance boosts, and design enhancements to your favorite devices. As Xiaomi continues to innovate with its custom Android-based operating system, the company has confirmed that more than 70 Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO smartphones are guaranteed to receive this major software upgrade. If you’re wondering whether your device made the cut, we’ve got all the details you need right here at Xiaomi For All. Let’s dive into the full list and what HyperOS 3 has in store for 2025!
HyperOS 3 eligible devices
What is HyperOS 3?
HyperOS 3 is Xiaomi’s next-generation operating system, expected to be based on Android 16. Building on the success of HyperOS 2, this update promises smoother performance, advanced AI capabilities, and a refreshed user interface. Xiaomi has been steadily transitioning from MIUI to HyperOS, focusing on a seamless ecosystem that connects smartphones, tablets, wearables, and even smart home devices. With a potential release window around mid-2025, HyperOS 3 is shaping up to be a game-changer for Xiaomi users worldwide.
Which Xiaomi Phones Will Get HyperOS 3?
Xiaomi has a strong track record of supporting its devices with software updates, and HyperOS 3 is no exception. Based on leaks, official hints, and Xiaomi’s update policy, over 70 models across the Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO brands are confirmed to receive this upgrade. Below is the comprehensive list of eligible devices:
Note: This list is based on current information and may expand as Xiaomi releases more devices or adjusts its update plans. Stay tuned to xiaomiforall.com for the latest updates!
Why Your Device Might Not Be on the List
While Xiaomi is generous with its update support, older models like the Xiaomi 11 Series or Redmi Note 11 Series may not make the cut for HyperOS 3 due to hardware limitations or the end of their support cycle. Typically, Xiaomi offers 2-4 years of major OS updates for its flagship and mid-range devices, with security patches extending beyond that. If your phone isn’t listed, it might still receive HyperOS 2 or security updates in 2025.
What to Expect from HyperOS 3
HyperOS 3 is expected to roll out around July 2025, aligning with the early release of Android 16. Here’s what Xiaomi users can look forward to:
Redesigned UI: A sleek, modern interface with updated animations and customization options.
AI Upgrades: Smarter features like personalized recommendations, enhanced voice assistants, and real-time translations.
Gaming Boost: Improved Game Turbo for smoother gameplay on devices like the POCO F6 and Redmi K70 series.
Ecosystem Integration: Seamless connectivity with Xiaomi wearables, tablets, and smart home products.
How to Prepare for the HyperOS 3 Update
To ensure your device is ready for HyperOS 3, follow these steps:
Check Eligibility: Confirm your model is on the list above.
Update to HyperOS 2: Most devices will need to be running HyperOS 2 to receive the OTA (Over-the-Air) update for HyperOS 3.
Backup Your Data: Always back up your photos, apps, and settings before a major update.
Stay Connected: Visit xiaomiforall.com regularly for release dates and installation guides.
When Will HyperOS 3 Roll Out?
While Xiaomi hasn’t announced an official date, leaks suggest HyperOS 3 could debut as early as July 2025, with flagship devices like the Xiaomi 15 Series and Redmi K80 Series receiving it first. Mid-range and budget models, such as the Redmi Note 14 and POCO X7, may see the update in late 2025 or early 2026 as part of Xiaomi’s phased rollout strategy.
Conclusion
With over 70 Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO devices set to receive HyperOS 3, 2025 is shaping up to be an exciting year for Xiaomi enthusiasts. Whether you own a premium flagship or a budget-friendly model, this update promises to elevate your smartphone experience. Keep your eyes on Xiaomi For All for the latest news, tips, and tutorials about HyperOS 3 and all things Xiaomi. Is your device on the list? Let us know in the comments below!
Xiaomi is gearing up to shake up the budget smartwatch market with the Redmi Watch Move, set to launch on April 21, 2025, in India. Recently leaked details suggest this device will blend a sleek design, a vibrant AMOLED display, and cutting-edge features at an affordable price. If you’re a fan of wearable tech and want a smartwatch that won’t break the bank, keep reading for the full scoop!
A Standout AMOLED Display
The Redmi Watch Move boasts an AMOLED screen, rumored to measure 2.07 inches with a peak brightness of 1500 nits. Expect vivid colors, deep blacks, and excellent visibility even in direct sunlight. Compared to earlier models like the Redmi Watch 5, this smartwatch sticks to a square design but adds a unique twist: a rotating crown on the right side. This feature not only elevates its premium look but also makes navigating the interface a breeze.
HyperOS and Top-Notch Features
Powered by HyperOS, Xiaomi’s proprietary operating system, the Redmi Watch Move promises seamless integration with other Xiaomi devices like smartphones and earbuds. Here are some of its standout features:
Up to 14-day battery life: Perfect for users who hate frequent charging.
Over 100 sports modes: A dream for fitness enthusiasts.
98.5% activity tracking accuracy: Xiaomi claims reliable health and workout data.
Bluetooth calling: Equipped with dual microphones and noise reduction for clear calls.
Five-system GNSS: Precise outdoor positioning with multiple satellite systems.
These specs position it as a strong contender in the budget smartwatch category, taking on brands like Amazfit and Noise.
Design and Availability
The Redmi Watch Move sports a modern square body with interchangeable silicone straps. It’s expected to come in colors like black, blue, white, and silver gray, catering to a variety of tastes. Its lightweight, durable build makes it suitable for both daily wear and active lifestyles.
While the official price remains under wraps, leaks hint at a tag below ₹4,000 (around $48 USD), staying true to Xiaomi’s value-for-money ethos. The launch tagline, “Your Next Big Move”, suggests this could be a game-changer in Redmi’s smartwatch lineup.
When and Where to Buy the Redmi Watch Move?
The official reveal is slated for April 21, 2025, in India, with availability likely on Mi.com, Amazon India, and authorized physical stores shortly after. Given Xiaomi’s track record, a global rollout—including markets like Spain—could follow in the weeks ahead.
Is the Redmi Watch Move Worth the Wait?
If you’re after a smartwatch with an AMOLED display, long battery life, and advanced features at a budget-friendly price, the Redmi Watch Move looks like a winner. It blends style, tech, and affordability, making it a top pick for 2025. At Xiaomiforall.com, we’ll be covering the April 21 launch live to bring you a full review and see if it lives up to the hype.
What do you think of this new Redmi release? Drop your thoughts, share this article with fellow Xiaomi fans, and let us know in the comments below!
How to Install Android 16 Beta on Xiaomi Devices: Your 2025 Guide
The wait is over—Android 16 Beta is here, and Xiaomi fans can now get a taste of the latest OS packed with HyperOS 2 goodness. As of April 10, 2025, devices like the Xiaomi 15 and Xiaomi 14T Pro are among the first to join the Android 16 Beta party. If you’re eager to explore new features like enhanced multitasking, improved privacy controls, and a sleek redesigned UI, this guide will walk you through the installation process step-by-step. Ready to upgrade your Xiaomi device? Let’s dive in!
Which Xiaomi Devices Can Install Android 16 Beta?
Google typically kicks off Android Beta programs with Pixel devices, but Xiaomi quickly follows suit for its flagship models. Based on current leaks and Xiaomi’s update history, the following devices are likely eligible for the Android 16 Beta in 2025:
Xiaomi 15
Xiaomi 14T Pro
Redmi K70 Ultra (select regions)
Note: Availability may vary by region and model. Check Xiaomi’s official channels or Xiaomiforall.com for the latest updates on eligible devices. Since this is a beta, expect potential bugs—proceed with caution and back up your data first!
What You’ll Need Before Starting
Before installing Android 16 Beta on your Xiaomi device, gather these essentials:
Eligible Xiaomi device: Confirm your model is supported (e.g., Xiaomi 15 or 14T Pro).
Stable internet connection: For downloading the update package.
At least 50% battery: Avoid interruptions during installation.
USB cable and computer (optional): For manual installation via Fastboot.
Backup: Save your photos, apps, and data to avoid losing anything.
Method 1: Install Android 16 Beta via OTA Update
The easiest way to get Android 16 Beta is through an over-the-air (OTA) update, assuming Xiaomi rolls it out officially. Here’s how:
Check for Updates:
Go to Settings > About Phone > System Update.
Tap the three-dot menu in the top-right corner and select Choose Update Package (if available).
Join the Beta Program:
Visit Xiaomi’s official beta program page or the Mi Community app.
Sign up with your Mi Account and opt in with your device.
Download the Beta:
Once enrolled, your device should detect the Android 16 Beta update.
Tap Download and wait for the file to fetch.
Install and Reboot:
After downloading, hit Install.
Your device will restart and boot into Android 16 Beta with HyperOS 2.
Pro Tip: If the OTA option isn’t available yet, keep an eye on Xiaomiforall.com for announcements or try the manual method below.
Method 2: Manual Installation with Fastboot
For the tech-savvy or those who can’t wait for OTA, manually flashing the Android 16 Beta Fastboot ROM is an option. Here’s the process:
Unlock Your Bootloader:
Go to Settings > About Phone > Tap MIUI Version (or OS Version) 7 times to enable Developer Options.
Navigate to Settings > Additional Settings > Developer Options > Mi Unlock Status and link your Mi Account.
Use the Mi Unlock Tool on your PC to unlock the bootloader (this wipes your device).
Download the Fastboot ROM:
Visit Xiaomi’s official site or trusted sources like Xiaomi Firmware Updater for the Android 16 Beta Fastboot ROM for your device (e.g., Xiaomi 15: OS2.0.109.0.VOCMIXM).
Extract the ZIP file on your computer.
Set Up Your PC:
Install ADB and Fastboot tools from the Android SDK Platform Tools.
Enable USB Debugging in Developer Options on your phone.
Flash the ROM:
Power off your device and boot into Fastboot mode (press Power + Volume Down).
Connect your phone to your PC via USB.
Open a command prompt/terminal in the Fastboot folder, then type:fastboot flash recovery recovery.img fastboot boot recovery.img
Use the recovery menu to sideload the ROM file or run:fastboot update rom_file_name.zip
Reboot:
Once flashing completes, reboot with:fastboot reboot
Your Xiaomi device should now run Android 16 Beta.
Warning: Unlocking the bootloader and flashing ROMs carry risks. Proceed only if you’re comfortable with the process.
What’s New in Android 16 Beta with HyperOS 2?
Once installed, you’ll enjoy features like:
Enhanced Multitasking: New split-screen ratios and bubble modes.
Privacy Upgrades: One-time app permissions and better background controls.
HyperOS 2 Polish: Smoother animations and deeper Xiaomi ecosystem integration.
Expect some quirks, though—it’s a beta, after all!
Troubleshooting Tips
Update Not Showing? Clear the System Update app cache or try manual installation.
Bootloop Issues? Re-flash the ROM or revert to a stable HyperOS build using Fastboot.
Need Help? Drop a question in the Xiaomiforall.com comments—we’ve got you covered!
Should You Install Android 16 Beta?
If you love being an early adopter and don’t mind occasional bugs, installing Android 16 Beta on your Xiaomi device is a no-brainer. For daily drivers, though, consider waiting for the stable release later in 2025. Either way, stay tuned to Xiaomiforall.com for the latest Xiaomi updates and guides.
Ready to take the plunge? Share your experience with Android 16 Beta in the comments below, and let’s geek out together!
Disclaimer:
Xiaomiforall.com provides information for educational and informational purposes only. We are not responsible for any outcomes, damages, or issues arising from following the procedures described in this and/or any article, including the installation of Android 16 Beta on Xiaomi devices. We do not push or encourage readers to perform these actions. Proceed at your own risk, and ensure you understand the potential consequences before making any changes to your devic
Donald Trump’s tariffs, effective as of April 9, 2025, have sent ripples through the global economy, leaving tech enthusiasts in the U.S. wondering: what’s next for Xiaomi phones? While Xiaomi isn’t a major player in the U.S. smartphone market, the new tariffs—a baseline 10% on all imports and a hefty 54% on Chinese goods—will impact the brand in both direct and indirect ways. In this article, we break down how these measures will affect Xiaomi devices, from pricing to availability, and what it means for Xiaomi fans in the U.S.
Trump’s Tariffs Hit Xiaomi
Trump’s Tariffs: A Quick Overview
The Trump administration has rolled out a 10% tariff on all imports to the U.S., with steeper rates for specific countries. For China, the tariff jumps to 54%, with potential increases to 79% if additional sanctions tied to Venezuelan oil purchases are enforced. These levies target physical goods like mobile phones and their components, raising costs for importers and often passing those increases onto consumers. So, how does this play out for Xiaomi?
Xiaomi in the U.S.: A Limited Footprint
Unlike giants like Apple or Samsung, Xiaomi doesn’t dominate the U.S. smartphone scene. The Chinese brand has historically focused on Asia, Europe, and emerging markets like India and Latin America, leaving the U.S. as a secondary priority. While Xiaomi does sell IoT devices (think robot vacuums, monitors, etc.) and accessories stateside, its phones typically reach U.S. consumers through unofficial channels like online purchases from AliExpress. This starting point shapes how the tariffs will hit the company.
Direct Impact on Xiaomi Phones
1. Made in China, Priced Out of Reach
Most Xiaomi phones are manufactured in China, though the company also has facilities in India and elsewhere. If Xiaomi tried importing phones directly to the U.S., they’d face a 54% tariff on each device’s value. For instance, a Xiaomi 14 priced at $500 elsewhere could balloon to over $770 with the tariff alone, not including additional import fees. This would make Xiaomi phones far less competitive against brands like Samsung or Apple, which offset costs by diversifying production.
2. Individual Imports Get Pricier
For U.S. fans importing Xiaomi phones unofficially, the tariffs now apply to packages under $800 from China. This hits platforms like AliExpress and Temu hard, driving up the cost of Xiaomi devices and diminishing their appeal as budget-friendly options. What was once a steal could now feel like a splurge.
3. Ripple Effect on Other Xiaomi Products
While phones aren’t Xiaomi’s U.S. stronghold, items like smart home devices and accessories are sold officially. With a 54% tariff, these products could see price hikes or slimmer profit margins, potentially prompting Xiaomi to rethink its U.S. strategy for these categories.
Indirect Impact: Beyond Borders
1. Shifting to Other Markets
Since the U.S. isn’t a core market for Xiaomi phones, the brand could redirect devices to regions like Europe or Latin America. This might flood those markets with supply, possibly lowering prices and benefiting consumers outside the U.S. Still, it hinges on Xiaomi’s ability to pivot logistics efficiently.
2. Component Cost Crunch
Xiaomi relies on U.S. companies like Qualcomm for phone processors. If tariffs complicate exports of these components to China or raise production costs, Xiaomi could see higher expenses trickle into global phone prices—even in markets unaffected by U.S. tariffs.
3. Tougher Competition
Brands like Samsung (manufacturing in South Korea and India, with 10% and 26% tariffs) and Apple (producing in India alongside China) gain a competitive edge in the U.S. This disparity makes it harder for Xiaomi to break into the American market under current conditions.
What This Means for Xiaomi Fans in the U.S.
If you’re a Xiaomi enthusiast in the U.S., the outlook isn’t rosy. Xiaomi phones will remain a rarity stateside, and those that make it here will likely cost more due to the 54% tariff. The silver lining? Xiaomi’s success doesn’t hinge on the U.S. The brand could double down on other regions, keeping prices competitive elsewhere.
For users of Xiaomi’s IoT products, expect potential price bumps or reduced variety. Planning to import a Xiaomi phone? Act fast or brace for a higher price tag—and consider alternatives from brands less impacted by China-specific tariffs.
Conclusion
Trump’s tariffs won’t spell doom for Xiaomi, but they’ll further limit its already slim U.S. phone presence. With a 54% levy on Chinese goods, Xiaomi devices will become pricier and less accessible to American consumers, while the company might shift focus to friendlier markets. For Xiaomi fans, enjoying their phones may mean looking abroad or paying a premium to import them.
Got a Xiaomi phone or thinking of getting one? Drop your thoughts in the comments and share this article with fellow Xiaomi lovers!
April 9, 2025 – Xiaomi has once again taken the tech world by storm with the global release of HyperOS 2 based on Android 16 Beta 2. This exciting update, now available for select devices worldwide, showcases Xiaomi’s commitment to delivering cutting-edge software to its global fanbase. For those eager to explore the future of mobile technology, the HyperOS 2Android 16 Beta 2 global version brings a blend of Google’s latest Android innovations and Xiaomi’s signature enhancements. Here’s everything you need to know about this groundbreaking release, including supported devices, key features, and how to get it on your Xiaomi smartphone.
What Is HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2?
HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 is the latest developer preview from Xiaomi, built on Google’s Android 16 Beta 2 framework. This update combines the advanced capabilities of Android 16 with Xiaomi’s custom HyperOS 2 overlay, offering users a sneak peek into the future of mobile operating systems. Initially rolled out in China for devices like the Redmi K70 Ultra and Xiaomi 15, the global version is now accessible to Xiaomi enthusiasts worldwide, marking a significant milestone in Xiaomi’s software journey.
This beta release is designed for early adopters and developers, allowing them to test new features and provide feedback ahead of the stable HyperOS 2 rollout, expected later in 2025. With its focus on performance, privacy, and AI-driven enhancements, HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 sets the stage for a transformative user experience.
Supported Devices for the Global Release
The HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 global version is currently available for two flagship devices:
These devices, known globally for their powerful hardware and sleek design, are the first to receive this beta update outside of China. Xiaomi has prioritized its flagship lineup to ensure that users with premium devices can experience Android 16’s advancements as soon as possible. While the rollout is limited to these models for now, Xiaomi is expected to expand compatibility to other devices as the beta testing phase progresses.
Key Features of HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2
The global version of HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 introduces a host of exciting features that elevate the Xiaomi user experience. Here’s a breakdown of what you can expect:
1. Enhanced Privacy Controls
Android 16 brings finer-grained permission settings, giving users more control over their data. HyperOS 2 enhances this with an intuitive interface, making it easier to manage app permissions and protect your privacy.
2. Smarter Battery Management
With advanced algorithms, this update optimizes power consumption, extending battery life on devices like the Xiaomi 15 and 14T Pro. Expect longer usage times without compromising performance.
3. Refreshed UI and Animations
HyperOS 2 introduces smoother animations and a modern design language, seamlessly integrated with Android 16’s updates. The result is a visually appealing and fluid user interface that enhances everyday interactions.
4. AI-Powered Enhancements
From intelligent app suggestions to improved voice recognition, AI plays a central role in this update. HyperOS 2 adds Xiaomi’s unique touch, delivering personalized features tailored to your usage habits.
5. Improved Multitasking
Switching between apps and tabs is now more efficient, thanks to Android 16’s improved multi-tab handling. HyperOS 2 refines this further, making it a boon for power users and multitaskers.
These features highlight Xiaomi’s ability to blend Google’s innovations with its own customizations, creating a unique and powerful software experience exclusive to Xiaomi devices.
How to Install HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 Global Version
Ready to dive into the beta experience? Here’s a step-by-step guide to installing HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 on your eligible Xiaomi device:
Check Device Compatibility: Ensure your device is either a Xiaomi 15 or Xiaomi 14T Pro.
Backup Your Data: Beta software can be unstable, so back up all important files and settings before proceeding.
Join the Beta Program: Visit the official Xiaomi Community forum or website to sign up for the beta program and access download links.
Download the Update: Obtain the correct build for your device (listed above) from Xiaomi’s official channels.
Install the Update: Follow the provided instructions to sideload the update via recovery mode or use the OTA method if available.
Restart and Explore: Once installed, reboot your device and enjoy the new features.
Note: As this is a beta release, expect potential bugs or performance issues. We recommend installing it on a secondary device or being prepared for minor instability.
Why This Release Matters for Xiaomi Fans
The global launch of HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 underscores Xiaomi’s dedication to keeping its users at the forefront of technology. By offering early access to Android 16, Xiaomi ensures that:
Developers can test and optimize apps for the upcoming stable release.
Users get to explore cutting-edge features ahead of the curve.
Feedback from the global community helps refine the final version.
This move also reinforces Xiaomi’s reputation for timely software updates, positioning it as a leader in the Android ecosystem alongside brands like Samsung and Google.
What’s Next for HyperOS 2?
While the HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 global version is a thrilling preview, the stable release is still on the horizon. Google’s Android 16 is expected to finalize in June 2025, with Xiaomi likely following suit with a polished HyperOS 2 stable version around the same time. In the meantime, Xiaomi may expand beta testing to additional devices, including the Redmi series and Xiaomi tablets like the Pad 7 Pro.
Stay tuned to Xiaomi for All for the latest updates, guides, and news on HyperOS 2 and Android 16. We’ll keep you informed as Xiaomi continues to roll out this exciting software to more users worldwide.
Conclusion
The HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 global version release is a game-changer for Xiaomi fans, offering a glimpse into the future of mobile technology. With its powerful features, sleek design, and early availability on the Xiaomi 15 and 14T Pro, this update solidifies Xiaomi’s place as an innovator in the smartphone industry. Whether you’re a developer, a tech enthusiast, or a loyal Xiaomi user, now’s the perfect time to explore what HyperOS 2 has in store.
Have you installed the beta yet? Share your thoughts in the comments below, and don’t forget to bookmark Xiaomi for All for all your Xiaomi-related news and updates!
Tags: HyperOS 2, Android 16 Beta 2, Xiaomi 15, Xiaomi 14T Pro, global release, Xiaomi software update, Android 16 features, HyperOS 2 download, Xiaomi for All
FAQ Section
Q1:What is HyperOS 2? A1: Xiaomi’s custom Android-based OS focusing on AI, performance, and ecosystem integration.
Q2:Is Beta 2 stable enough for daily use? A2: It’s functional but not flawless. Use a secondary device for testing.
Q3:How to roll back to Android 15? A3: Use Xiaomi’s Mi Flash Tool, but this will wipe your data.
Q4:Will POCO F4 GT get the beta? A4: Likely in Phase 2. Monitor Xiaomi’s official channels.
Q5:How to provide feedback? A5: Use the Xiaomi Feedback app or post on the Xiaomi Community Forum.
Disclaimer
The procedures outlined are for informational purposes only. Attempting them is at your own risk. XiaomiForAll.com does not endorse, recommend, or assume responsibility for any damage to devices, data loss, or voided warranties resulting from following this guide. Always exercise caution.
Xiaomi has once again raised the bar in the smart home market with the launch of the Mijia Central Air Conditioner Pro (Ducted 4 HP Ultra-Level 1 Energy Efficiency). Now available for pre-order on Xiaomi Youpin for 7,999 yuan (approximately $1,100), this cutting-edge central air conditioner combines sleek design, top-tier energy efficiency, and advanced AI features. Whether you’re upgrading your home or building a smart ecosystem, this is Xiaomi’s answer to modern cooling and heating needs.
Xiaomi Mijia Central Air Conditioner Pro: Key Features and Specs
Designed for mid-sized homes or apartments (40–50 square meters), the Xiaomi Mijia Central Air Conditioner Pro boasts a slim 198mm ducted profile that seamlessly integrates into your ceiling. Say goodbye to bulky units that disrupt your interior design—this AC prioritizes both aesthetics and performance.
What sets this smart air conditioner apart is its Ultra-Level 1 Energy Efficiency rating (APF 4.35). Xiaomi claims it can save up to 2,389 kWh annually, cutting electricity costs by about 1,195 yuan ($164). Under the hood, a dual-cylinder compressor ensures long-term reliability, while a dual-row condenser and three-row evaporator deliver rapid cooling (in just 30 seconds) and heating (in 60 seconds). The system uses 7mm copper tubes and aluminum fins for superior heat exchange, rivaling premium air conditioners in the market.
Smart Living with AI Control and HyperOS Integration
True to Xiaomi’s reputation, the Mijia Central Air Conditioner Pro is powered by the Lingyun Smart Control Engine. This AI-driven system learns your preferences, adjusting temperature and airflow based on your habits, location, and even local weather conditions. Paired with HyperOS Connect and the Mi Home app, you can control it remotely, issue voice commands via XiaoAI, and receive OTA updates for new features.
The AC also features dual mmWave radar sensors, detecting your position within a 7-meter radius to direct airflow precisely where you need it. Choose from seven fan speeds and three airflow modes—direct, avoid, or soft breeze—for personalized comfort without constant tweaks.
More Than Just Cooling: A Complete Air Management Solution
Xiaomi positions the Mijia Central Air Conditioner Pro as a cornerstone of its indoor air management ecosystem. It regulates temperature, humidity, oxygen levels, cleanliness, airflow, and purity. With the optional smart air panel, you can sync it with Xiaomi purifiers, humidifiers, and other devices for a holistic air quality solution.
For cleaner air, the optional Ion Purification system tackles PM2.5 particles, germs, and viruses. Maintenance is a breeze too, thanks to a self-cleaning function that heats the unit to 56°C to sanitize both indoor and outdoor components. A float switch adds peace of mind by detecting leaks and sending alerts via the app.
Why Choose the Xiaomi Mijia Central Air Conditioner Pro?
Energy Savings: Ultra-Level 1 efficiency reduces your carbon footprint and bills.
Smart Features: AI control, radar sensors, and HyperOS compatibility.
Air Quality: Optional purification for a healthier home.
Low Maintenance: Self-cleaning and leak detection built-in.
Sleek Design: A slim profile that blends into any space.
Pre-Order Now on Xiaomi Youpin
Priced at 7,999 yuan ($1,100), the Xiaomi Mijia Central Air Conditioner Pro is a steal for its features. Ready to elevate your smart home? Pre-order it now on Xiaomi Youpin and explore more Xiaomi innovations on xiaomiforall.com.
Xiaomi has just introduced an innovative addition to its Mijia series—an affordable, compact refrigerator designed for modern living. The Mijia 215L Three-Door Refrigerator, priced at approximately 899 yuan (around $125), is now available on JD.com. This space-efficient appliance is perfect for small households or apartment dwellers, blending minimalist design with smart functionality.
Specifications and Design Features
This refrigerator stands out with its slim dimensions of 505mm in width, occupying only about 0.28 square meters of floor space. Despite its compact size, it boasts a generous 215-liter capacity, divided into three distinct temperature zones: a 128L fridge section, a 30L soft-freeze middle compartment, and a 57L freezer. This layout is ideal for storing weekly groceries for two without compromising kitchen space.
Xiaomi’s latest fridge incorporates advanced cooling technology and user-friendly controls. It features five electronic temperature settings ranging from 2°C to 8°C, allowing precise food storage. The energy-efficient compressor operates quietly, with noise levels capped at just 37dB, well below national standards. This ensures a peaceful kitchen environment while efficiently preserving food.
Aesthetics and Practicality
Aesthetically, the Mijia 215L Refrigerator embodies Xiaomi’s signature style, characterized by clean lines and subtle detailing. The seamless door panel and one-piece molded body allow it to blend seamlessly with contemporary interiors. Hidden handles and top-mounted LED lighting enhance functionality while maintaining a clutter-free appearance. The door opens a full 90 degrees, facilitating easy loading and cleaning, while the removable door seal emphasizes hygiene.
Additionally, the refrigerator’s power consumption is commendably low, at approximately 0.66 kWh per day. This earns it a Level 3 energy efficiency rating in China, making it a practical choice for budget-conscious consumers.
Related Innovations
In related news, Xiaomi has also launched the Mijia Refrigerator Pro 508L, a smart four-door refrigerator featuring dual cooling, a -30°C deep freeze option, and HyperOS support.
Conclusion
Xiaomi’s Mijia 215L Three-Door Refrigerator combines affordability, efficiency, and style, making it a standout choice for modern homes.
Mijia 215L: Affordable compact refrigerator
Discover the perfect blend of affordability and efficiency with Xiaomi’s latest compact refrigerator, designed for modern living.
Xiaomi, Mijia, compact refrigerator, smart home, energy efficiency, kitchen appliances
Xiaomi has once again proven its commitment to innovation by rolling out the HyperOS 2 developer preview based on Android 16 Beta 2. This exciting update, which started releasing on April 7, 2025, positions Xiaomi as one of the leading manufacturers to embrace Google’s latest operating system. Available for flagship devices like the Xiaomi 15 and Redmi K70 Ultra (globally known as the Xiaomi 14T Pro), this beta release offers users and developers a sneak peek into the future of Android technology. Here’s everything Xiaomi fans need to know about this groundbreaking update.
What Is the Xiaomi HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 Update?
The HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 update is a developer preview that blends Google’s cutting-edge Android 16 features with Xiaomi’s custom HyperOS 2 enhancements. Released earlier than expected, this update highlights Xiaomi’s dedication to staying ahead in the Android ecosystem. By providing early access to this beta, Xiaomi empowers developers to optimize their apps while giving enthusiasts a chance to experience next-gen features on compatible devices.
Currently, the update is available for:
Xiaomi 15: The flagship powerhouse of 2025.
Redmi K70 Ultra (Xiaomi 14T Pro): A feature-rich device for global users.
This move not only strengthens Xiaomi’s reputation for timely software updates but also ensures its users are among the first to explore Android 16’s advancements.
Key Features of Android 16 Beta 2 with HyperOS 2
While the full changelog is still unfolding, early reports and insights reveal some standout features in the Android 16 Beta 2 update, enhanced by Xiaomi’s HyperOS 2 overlay:
Advanced Privacy Controls Android 16 introduces finer-grained permissions, giving users more control over their data. HyperOS 2 builds on this with a sleek, user-friendly interface for managing privacy settings.
Smarter Battery Management Enhanced algorithms optimize power consumption, ensuring longer battery life—a feature Xiaomi users will appreciate on devices like the Xiaomi 15.
Refreshed UI Animations A new system design language brings smoother animations and a modern aesthetic, seamlessly integrated with HyperOS 2’s signature style.
AI-Powered Enhancements From smarter app suggestions to improved voice recognition, AI takes center stage in Android 16, with HyperOS 2 adding Xiaomi’s unique flair.
Improved Multi-Tab Handling Multitasking gets a boost, making it easier to switch between apps and tabs—a perfect fit for power users.
These features combine Google’s innovation with Xiaomi’s customizations, delivering a unique and powerful experience exclusive to Xiaomi devices.
What This Means for Xiaomi Users
For Xiaomi customers, the HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 release is more than just an update—it’s a testament to the brand’s focus on cutting-edge technology. By offering this developer preview, Xiaomi ensures that:
Developers can test and refine apps ahead of the stable release, minimizing compatibility issues.
Users get early access to Android 16’s features, setting the stage for a polished final rollout.
Whether you’re a tech enthusiast eager to explore new functionalities or a casual user awaiting the stable version, this update promises a smoother, smarter experience.
Android 16 Beta 2 Coming to Tablets: Xiaomi Pad 7 Pro
In addition to smartphones, Xiaomi is expanding the Android 16 Beta 2 experience to its tablet lineup. Sources confirm that a beta build for the Xiaomi Pad 7 Pro is already in development, though it’s not yet available for download. This step underscores Xiaomi’s commitment to a unified software ecosystem, ensuring consistency across its smartphones, tablets, and beyond.
For developers, this means more opportunities to create responsive apps that work seamlessly across Xiaomi’s diverse device range. For users, it’s a sign that Xiaomi is serious about delivering the latest software to all corners of its product lineup.
How to Join the Android 16 Beta 2 Program
Ready to dive into the HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 update? Developers and early adopters can find detailed instructions and download links in Xiaomi’s upcoming official announcement. Keep an eye on the Xiaomi Community forum or the brand’s Weibo page for the latest updates. Enrollment typically involves:
Registering your device via Xiaomi’s beta program.
Downloading the preview build through an OTA update.
Providing feedback to help shape the stable release.
Note: Beta software may contain bugs, so it’s recommended for advanced users or those comfortable with troubleshooting.
Why Xiaomi’s Early Android 16 Adoption Matters
Xiaomi’s swift rollout of the HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 update sets it apart from competitors. By aligning with Google’s latest OS and enhancing it with HyperOS 2, Xiaomi ensures its devices remain at the forefront of performance, security, and innovation. This update not only benefits developers and early adopters but also paves the way for a seamless experience when the stable version arrives later in 2025.
Final Thoughts
The HyperOS 2 Android 16 Beta 2 update is a game-changer for Xiaomi fans, offering a glimpse into the future of mobile technology. From enhanced privacy and AI capabilities to tablet support with the Xiaomi Pad 7 Pro, this release showcases Xiaomi’s leadership in the Android space. Stay tuned to xiaomiforall.com for the latest news, guides, and updates on Xiaomi’s software journey.
Xiaomi has just launched the Redmi Buds 7S, and they’re already making waves in the audio world. Priced at just 199 Yuan (approximately $27), these wireless earbuds offer premium sound quality and advanced features that cater to music lovers and casual listeners alike. With reservations now open on JD.com in China, let’s dive into what makes the Redmi Buds 7S a must-have accessory.
Impressive Sound Quality
At the heart of the Redmi Buds 7S lies a sophisticated dual-driver setup. This includes a 12.4mm titanium-coated dynamic driver and a 5.5mm micro piezoelectric ceramic unit. Together, they create a sound profile that delivers crisp highs and deep bass. Music enthusiasts will appreciate the five built-in EQ presets, certified by NetEase Cloud Music, ensuring an optimized audio experience right out of the box.
What truly distinguishes these earbuds is the innovative SoundID personalization feature. After a brief hearing test, the Buds 7S calibrate the audio output to suit your unique listening preferences. Whether you enjoy powerful bass or clear vocals, these earbuds adapt to your style. Additionally, the spatial audio feature, enhanced by Xiaomi’s HRTF algorithm, immerses you in a 360-degree sound experience, perfect for gaming or movie-watching.
Advanced Noise Cancellation and Call Clarity
The Redmi Buds 7S excel in noise cancellation, thanks to their dual microphones and intelligent active noise cancellation (ANC) capabilities. Users can choose between deep and balanced noise cancellation modes, with an adaptive feature that adjusts based on your environment. Wind noise resistance up to 9m/s ensures that calls remain crystal clear, even on windy days, making these earbuds ideal for outdoor activities.
Long Battery Life and Smart Features
These earbuds offer a remarkable 6.5 hours of playback time on a single charge, extending to an impressive 32 hours when combined with the charging case. A quick 10-minute charge provides an additional 2 hours of listening time—perfect for those busy days. The Buds 7S also feature dual-device pairing, rapid connectivity, and customizable controls via the Xiaomi Earbuds App. The Cloud Light Effect 2.0 enhances the charging case with improved battery indicators, adding a stylish touch.
Pricing and Availability
Available in three stunning colors—Snow White, Lake Green, and Midnight Black—the Redmi Buds 7S are priced at just 199 Yuan (around $27). This pricing makes them an attractive option for anyone seeking high-quality audio without breaking the bank.
Conclusion
In summary, the Redmi Buds 7S merge superior sound quality with practical features, all at an unbeatable price point. Whether you’re listening to music, gaming, or catching up on podcasts, these earbuds offer an exceptional experience. While there’s no official word on a global release yet, we anticipate that their arrival will significantly impact the budget audio market. Are you ready to elevate your audio experience with the Redmi Buds 7S?
Redmi Buds 7S
Discover the Redmi Buds 7S, offering premium audio and smart features at an unbeatable price of just $27.
Xiaomi has once again stepped into the spotlight with the launch of the Mijia Pro Dual-System Cross Four-Door 508L refrigerator. This innovative appliance is now available for pre-order on Xiaomi Youpin for 3,699 yuan (approximately $510 or €480). With a unique blend of cutting-edge technology and affordability, this refrigerator is designed to enhance your kitchen experience while keeping your food fresher and your space quieter. Mijia Pro 508L Smart Refrigerator.
Sleek Aesthetics and Innovative Technology
The Mijia Pro captivates with its Ice Feather White finish and a slim 60cm profile, making it an ideal fit for various kitchen styles. However, the true brilliance lies within. This refrigerator boasts a dual cooling system, equipped with independent evaporators and fans for both the refrigerator and freezer compartments. This design prevents flavor transfer and ensures precise temperature management, supported by six sensors that continuously monitor conditions for optimal performance.
Hygiene is a top priority for the Mijia Pro. It features an ion purification system that effectively combats bacteria, viruses, and pesticide residues. Additionally, the freezer incorporates a silver ion module, which claims to eliminate 99.99% of germs. A humidity control membrane further enhances the longevity of your fruits and vegetables, ensuring they remain crisp and fresh for longer periods.
Exceptional Freezing Capabilities
For those who frequently freeze foods, the Mijia Pro’s -30°C deep freeze function stands out. It can freeze up to 8kg of food within just 12 hours, preserving essential nutrients and textures while avoiding freezer burn. Furthermore, the dedicated drawer comes with three adjustable temperature modes, making it perfect for storing snacks, baby food, or soft-frozen items like seafood and meats. This flexibility allows you to customize your storage according to your needs.
Energy Efficiency and Smart Features
Despite its advanced capabilities, the Mijia Pro excels in energy efficiency. Its dual inverter system consumes only 1 kWh per day, while operating at a whisper-quiet 35dB—comparable to a soft conversation. On the smart technology front, it integrates seamlessly with Xiaomi’s HyperOS Connect. This feature allows users to adjust settings, schedule modes, and receive notifications via the Mi Home app. With voice control through Xiao Ai and the ability for over-the-air (OTA) updates, this refrigerator is designed to evolve with your needs.
Feature
Specification
Capacity
508L
Cooling System
Dual cooling with separate fans
Deep Freeze Temp.
-30°C
Energy Consumption
1 kWh per day
Noise Level
35dB
Warranty
10-year compressor warranty
Confidence in Durability
Xiaomi supports the Mijia Pro with a 10-year compressor warranty, demonstrating confidence in its long-term durability. Priced at $510, it offers an impressive value for anyone looking to elevate their kitchen without overspending.
A Vision for Smart Homes
The Mijia Pro is part of a larger strategy by Xiaomi to dominate the smart home market. Recently, the company introduced two other innovative appliances: a budget-friendly smart gas water heater and a high-speed water purifier that delivers clean, mineral-rich water in just three seconds. These products showcase Xiaomi’s commitment to creating an affordable, interconnected smart home ecosystem.
Conclusion: A Smart Choice for Modern Kitchens
The Mijia Refrigerator Pro 508L is a remarkable combination of stylish design, advanced cooling technology, and intelligent features. Whether you’re a meal prepper, a tech enthusiast, or simply someone who values fresh produce, this refrigerator has much to offer. As Xiaomi continues to expand its innovative product lineup, we can only anticipate how they will further enhance our living spaces. What are your thoughts on the Mijia Pro? Does it meet your kitchen needs? Share your opinions with us!
Mijia Pro 508L Smart Refrigerator
Discover the Mijia Pro 508L Smart Refrigerator, a blend of advanced cooling technology and intelligent features designed for modern kitchens.
Xiaomi is a name most of us associate with affordable, high-quality smartphones, but their product lineup goes far beyond that. From smart pillows to 3D printers and even a $250 water gun, Xiaomi’s ecosystem is packed with innovative gadgets that promise incredible value. Recently, popular tech YouTuber Mrwhosetheboss (Arun Maini) took on the challenge of testing some of Xiaomi’s most intriguing devices in his video, “I tested the most popular Xiaomi Gadgets!” We’ve broken down his findings to see if these products live up to the hype for Xiaomi fans everywhere. Let’s dive into Xiaomi gadgets review!
Xiaomi Motion Sensor Nightlight – $9
A Budget-Friendly Game Changer
Kicking things off is the Motion Sensor Nightlight, priced at a jaw-dropping $9. Arun calls it an “instant win,” and it’s easy to see why. Unlike typical motion lights, this one features a magnetic design: the stand sticks to any surface, and the light snaps on effortlessly. Whether it’s your bedside table, a wall, or even the ceiling, it adapts. With a 5-meter detection range—double that of most competitors—and app-controlled brightness and duration, it’s perfect for late-night bathroom trips without blinding yourself. Rating: 9.5/10 Verdict: “I’m getting one for every bedroom,” Arun declares, and we’re tempted to follow suit.
Xiaomi Portable Electric Kettle – $30
A Clever Idea That Falls Flat
Next up is the $30 Portable Electric Kettle, a thermos-kettle hybrid that keeps drinks warm for Ascending 6 hours and boils water when plugged in. It’s a sleek concept, but Arun found it underwhelming. While it heats up fast and has a handy temperature display, it takes as long to boil one cup as a standard kettle does for four. A slight leak during testing also raised concerns. Rating: 5/10 Verdict: Great for solo coffee drinkers, but impractical for guests or camping. “I just don’t get it,” Arun admits.
Xiaomi 3D Printer
Precision Printing with a Catch
The Xiaomi 3D Printer uses liquid resin and UV light for smoother results than filament printers. Arun was impressed by its user-friendly interface, which lets you preview models and support structures before printing. The result? A “cute” vase that beats filament quality hands-down. However, proprietary resin cartridges and a lingering odor are drawbacks. Rating: 8/10 Verdict: A solid choice for hobbyists willing to overlook the eco and smell issues.
Xiaomi Cordless Screwdriver
Award-Winning Simplicity
Winner of an iF Design Award, this cordless screwdriver wowed Arun with its screw-free design, USB-C charging, and magnetic bit storage. It tackled cabinet assembly with ease, complete with a ring light for precision. Rating: 9/10 Verdict: “Everything a screwdriver needs to be for 95% of people,” though it won’t stand upright.
Xiaomi Precision Screwdriver
Small but Mighty
A sleeker sibling to the cordless model, the Precision Screwdriver is perfect for delicate tasks like watch or smartphone repairs. With 400 screws per charge and a satisfying magnetic case, it’s a keeper. Rating: 9/10 Verdict: “I could write with this,” Arun jokes—high praise indeed.
Xiaomi Smart Laser Measure
Measure Smarter, Not Harder
This minimalist laser measure nails distances up to 40 meters with one button. Paired with the Xiaomi app, it stores, labels, and even draws scaled room layouts from your measurements. Rating: 10/10 Verdict: “I have no notes,” Arun says. A perfect tool for DIY enthusiasts.
Xiaomi Smart Clock – $50
Your Bedside Buddy
At $50, this smart clock offers customizable faces, weather updates, Spotify playback, and voice-controlled smart home features. The LCD screen glows slightly at night, but it’s a minor flaw. Rating: 8.5/10 Verdict: “A lot of product for not a whole lot more,” making it a bedside contender.
Xiaomi Monitor Light Bar – $75
Desk Lighting Done Right (Almost)
This USB-powered light bar saves desk space and avoids glare, but it lacks the auto-color adjustment and rear light of pricier rivals like BenQ. Rating: 6/10 Verdict: A clean, affordable option, but not the “full shebang.”
Xiaomi Perfume Dispenser – $100+
Luxury Scents on Wheels
This car-mounted perfume dispenser, powered by USB-C, cycles through three scents (freshness, soothing, joy) with a glowing ring indicator. It’s potent and elegant, with long-lasting cartridges. Rating: 8.5/10 Verdict: Not cheap, but “one sexy way to make your car smell good.”
Xiaomi Massage Gun – $120
Power Without the Price Tag
At $120, this massage gun rivals $500 models with a quiet motor, three heads, and 13-hour battery life. The smart pressure sensor was hit-or-miss, though. Rating: 8/10 Verdict: “Just as high quality” as the big names, with a thorough massage to boot.
Xiaomi Smart Pillow
Comfy, But Confused
This ultra-soft pillow tracks sleep with tiny sensors, but its data (6 hours vs. an Apple Watch’s 8 hours 40 minutes) was off. The ecosystem potential is tantalizing, though. Rating: 4/10 Verdict: “Not too sure about this one,” Arun cautions.
Xiaomi Water Gun – $250
Over-the-Top Fun
This USB-C-charged water gun boasts an LED strip, a display, and multiple fire modes. It outshines a $15 rival in power, but not range. Rating: 8/10 Verdict: “The best of the best,” if you don’t mind the splurge.
Xiaomi Electric Scooter 4 Pro
The King of Scooters
Taller, wider, and packed with features like regenerative braking and self-sealing tires, this scooter impressed Arun with its 55km range and smooth ride. It even survived a nail test! Rating: 10/10 Verdict: “Everything it needs to be and more”—a flagship triumph.
Final Thoughts
From the unbeatable $9 Nightlight to the luxurious Scooter 4 Pro, Xiaomi’s gadgets blend innovation and value in ways that often defy their price tags. Standouts like the Smart Laser Measure and Electric Scooter earned rare 10/10s from Arun, while even the misses (looking at you, Smart Pillow) showcase Xiaomi’s bold ambition. As Mrwhosetheboss puts it, “I actually think I like Xiaomi’s gadgets more than their phones.” For Xiaomi fans, this lineup is a treasure trove worth exploring. Which gadget are you adding to your cart? Let us know in the comments!
This article is tailored for xiaomiforall.com, appealing to Xiaomi enthusiasts with a conversational yet informative tone, while crediting Mrwhosetheboss and linking to his video for authenticity and engagement. Let me know if you’d like any tweaks!
Xiaomi has just dropped exciting news for HyperOS 2 users! On April 4, 2025, the company announced a slew of bug fixes targeting key issues in its flagship devices, including the Xiaomi 15 Pro and the photography beast Xiaomi 13 Ultra. Shared via the Xiaomi Community, this update addresses long-standing complaints from early adopters, proving Xiaomi’s commitment to refining its ambitious HyperOS 2 platform. In this article, we’ll break down the fixed issues, ongoing challenges, and what these changes mean for you—plus a handy table to keep it all straight.
Xiaomi HyperOS 2 bug fixes are here! Discover the latest updates for Xiaomi 15 Pro and 13 Ultra, including volume fixes, battery improvements, and more in April 2025.
What’s New with HyperOS 2 Bug Fixes?
HyperOS 2 is Xiaomi’s bold step toward a unified ecosystem, connecting smartphones, tablets, and wearables seamlessly. However, its early rollout wasn’t without hiccups. Thankfully, Xiaomi’s latest update tackles some of the most nagging problems, especially for flagship users. Here’s what’s been fixed as of April 2025:
Fixed Issues in the Latest HyperOS 2 Update
Volume Control Interface Fix
Problem: The volume bar pop-up misaligned when pulling down the control center, disrupting the sleek UI.
Solution: It’s now perfectly aligned, offering a smoother and more polished experience.
Battery Drain with Mi Band 9
Problem: Xiaomi 15 and 15 Pro users noticed rapid battery drain when paired with the Mi Band 9.
Solution: Optimized connectivity boosts battery efficiency, letting you enjoy your wearable without worry.
Calculator Input Editing
Problem: Editing numbers mid-calculation was a hassle, frustrating users.
Solution: You can now tweak inputs freely, making the calculator app far more practical.
Improved Audio Quality
Problem: WeChat recordings had an annoying metallic sound artifact.
Solution: Audio is now crisp and clear, enhancing your messaging experience.
Solution: Duplicates are merged, streamlining your customization options.
Ongoing Issues: What Xiaomi’s Still Working On
While these fixes are a big win, Xiaomi isn’t done yet. Engineers are tackling several remaining challenges based on user feedback:
Screen Freezing and Blackouts: Adjusting the minimum width in developer options can still cause freezes or blackouts.
Redmi K70 Ultra Power Usage: Unconventional desktop power consumption is under review.
AOD and Lock Screen Glitches: Vientiane screen/AOD display issues and shortcut visibility problems persist.
Volume Module Placement: Some control center screens still have awkward volume adjustment layouts.
Sports Event Unsubscription: The intelligent unsubscription feature for sports updates isn’t fully functional yet.
Xiaomi promises these are top priorities, with fixes expected in upcoming OTA updates. Stay tuned!
HyperOS 2 Bug Fixes: Quick Comparison Table
Issue
Affected Devices
Status
Impact
Volume Control Misalignment
Xiaomi 15 Pro, 13 Ultra
Fixed
Smoother UI navigation
Mi Band 9 Battery Drain
Xiaomi 15, 15 Pro
Fixed
Better battery life
Calculator Editing
All HyperOS 2 devices
Fixed
Improved usability
WeChat Audio Artifact
All HyperOS 2 devices
Fixed
Clearer audio playback
Theme Duplicates
Xiaomi 13 Ultra
Fixed
Cleaner theme selection
Screen Freezing
Various flagships
In Progress
Affects developer settings
AOD/Lock Screen Issues
Various flagships
In Progress
Display inconsistencies
Why This Matters for Xiaomi Users
These HyperOS 2 bug fixes show Xiaomi’s dedication to listening to its community. Whether you’re a Xiaomi 15 Pro power user or a Xiaomi 13 Ultra photography enthusiast, these updates enhance daily usability. From fixing cosmetic quirks like theme duplicates to functional wins like better battery life, Xiaomi is polishing HyperOS 2 into a true competitor in the software game.
A Xiaomi spokesperson emphasized this focus: “We’re prioritizing the issues that hit daily usage hardest. This is just the start of our HyperOS optimization journey.” For users, this means a more reliable and enjoyable experience across Xiaomi’s ecosystem.
How to Get These HyperOS 2 Fixes
Ready to enjoy these improvements? Here’s how to check for the update:
Open Settings on your Xiaomi device.
Tap About Phone > System Update.
Hit Check for Updates and download if available.
Rollouts vary by region, so if it’s not there yet, keep an eye out over the next few weeks. Pro tip: Ensure your device is charged and connected to Wi-Fi for a smooth install.
What’s Next for HyperOS 2?
This update is a stepping stone in Xiaomi’s HyperOS journey. With HyperOS 2 powering flagships like the Xiaomi 15 series and integrating with devices like the Mi Band 9, Xiaomi is building a robust ecosystem. Future updates will likely bring more AI enhancements (think HyperAI upgrades) and broader device support, including mid-range models like the Redmi K70 Ultra.
For now, these bug fixes solidify HyperOS 2 as a platform that’s responsive to user needs—crucial for staying competitive against rivals like Apple’s iOS or Samsung’s One UI.
Conclusion
The latest Xiaomi HyperOS 2 bug fixes are a game-changer for flagship users, especially those rocking the Xiaomi 15 Pro or 13 Ultra. From smoother interfaces to better battery life, these updates make your device feel fresh and reliable. If you haven’t updated yet, head to your settings now and grab these improvements.
What do you think of HyperOS 2 so far? Have these fixes solved your issues, or are you still waiting for something specific? Drop your thoughts in the comments—we’d love to hear from you!
Looking for a budget-friendly yet powerful alternative to the Apple Watch? Xiaomi and its sub-brand Amazfit offer some of the best smartwatches and fitness trackers in 2025, blending sleek designs, advanced health tracking, and impressive battery life. Whether you’re an Android user or simply want a cost-effective option that rivals Apple’s flagship wearable, these devices deliver without breaking the bank. In this article, we explore five standout Xiaomi and Amazfit alternatives to the Apple Watch, complete with a comparison table and tips to help you choose the right one for your needs.
Discover the top 5 Xiaomi and Amazfit alternatives to Apple Watch in 2025. Compare features, battery life, and prices to find the best Xiaomi smartwatch or Amazfit wearable for you!
Why Consider Xiaomi and Amazfit Over Apple Watch?
The Apple Watch is a powerhouse, but its high price tag and 18-hour battery life don’t suit everyone. Xiaomi and Amazfit devices, on the other hand, offer premium features like AMOLED displays, GPS tracking, and health monitoring at a fraction of the cost. Plus, their extended battery life—ranging from 8 to 26 days—makes them ideal for users who hate daily charging. Compatible with both Android and iOS via apps like Zepp or Xiaomi Wear, these wearables are versatile and user-friendly.
Let’s dive into the top five Xiaomi and Amazfit alternatives to the Apple Watch, perfect for fitness enthusiasts, casual users, and budget-conscious buyers alike.
1. Amazfit GTS 4: The Stylish Apple Watch Lookalike
If you love the Apple Watch’s rectangular design, the Amazfit GTS 4 is your best bet. Its 1.75-inch AMOLED display with curved edges delivers vibrant visuals, while the BioTracker 4.0 sensor tracks heart rate, blood oxygen (SpO2), and stress levels with precision. With dual-band GPS and over 150 sports modes, it’s a fitness powerhouse.
Key Features: Alexa integration, Bluetooth calls, 8-day battery life.
Why It’s Great: The crown-style button enhances navigation, and its sleek look rivals premium smartwatches.
Best For: Style-conscious users who want advanced features on a budget.
2. Xiaomi Watch S1 Active: The All-Rounder
The Xiaomi Watch S1 Active strikes a balance between sporty and elegant. Its 1.43-inch AMOLED screen is crisp and bright, paired with 117 sports modes and built-in GPS for accurate tracking. Health features include heart rate monitoring and SpO2 measurement.
For a more traditional round-faced design, the Amazfit GTR 4 shines with its 1.43-inch AMOLED display and robust feature set. It offers dual-frequency GPS, music storage, and over 150 sports modes, plus health tracking for heart rate, SpO2, and sleep.
Key Features: 14-day battery life, Alexa support, Bluetooth calling.
Why It’s Great: Its exceptional battery life and classic style make it a standout.
Best For: Those who prioritize autonomy and a timeless look.
4. Xiaomi Smart Band 8 Pro: The Compact Contender
Though marketed as a fitness band, the Xiaomi Smart Band 8 Pro blurs the line with smartwatches. Its 1.74-inch AMOLED screen, built-in GPS, and 150+ sports modes make it a strong Apple Watch rival. It also tracks heart rate, SpO2, and sleep quality.
Why It’s Great: It’s lightweight and packed with features for less.
Best For: Users who want a smaller device with big capabilities.
Explore more in our Xiaomi Smart Band 8 Pro guide.
5. Amazfit Bip 5: The Budget Champion
The Amazfit Bip 5 proves you don’t need to spend much for a solid smartwatch. Its 1.91-inch TFT display is large and clear, and it includes GPS, 120+ sports modes, and basic health monitoring (heart rate, SpO2, stress).
Why It’s Great: It’s an affordable entry point with surprising features.
Best For: Budget buyers or first-time smartwatch users.
Xiaomi and Amazfit vs. Apple Watch: Comparison Table
Device
Display
Battery Life
GPS
Sports Modes
Price Range
Best For
Amazfit GTS 4
1.75″ AMOLED
8 days
Yes
150+
$150-$200
Style & Features
Xiaomi Watch S1 Active
1.43″ AMOLED
12 days
Yes
117
$120-$180
Versatility
Amazfit GTR 4
1.43″ AMOLED
14 days
Yes
150+
$180-$220
Battery & Classic Style
Xiaomi Smart Band 8 Pro
1.74″ AMOLED
14 days
Yes
150+
$70-$100
Compact & Affordable
Amazfit Bip 5
1.91″ TFT
10-26 days
Yes
120+
$50-$80
Budget Buyers
Apple Watch (Series 10)
1.9″ OLED (varies)
18 hours
Yes
50+
$399+
Ecosystem Integration
Note: Prices are approximate and may vary by region.
How Do They Stack Up Against the Apple Watch?
Design: The GTS 4 and Bip 5 mimic the Apple Watch’s square shape, while the GTR 4 and Watch S1 Active offer unique circular designs.
Features: All five devices provide health and fitness tracking, but they lack the Apple Watch’s app ecosystem and seamless iPhone integration.
Battery Life: Xiaomi and Amazfit devices crush the Apple Watch’s 18-hour runtime with days or weeks of usage.
Price: These alternatives cost significantly less, making them accessible to a wider audience.
If you’re tied to Apple’s ecosystem, the Apple Watch remains unmatched. But for Android users or those seeking value, Xiaomi and Amazfit are tough to beat.
Which One Should You Choose?
For Design Lovers: Go with the Amazfit GTS 4 for its Apple Watch-like aesthetic.
For Battery Enthusiasts: The Amazfit GTR 4 or Xiaomi Smart Band 8 Pro offer the longest runtime.
For Budget Shoppers: The Amazfit Bip 5 is unbeatable at its price point.
For All-Around Use: The Xiaomi Watch S1 Active balances style, features, and durability.
Still unsure? Tell us your priorities—design, battery, or specific features—and we’ll help you decide in the comments!
Conclusion
Xiaomi and Amazfit deliver some of the best alternatives to the Apple Watch in 2025, combining affordability with premium features. Whether you pick the stylish Amazfit GTS 4, the versatile Xiaomi Watch S1 Active, or the budget-friendly Amazfit Bip 5, you’re getting a device that rivals Apple’s offering in key areas like battery life and fitness tracking. Ready to make the switch? Check out these models on Xiaomi’s official store or your favorite retailer.
What’s your favorite Xiaomi or Amazfit smartwatch? Drop your thoughts below—we’d love to hear from you!
Xiaomi is making waves in the tech world by reigniting its efforts in in-house chipset development. Recent leaks have shed light on what may become the company’s next-generation System on Chip (SoC). This move aligns with Xiaomi for All’s mission to keep you updated on the latest innovations from the brand.
Xiaomi’s upcoming SoC is rumored to utilize TSMC’s N4P node, a more mature process than the previously speculated 3nm design. This strategic choice indicates a balanced focus on performance and production efficiency. The leaked specifications reveal an octa-core CPU configuration organized in a 1+3+4 layout. It features one high-performance Cortex X925 core clocked at 3.2GHz, three Cortex A725 cores at 2.6GHz, and four energy-efficient Cortex A520 cores operating at 2.0GHz. While it may not compete with flagship processors, this setup is well-suited for upper mid-range devices, likely debuting in the anticipated Xiaomi 15S, slated for 2025.
Graphics and Integration: What to Expect
On the graphics front, the SoC is expected to include an Imagination Technologies IMG DXT72 GPU running at 1.3GHz. Early predictions suggest that this GPU could even surpass the performance of the Adreno 740 found in Snapdragon 8 Gen 2, hinting at impressive graphics capabilities.
Moreover, Xiaomi plans to incorporate its own Image Signal Processor (ISP). Other components, such as the 5G modem and DSP, may be sourced from companies like MediaTek, Synopsys, or Huawei, depending on availability and geopolitical considerations. This approach allows Xiaomi to leverage existing technology while enhancing its proprietary offerings.
Xiaomi’s push for an in-house SoC reflects a broader strategy to lessen dependence on third-party chip manufacturers like Qualcomm and MediaTek. By developing its own chips, Xiaomi can achieve greater control over hardware-software integration, which is crucial for optimizing device performance. Additionally, this move positions the company to navigate supply chain challenges and manage production costs more effectively.
Future Implications for Xiaomi’s SoC Strategy
As the launch date draws closer, we anticipate more detailed information that will clarify Xiaomi’s strategic direction. This custom SoC could significantly impact the smartphone market, offering unique features that set Xiaomi devices apart from competitors.
In summary, Xiaomi’s renewed focus on in-house chip development is an exciting development that could reshape its product lineup and enhance user experience. We look forward to seeing how these advancements will play out in the coming years.
Xiaomi in-house chipset development
Xiaomi is set to revolutionize its smartphone offerings with in-house chipset development, enhancing performance and efficiency in future devices.
Introduction: HyperOS 3 vs iOS 18.4 – The Ultimate OS Battle
In 2025, the battle between smartphone operating systems is fiercer than ever, with Xiaomi’s HyperOS 3 and Apple’s iOS 18.4 leading the charge. HyperOS 3, paired with Android 16, promises a seamless and customizable experience, while iOS 18.4 brings refined features and Apple Intelligence enhancements. But which OS is better for you? In this detailed HyperOS 3 vs iOS 18.4 comparison, we’ll explore their features, performance, customization, and more to help you decide. Let’s dive in on xiaomiforall.com!
Performance and Stability: Speed and Efficiency Compared
Both HyperOS 3 and iOS 18.4 are built for speed, but they approach performance differently. HyperOS 3, running on Android 16, introduces HyperCore technology, which reduces CPU idle time by 19% and improves memory latency, as noted in Xiaomi’s recent updates. This makes multitasking on devices like the Xiaomi 15 Ultra smoother, especially for gamers and power users. The OS also leverages sophisticated blur effects, aligning with Android 16’s design overhaul, which adds visual depth without sacrificing performance.
iOS 18.4, released in early April 2025, focuses on stability with bug fixes and security updates. It addresses issues like unexpected restarts on iPhone 16 models and improves camera performance in macro mode. However, iOS 18.4 lacks new Apple Intelligence features for Siri, as Apple has delayed those until later updates. In performance tests, iOS 18.4 maintains Apple’s signature smoothness, but HyperOS 3’s optimizations give it a slight edge in resource-heavy tasks like gaming on devices with Snapdragon 8 Elite chipsets.
Verdict: HyperOS 3 takes the lead in performance for power users in this HyperOS 3 vs iOS 18.4 comparison, while iOS 18.4 excels in stability.
Customization: Flexibility vs Simplicity
Customization is a key battleground in the HyperOS 3 vs iOS 18.4 debate. HyperOS 3 builds on Xiaomi’s legacy of flexibility, offering extensive lock screen options, including the ability to place three widgets under the clock (compared to iOS’s single widget). You can also add effects like blur and carousel to your lock screen wallpaper, making it highly personalized. The Control Center in HyperOS 3 is intuitive, with a drag-and-drop system for adding and removing controls directly—no need for a separate editing mode like iOS 18.4’s Control Gallery.
iOS 18.4 allows users to customize icon colors, positions, and sizes on the home screen, a feature introduced in iOS 18. It also lets you resize Control Center controls, such as Dark Mode and Flashlight, for easier access. However, iOS 18.4’s customization still feels restrictive compared to HyperOS 3. For example, HyperOS 3’s ability to group controls and adjust icon sizes intuitively outshines iOS’s more rigid design choices.
Verdict: HyperOS 3 wins for customization in the HyperOS 3 vs iOS 18.4 showdown, offering more flexibility for users who love to personalize their devices.
Features and AI: Innovation at Its Best
HyperOS 3 introduces several user-centric features, including a revamped Control Center with a ripple effect for volume control, a feature inspired by iOS 18 but executed with more flair. It also adds native Wi-Fi file sharing with password protection, improving on previous methods like ShareMe. HyperOS 3’s HyperMind AI enhances system efficiency, smartly distributing resources for gaming and multitasking, as seen in the Xiaomi Game Turbo mode.
iOS 18.4 brings practical updates, such as integration for Japanese “My Number Card” Digital IDs in the Wallet app and support for robot vacuum systems in the Home app. The Photos app, redesigned in iOS 18, now supports ISO 21496-1 gain map for cross-platform HDR compatibility. However, iOS 18.4’s lack of new Apple Intelligence features—like advanced Siri updates—makes it feel less innovative compared to HyperOS 3’s AI-driven enhancements.
Verdict: HyperOS 3 offers more innovative features in this HyperOS 3 vs iOS 18.4 comparison, while iOS 18.4 focuses on practical updates.
User Interface: Design and Usability
HyperOS 3’s interface is vibrant and dynamic, with eye-catching animations and a clean, minimal design. Its iOS-inspired Control Center features large toggles and a grid-based layout for easy navigation. The recent apps menu, also iOS-style, makes multitasking a breeze. HyperOS 3’s design aligns with Android 16’s use of blur effects, creating a visually appealing experience that rivals Apple’s aesthetic.
iOS 18.4 refines Apple’s signature design with a focus on simplicity. The Photos app redesign, while controversial for some users due to its complexity, automatically generates slideshows for easy memory access. iOS 18.4 also adds text formatting in iMessage (bold, italic, etc.) and improves RCS support for more carriers. However, its Control Center customization, while improved, still lags behind HyperOS 3’s intuitive drag-and-drop system.
Verdict: HyperOS 3 offers a more user-friendly and visually dynamic interface in the HyperOS 3 vs iOS 18.4 battle.
Ecosystem Integration: Seamless Connectivity
HyperOS 3 is designed for Xiaomi’s ecosystem, offering seamless connectivity across devices like the Xiaomi Pad 7 and smart home products. Features like native Wi-Fi file sharing and increased virtual RAM (up to 16GB) enhance multitasking across devices. HyperOS 3’s focus on a unified experience makes it ideal for Xiaomi users.
iOS 18.4 excels in Apple’s ecosystem, with features like Emergency SOS Live Video and integration with the Home app for smart home control. Its ability to use a nearby iPhone or iPad to sign into a Mac with an Apple Account further strengthens its ecosystem. However, this comes at the cost of flexibility for users outside Apple’s walled garden.
Verdict: iOS 18.4 wins for ecosystem integration, but HyperOS 3 is more versatile for diverse device users in this HyperOS 3 vs iOS 18.4 comparison.
Software Updates: Longevity and Support
Xiaomi has confirmed that devices like the Xiaomi 15 Ultra will receive HyperOS 3 with Android 16, with support promised for some models until 2031. HyperOS 3’s rollout is expected to begin in October 2025, aligning with Android 16’s release. iOS 18.4, released in April 2025, supports a wide range of iPhones, but iOS 19 will drop support for older models like the iPhone XR and XS due to their A12 Bionic chip.
Verdict: Both OSes offer strong support, but HyperOS 3’s longer update promise gives it a slight edge in the HyperOS 3 vs iOS 18.4 race.
Final Verdict: HyperOS 3 vs iOS 18.4 – Which OS Should You Choose?
Choose HyperOS 3 if you value customization, performance, and innovative features. It’s perfect for Xiaomi users who want a dynamic and flexible OS, especially on devices like the Xiaomi 15 Ultra.
Choose iOS 18.4 if you’re deep in Apple’s ecosystem and prefer a stable, simple experience with seamless connectivity across devices.
Xiaomi has recently confirmed an exciting development for its users: an initial list of 22 devices set to receive the Android 16 update alongside HyperOS 3.0. This announcement has sparked significant interest within the tech community, especially since Android 16 is anticipated to launch in the second quarter of 2025, likely around June. Xiaomi appears to be gearing up for a swifter rollout compared to previous years, which is good news for Xiaomi enthusiasts.
Tentative List of Xiaomi Devices for Android 16
While the official list from Xiaomi is not yet available, we can make educated guesses based on historical update patterns and current models. Typically, flagship and high-end devices from the Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO series are prioritized for major updates. Here’s a tentative list of the 22 devices that are likely to receive Android 16:
Device Model
Xiaomi 15
Xiaomi 15 Pro
Xiaomi 14
Xiaomi 14 Pro
Xiaomi 14T
Xiaomi 14T Pro
Xiaomi 13
Xiaomi 13 Pro
Xiaomi 13 Ultra
Xiaomi Mix Flip
Redmi K80 Pro (POCO F7 Ultra)
Redmi K70
Redmi K70 Pro
Redmi K70 Ultra
Redmi Note 14 Pro 5G
Redmi Note 14 Pro+ 5G
Redmi Note 13 Pro 5G
Redmi Note 13 Pro+ 5G
POCO F6
POCO F6 Pro
POCO X7
POCO X6 Pro
Criteria for Device Selection
Xiaomi typically focuses on its flagship and high-end devices when rolling out significant updates. For instance, the POCO F7 Ultra, which is the global variant of the Redmi K80 Pro, has shown impressive performance in AnTuTu rankings, making it a strong candidate for this update. Devices launched in 2023 and 2024, which promise 3-4 years of software support, are also likely to be included in this update.
HyperOS 3.0, alongside Android 16, will introduce a revamped user interface for Xiaomi devices. Users can expect enhancements in multitasking, performance, and customization options. HyperOS 3.0 aims to align with Android 16’s new features, such as improved notifications and advanced focus modes. This update signifies Xiaomi’s commitment to providing a seamless user experience.
Expected Rollout Timeline
While Xiaomi hasn’t disclosed an exact release date for the update, early estimates suggest that the first devices may start receiving the update shortly after the official launch of Android 16. This could happen between July and August 2025, based on previous update cycles. Users can anticipate that the rollout will be swift, particularly for devices included in the initial list.
How to Check if Your Device is Eligible
To determine if your device is among those slated for the update, follow these steps:
Identify Your Model: Know your device’s exact name (e.g., Redmi Note 14 Pro 5G, not just “Redmi Note 14”).
Cross-Reference: Compare your device with the tentative list above.
Official Sources: Check Xiaomi’s official website (mi.com) or follow their social media channels for updates.
Update Tools: Use applications like HyperOS Downloader to check your device’s eligibility for future updates.
Important Considerations
It’s essential to note that this list is preliminary and may expand over time. Mid-range and older models might be included in subsequent waves of updates. Conversely, older or lower-end devices, such as the POCO M6 Pro 5G or models from the Redmi Note 10 series, are less likely to receive Android 16 due to limited support.
If your device isn’t on this initial list, don’t fret. Xiaomi may announce additional models in the future. Keep an eye on official announcements to confirm if your device will receive Android 16 and HyperOS 3.0. Do you own any of these devices? Share your thoughts in the comments!
Android 16 Update Overview
The Android 16 update promises to enhance user experience across multiple Xiaomi devices. With the introduction of HyperOS 3.0, users can look forward to a more refined interface and improved functionalities.
Xiaomi Android 16 update
Stay informed about the latest developments regarding the Xiaomi Android 16 update. This update is set to revolutionize user experience with enhanced features and performance.
Introduction: Xiaomi 15 Ultra vs OnePlus 13 – A Flagship Showdown
In 2025, the smartphone market is buzzing with flagship releases, and two devices stand out: the Xiaomi 15 Ultra and the OnePlus 13. Both phones promise top-tier performance, stunning displays, and cutting-edge features, but which one should you buy? In this detailed comparison of the Xiaomi 15 Ultra vs OnePlus 13, we’ll break down their specs, performance, cameras, battery life, and more to help you make an informed decision. Whether you’re a Xiaomi fan or a OnePlus enthusiast, this guide on xiaomiforall.com has you covered.
Performance and Hardware: Snapdragon 8 Elite Powerhouse
Both the Xiaomi 15 Ultra and OnePlus 13 are powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite chipset, making them some of the most powerful smartphones of 2025. The OnePlus 13 scores an impressive 3,121,239 points on AnTuTu, as seen in recent rankings, while the Xiaomi 15 Ultra is close behind, matching the performance of its sibling, the Xiaomi 15 Pro. For gaming, multitasking, and heavy apps, both devices deliver seamless experiences.
However, the OnePlus 13 has a slight edge in thermal management with its 9925mm² VC cooling system, compared to the Xiaomi 15 Ultra’s 4053mm² wing-shaped cold pump. In a 90-minute gaming session of Call of Duty: Mobile, the OnePlus 13 maintains higher FPS and stays cooler. The OnePlus 13 also offers up to 24GB of LPDDR5x RAM, while the Xiaomi 15 Ultra caps at 16GB. Both provide up to 1TB of UFS 4.0 storage.
Verdict: If you’re a gamer or power user, the OnePlus 13’s superior cooling and higher RAM make it the better choice in the Xiaomi 15 Ultra vs OnePlus 13 battle.
Display: Big, Bright, and Beautiful
The OnePlus 13 boasts a 6.82-inch LTPO AMOLED display with a 1440 x 3168 resolution, 120Hz refresh rate, and a peak brightness of 4500 nits. It supports HDR10+ and Dolby Vision, protected by Corning Gorilla Glass Victus 2. The Xiaomi 15 Ultra features a 12-bit OLED panel with 68B color support, a 1-120Hz adaptive refresh rate, and likely 3200 nits brightness, as seen in the Xiaomi 15 Pro. It also supports a wider range of HDR formats.
The OnePlus 13’s larger screen and LTPO technology offer better power efficiency, making it ideal for media consumption. However, the Xiaomi 15 Ultra’s display excels in color depth, which is great for creative professionals.
Verdict: For a larger, more efficient display, choose the OnePlus 13. For richer colors, the Xiaomi 15 Ultra wins in this Xiaomi 15 Ultra vs OnePlus 13 comparison.
Camera: Leica vs Hasselblad – Which Takes Better Shots?
Photography is a key battleground in the Xiaomi 15 Ultra vs OnePlus 13 debate. The Xiaomi 15 Ultra features a Leica-tuned quad-camera system, likely with a 50MP main sensor (1/1.31-inch), a 50MP ultra-wide, a 50MP 5x periscope telephoto, and an additional sensor. It supports 8K video and 10x lossless zoom, excelling in low-light and dynamic range thanks to Xiaomi’s AISP 2.0 platform.
The OnePlus 13 counters with a Hasselblad-tuned triple 50MP setup: a Sony LYT-808 main sensor, a 50MP ultra-wide, and a 50MP 3x periscope telephoto with a multi-prism structure for sharper zoom shots. It also supports 8K video and an incredible 120x digital zoom.
In blind tests, the Xiaomi 15 Ultra captures more light, while the OnePlus 13 delivers sharper telephoto shots. If you’re a photography enthusiast, the Xiaomi 15 Ultra’s versatility makes it the winner.
Verdict: The Xiaomi 15 Ultra takes the lead for professional-grade photography in the Xiaomi 15 Ultra vs OnePlus 13 showdown.
Battery and Charging: Power That Lasts
The Xiaomi 15 Ultra is rumored to pack a 6100mAh battery with 90W wired charging, 50W wireless charging, and magnetic charging. The OnePlus 13 has a 6000mAh battery with faster 100W SuperVOOC wired charging (full charge in 36 minutes), 50W wireless charging, and magnetic charging. In battery life tests, the OnePlus 13 lasts 7h 30min of active use, slightly edging out the Xiaomi 15’s 7h 18min.
Verdict: For faster charging, the OnePlus 13 wins. For a larger battery, the Xiaomi 15 Ultra is better in this Xiaomi 15 Ultra vs OnePlus 13 comparison.
Design and Build: Premium Looks and Durability
The Xiaomi 15 Ultra offers eco-leather or glass fiber back options, an aluminum frame, and Shield Glass 2.0 for display protection. It’s lighter but has a bulky camera module. The OnePlus 13, with finishes like Obsidian Ebony Wood Grain Glass, has an IP69 rating (better than the Xiaomi’s likely IP68) and Gorilla Glass Victus 2. It’s heavier (210-213g) and thicker (8.5-8.9mm) but feels more durable.
Verdict: The OnePlus 13 offers better durability, while the Xiaomi 15 Ultra is sleeker in the Xiaomi 15 Ultra vs OnePlus 13 matchup.
Software: HyperOS vs OxygenOS
Both phones run Android 15, with the Xiaomi 15 Ultra on HyperOS 2.0 (soon to update to HyperOS 3.0 with Android 16, as confirmed in Xiaomi’s recent announcement) and the OnePlus 13 on OxygenOS 15. HyperOS offers deep customization and ecosystem integration, while OxygenOS provides a cleaner, near-stock Android experience.
Verdict: Choose the Xiaomi 15 Ultra for customization, or the OnePlus 13 for a cleaner UI in this Xiaomi 15 Ultra vs OnePlus 13 comparison.
Price and Value: Which Offers More Bang for Your Buck?
The OnePlus 13 starts at ₹64,987 in India, while the Xiaomi 15 Ultra is priced at ₹109,999. The OnePlus 13 offers better value for performance-focused users, while the Xiaomi 15 Ultra justifies its price with its camera and design.
Verdict: The OnePlus 13 wins on value, but the Xiaomi 15 Ultra is worth the premium for photography lovers.
Final Verdict: Xiaomi 15 Ultra vs OnePlus 13 – Which Should You Buy?
Buy the Xiaomi 15 Ultra if you prioritize photography, a lighter design, and rich display colors. It’s perfect for creative professionals and Xiaomi ecosystem users.
Buy the OnePlus 13 if you want better value, faster charging, a larger display, and superior gaming performance. It’s ideal for power users and budget-conscious buyers.
Once again, AnTuTu has released its monthly ranking, spotlighting the top 10 most powerful smartphones of the moment, and Xiaomi’s POCO F7 Ultra has secured a spot among the elite. As the only Xiaomi device to make the cut in this latest ranking, the POCO F7 Ultra proves its mettle in a fiercely competitive field dominated by cutting-edge chipsets.
This month, MediaTek has made a significant leap, outshining Qualcomm in the performance race. The Vivo X200 Pro, powered by the MediaTek Dimensity 9400, claims the top spot with an impressive AnTuTu score of 2,902,298 points, showcasing MediaTek’s growing dominance in the flagship arena.
AnTuTu’s Top 10 Smartphones of April 2025
Here’s the full rundown of the top 10 most powerful smartphones, as per AnTuTu’s latest rankings:
Vivo X200 Pro (MediaTek Dimensity 9400) – 2,902,298 points
iQOO 13 (Snapdragon 8 Elite) – Taking second place, this Snapdragon-powered flagship continues to impress.
iQOO Neo 10 Pro (MediaTek Dimensity 9400) – Another win for MediaTek, securing third place.
OnePlus 13 (Snapdragon 8 Elite) – A strong contender from OnePlus, holding steady in fourth.
OnePlus Ace 5 Pro (Snapdragon 8 Elite) – Another Snapdragon 8 Elite device, rounding out the top five.
Realme GT7 Pro Racing Edition (Snapdragon 8 Elite) – Realme’s racing edition takes sixth place.
Realme GT7 Pro (Snapdragon 8 Elite) – The standard GT7 Pro follows closely in seventh.
Oppo Find X8 Pro (MediaTek Dimensity 9400) – MediaTek powers this flagship to eighth place.
REDMI K80 Pro (POCO F7 Ultra) (Snapdragon 8 Elite) – Xiaomi’s sole entry, with the POCO F7 Ultra being the global version of the REDMI K80 Pro.
Oppo Find X8 (MediaTek Dimensity 9400) – Closing the list with a score of 2,628,855 points.
The POCO F7 Ultra, also known as the REDMI K80 Pro in China, shares identical specs with its Chinese counterpart, making it a standout in the global market. Posts on X have highlighted its impressive features, including a Snapdragon 8 Elite chipset, a 6.67-inch 2K 120Hz Flow AMOLED display with 3200 nits peak brightness, a 50MP triple camera system with OIS, and a 5300mAh battery supporting 120W wired and 50W wireless charging. Its futuristic design, often depicted in vibrant orange and metallic blue tones, reflects a sleek, forward-thinking aesthetic that aligns with its high-performance capabilities.
A Futuristic Vision of Power
The POCO F7 Ultra’s inclusion in this ranking underscores its position as a premium yet affordable flagship. Imagine a device with a striking orange-metal-blue finish, its foldable display shimmering with a holographic glow, as if straight out of a sci-fi dream. This futuristic illustration captures the essence of the POCO F7 Ultra—a device that blends cutting-edge technology with a bold, visionary design.
MediaTek vs. Qualcomm: The Battle Heats Up
MediaTek’s Dimensity 9400 powers four of the top 10 devices, including the chart-topping Vivo X200 Pro, signaling a shift in the chipset landscape. Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8 Elite still holds strong with five entries, including the POCO F7 Ultra, but MediaTek’s performance gains are hard to ignore. This rivalry promises even more innovation as both companies vie for dominance in the high-end smartphone market.
For more details, check out the full AnTuTu rankings at AnTuTu. Stay tuned to xiaomiforall.com for the latest on Xiaomi’s powerhouse devices!
Xiaomi is making waves once again, announcing that it will unveil major updates this coming Monday, April 7, 2025. While the company has kept the specifics under wraps, speculation is rife that this could tie into the highly anticipated Xiaomi Mix Flip 2, recently spotted on China’s 3C certification with 67W fast charging. Fans are buzzing with excitement as Xiaomi prepares to drop what could be a game-changing reveal.
What’s Coming?
Details are scarce, but the rumor mill suggests we might see significant hardware or software announcements. The Mix Flip 2, expected to launch soon in China with a Snapdragon 8 Elite processor and possibly 50W wireless charging, could steal the spotlight. There’s also talk of enhancements to HyperOS, Xiaomi’s custom interface, promising an even smoother user experience across its devices. Following recent pledges to support select models with updates through 2031, a software-focused reveal isn’t off the table either.
Why It Matters
This announcement could solidify Xiaomi’s standing in the competitive foldable smartphone market, putting pressure on rivals like Samsung. With the company riding high after record-breaking electric vehicle deliveries in March 2025, Monday’s reveal might extend beyond smartphones, hinting at broader plans for the year ahead. Whatever’s in store, it’s clear Xiaomi is aiming big.
Stay tuned to xiaomiforall.com for the latest as we count down to Monday’s unveiling of Xiaomi’s “huge updates”—a moment that could redefine what’s next for the brand!
Xiaomi is gearing up to introduce its next-generation foldable smartphone, the Xiaomi Mix Flip 2, to the Chinese market. The highly anticipated device has recently surfaced on China’s 3C (China Compulsory Certification) database, signaling that its official launch is just around the corner. Alongside its certification, one of the key specifications of the Mix Flip 2 has been confirmed: it will support 67W fast charging, aligning with Xiaomi’s reputation for delivering cutting-edge technology at competitive prices.
A Step Closer to Launch
The Xiaomi Mix Flip 2 was spotted on the 3C certification platform under two model numbers: 2505APX7BC, believed to be the Chinese variant, and 2505APX7BG, speculated to be the global version. This dual listing hints at Xiaomi’s plans to bring the foldable device to international markets following its debut in China. While the 3C certification doesn’t reveal an exhaustive list of specifications, it does confirm that the Mix Flip 2 will come equipped with a charger bearing the model number MDY-15-EQ, which supports up to 67W wired fast charging.
This charging speed matches that of its predecessor, the original Xiaomi Mix Flip, which also featured 67W wired charging paired with a 4,780mAh battery. However, rumors suggest that the Mix Flip 2 could see improvements in other areas, such as battery capacity and wireless charging capabilities, making it a strong contender in the foldable smartphone segment.
What We Know So Far
The appearance of the Mix Flip 2 on the 3C database is a significant milestone, as this certification is a mandatory step for electronic devices before they can be sold in China. While the listing primarily focuses on charging specifications, earlier leaks and reports have provided additional insights into what fans can expect from Xiaomi’s next flip phone.
According to various sources, the Mix Flip 2 is rumored to feature a Snapdragon 8 Elite processor, positioning it as a high-performance device capable of competing with other flagship foldables like the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip series. Additionally, there’s speculation about a potential upgrade in battery size, with some reports suggesting a dual-cell 5,100mAh battery, a notable increase from the 4,780mAh capacity of the original Mix Flip. If true, this could offer users extended usage time, a critical factor for foldable devices with power-hungry displays.
Another exciting rumor is the inclusion of 50W wireless charging, a feature that was absent in the first Mix Flip. This addition would mark a significant upgrade, bringing the Mix Flip 2 in line with modern flagship standards and enhancing its appeal to tech enthusiasts.
Design and Features
While the 3C certification doesn’t shed light on the design, Xiaomi’s foldable lineup has consistently impressed with sleek aesthetics and innovative engineering. The Mix Flip 2 is expected to retain the clamshell form factor of its predecessor, featuring a large inner OLED display and a functional cover screen. Leaks also suggest that the device could boast an IPX8 rating for water resistance, a feature that would set it apart from many competitors in the foldable market.
The Mix Flip 2 is likely to run on Android 15 with Xiaomi’s HyperOS overlay, offering a smooth and customizable user experience. With the powerful Snapdragon 8 Elite chipset under the hood, the device should deliver top-tier performance for gaming, multitasking, and productivity.
Launch Timeline
Although Xiaomi has yet to announce an official launch date, the 3C certification suggests that the Mix Flip 2 could debut in China as early as May 2025. This timeline aligns with previous leaks from reliable sources, including tipster Digital Chat Station, who has hinted at a first-half 2025 release. Following its Chinese launch, the global variant (model 2505APX7BG) could roll out to international markets, potentially making it available to a broader audience eager for a premium foldable alternative.
Competitive Edge
The foldable smartphone market is heating up, with players like Samsung, Oppo, and Huawei vying for dominance. Xiaomi’s Mix Flip 2, with its confirmed 67W fast charging and rumored upgrades, is poised to challenge the status quo. The original Mix Flip already stood out with its large cover display and Leica-tuned cameras, and the Mix Flip 2 seems set to build on that foundation with enhanced hardware and features.
At a time when consumers are demanding more from their devices—faster charging, better battery life, and robust performance—the Mix Flip 2 could solidify Xiaomi’s position as a leader in the foldable space. Its competitive pricing, a hallmark of Xiaomi’s strategy, will also play a crucial role in determining its success against rivals like the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 6.
Final Thoughts
The Xiaomi Mix Flip 2 is shaping up to be an exciting addition to the foldable smartphone landscape. Its recent 3C certification, confirming 67W fast charging, is just the tip of the iceberg, with leaks pointing to a host of other premium features. As Xiaomi prepares to launch this device in China soon, all eyes will be on the company to see if it can deliver a foldable that not only meets but exceeds expectations.
Stay tuned for more updates as we approach the official unveiling of the Xiaomi Mix Flip 2—an innovative smartphone that could redefine what we expect from flip phones in 2025.
The Motorola Edge 60 Fusion, launched on April 2, 2025, in India, is a mid-to-high-range smartphone featuring a Pantone-validated quad-curved display, IP69 rating, and Moto AI integration. Powered by the MediaTek Dimensity 7400, a 6.67-inch 144Hz AMOLED screen, and a premium design, it targets the $300-$400 segment. But which Xiaomi, Redmi, or POCO device stands as its direct competitor? Let’s dive into the comparison to find out.
Software: Moto AI on Android 15 feels fresher than HyperOS on Android 14.
The POCO X7 Pro matches closely in price and power but lags in design and durability.
2. Xiaomi 14T (2024)
The Xiaomi 14T leans toward the higher end but could overlap in pricing.
Comparison Table: Motorola Edge 60 Fusion vs. Xiaomi 14T
Feature
Motorola Edge 60 Fusion
Xiaomi 14T
Processor
MediaTek Dimensity 7400
MediaTek Dimensity 8300 Ultra
Display
6.67″ AMOLED, 144Hz, quad-curved
6.67″ AMOLED, 144Hz, flat
Rear Cameras
50MP (OIS) + 13MP + 2MP
50MP (OIS) + 12MP + 5MP
Front Camera
32MP
32MP
Battery
4,400mAh, 68W
5,000mAh, 67W
OS
Android 15 with Moto AI
HyperOS (Android 14)
Durability
IP69
IP68
Price
~$350-$400
~$400-$450
Analysis
Performance: Dimensity 8300 Ultra is on par with 7400, slightly better in multitasking.
Display: Both hit 144Hz, but Motorola’s curved design stands out.
Battery: Xiaomi’s 5,000mAh edges out Motorola, though charging speeds are close.
Durability: IP69 vs. IP68 is a tight race, with Motorola slightly ahead.
Price: Xiaomi 14T’s higher cost makes it less direct.
The Xiaomi 14T is a premium alternative but overshoots the price range slightly.
Verdict: The Direct Rival
The POCO X7 Pro is the closest Xiaomi/Redmi/POCO competitor to the Motorola Edge 60 Fusion. Both target the $300-$400 range, deliver high-quality AMOLED displays, solid cameras, and MediaTek power. Motorola shines in design (curved screen, IP69) and software (Moto AI, Android 15), while POCO counters with superior battery life, faster charging, and raw performance. Your pick depends on priorities: style and durability (Motorola) or power and endurance (POCO).
Check XiaomiForAll.com for more on these devices and the latest tech updates.
Keywords: Motorola Edge 60 Fusion, POCO X7 Pro, Xiaomi 14T, direct competitor, 2025 smartphones, MediaTek Dimensity, XiaomiForAll.com
In a move that caught many tech enthusiasts off guard, POCO, the popular sub-brand of Xiaomi, has quietly rolled out the POCO M7 Pro 5G to global markets. While the launch didn’t come with the usual fanfare, this budget-friendly 5G smartphone is already making waves for its impressive specs, stylish design, and unbeatable price point. For Xiaomi fans and budget-conscious buyers alike, the POCO M7 Pro 5G is shaping up to be a game-changer in the mid-range smartphone segment. Here’s everything you need to know about this silent global release.
A Stealthy Global Debut
Unlike the high-profile launches we’ve come to expect from POCO, the M7 Pro 5G slipped into the global market with minimal buzz. Initially introduced in India earlier this year, the device has now expanded its reach to select international regions, catering to users seeking affordable 5G connectivity without breaking the bank. Available starting at just $179, the POCO M7 Pro 5G combines premium features with a price tag that undercuts many competitors, making it a standout option in 2025’s crowded smartphone landscape.
The silent release strategy might be POCO’s way of letting the product speak for itself. With a focus on performance, entertainment, and sleek aesthetics, this device is poised to attract attention organically—perfect for Xiaomi fans browsing sites like XiaomiForAll.com for the latest updates.
Key Features of the POCO M7 Pro 5G
The POCO M7 Pro 5G is packed with features that rival more expensive smartphones. Here’s a breakdown of what makes it a must-consider device:
At the heart of the POCO M7 Pro 5G lies the MediaTek Dimensity 7025 Ultra, a 6nm chipset designed for efficient performance and seamless multitasking. Whether you’re gaming, streaming, or juggling multiple apps, this processor delivers a smooth experience without draining your battery. For mobile gamers, this makes the M7 Pro 5G an affordable yet capable option.
2. Stunning 120Hz AMOLED Display
The phone sports a 6.67-inch Full HD+ AMOLED display with a buttery-smooth 120Hz refresh rate. With a peak brightness of up to 2100 nits, it’s perfect for outdoor use and immersive entertainment. From binge-watching your favorite shows to scrolling through social media, the vibrant colors and fluid visuals elevate the user experience.
3. Massive 5,110mAh Battery with 45W Fast Charging
Battery life is a highlight, thanks to the 5,110mAh capacity, which ensures all-day usage even under heavy loads. Paired with 45W fast charging (charger included in the box), you can juice up quickly and get back to what matters. This combo is a rare find in the budget segment, giving the M7 Pro 5G an edge over rivals.
4. 50MP AI-Powered Camera
Photography enthusiasts will appreciate the 50MP Sony IMX852 main camera, which captures detailed shots in good lighting. While low-light performance may not match flagship standards, it’s more than adequate for casual users. The 8MP front camera handles selfies and video calls with ease, supporting 1080p recording at 30fps.
5. HyperOS on Android 14
Running on Xiaomi’s HyperOS based on Android 14, the POCO M7 Pro 5G offers a clean, customizable software experience. POCO promises up to two major Android upgrades, ensuring the phone stays relevant for years to come.
6. Sleek Design and Color Options
Available in Lunar Dust (grey), Lavender Frost (light purple), and Olive Twilight (green), the M7 Pro 5G boasts a modern, two-tone polycarbonate back. It’s lightweight, durable, and stylish—perfect for users who value aesthetics alongside functionality.
Why the Silent Launch Matters
The POCO M7 Pro 5G’s quiet global rollout could be a strategic move to target price-sensitive markets without overspending on marketing. By relying on word-of-mouth and online buzz—especially on platforms like XiaomiForAll.com—POCO ensures the device reaches its core audience: tech-savvy users hunting for value-for-money gadgets. This approach aligns with the brand’s reputation for delivering high-spec devices at disruptive prices.
Compared to its sibling, the Redmi Note 14 5G, the M7 Pro 5G shares many similarities but stands out with its unique design and slightly tweaked features, catering specifically to POCO’s youthful, performance-driven fanbase.
Pricing and Availability
The POCO M7 Pro 5G starts at $179 for the base model (8GB RAM + 256GB storage), making it one of the most affordable 5G smartphones in its class. While availability varies by region, it’s already popping up on e-commerce platforms and Xiaomi’s official channels. Keep an eye on XiaomiForAll.com for updates on where to snag this deal in your country.
Who Should Buy the POCO M7 Pro 5G?
This phone is ideal for:
Budget buyers looking for 5G connectivity.
Gamers needing smooth performance on a budget.
Entertainment lovers who crave a vibrant display and long battery life.
Xiaomi fans eager to explore POCO’s latest offering.
However, if you’re a photography buff prioritizing low-light shots or need flagship-level power, you might want to look at higher-end models like the POCO F7 series.
Final Thoughts: A Silent Contender Worth Shouting About
The POCO M7 Pro 5G may have entered the global stage quietly, but its specs and pricing scream value. For those seeking a reliable, stylish, and future-proof 5G smartphone under $200, this device ticks all the right boxes. As POCO continues to disrupt the market, the M7 Pro 5G is a testament to the brand’s commitment to affordability and innovation.
Stay tuned to XiaomiForAll.com for hands-on reviews, comparisons, and the latest Xiaomi news. Have you spotted the POCO M7 Pro 5G in your region? Let us know in the comments below!
Below is a detailed table of specifications for the POCO M7 Pro 5G, based on the information available as of April 03, 2025. Following the table, I’ve included links to three official pages related to the device.
These links provide access to official sources where you can verify specifications, pricing, and availability. Note that some details (like exact global availability dates) may vary by region, so checking local Xiaomi or POCO websites is recommended for the most current information.
Keywords: POCO M7 Pro 5G, POCO M7 Pro 5G global release, budget 5G smartphone, MediaTek Dimensity 7025 Ultra, 120Hz AMOLED display, Xiaomi POCO, affordable 5G phone, POCO M7 Pro price, silent launch POCO M7 Pro, XiaomiForAll.com
The POCO F5, a popular mid-range smartphone launched in 2023, has begun receiving the much-anticipated HyperOS 2 update, built on Android 15. This update marks a significant milestone for POCO users, bringing a blend of Xiaomi’s refined HyperOS interface and Google’s latest Android innovations. With rollouts starting in China and expanding globally, here’s everything you need to know about this upgrade.
Rollout Timeline and Regional Updates
China Variant (Redmi Note 12 Turbo): The stable HyperOS 2.0 update kicked off recently with build OS2.0.5.0.VMRCNXM. This version integrates Android 15 and introduces Xiaomi’s “Alive Design Philosophy,” focusing on fluid animations and enhanced performance.
EEA (European Economic Area): Beta testers in the EEA region received HyperOS 2.0 with build OS2.0.1.0.VMREUXM. The stable rollout for broader European users is expected to follow shortly after testing concludes, likely in April or May 2025.
Global Markets: The global stable release is in preparation, with phased deployment anticipated over the coming weeks. Previous patterns suggest a full rollout by mid-2025 for regions like India, Russia, and beyond, depending on testing feedback and regional adjustments.
Mi Pilot Program: As with past updates, initial releases are limited to Mi Pilot testers, ensuring stability before a wider launch. Users enrolled in this program are the first to experience the update, with public availability typically lagging by a few weeks.
Key Features of HyperOS 2 with Android 15
Refined User Interface: HyperOS 2 introduces smoother animations, a redesigned multitasking UI inspired by iOS, and updated widgets for weather and themes. The “Alive Design Philosophy” emphasizes a visually dynamic experience.
Performance Boost: Enhanced RAM management and system optimizations promise faster app loading and seamless transitions, leveraging Android 15’s under-the-hood improvements.
AI Enhancements: New AI-driven features include smarter photo and video editing tools, improved scene recognition, and better low-light camera processing, making the POCO F5’s 64MP triple camera setup even more versatile.
Security Upgrades: Android 15 brings enhanced app permissions and real-time threat detection, paired with HyperOS 2’s updated privacy dashboard for greater user control.
Cross-Ecosystem Connectivity: Improved file transfer speeds between Xiaomi devices, Apple iPhones, and Windows PCs highlight HyperOS 2’s focus on a connected ecosystem.
Technical Details
Build Sizes: The update weighs around 6GB for the China variant (upgrading from HyperOS 1) and approximately 5.2GB for EEA beta testers, reflecting the inclusion of Android 15 and new features.
Prerequisites: Users need at least 50% battery and a stable internet connection to install. Checking for updates is simple via Settings > About Phone > System Update.
Hardware Compatibility: Powered by the Snapdragon 7+ Gen 2, the POCO F5 is well-equipped to handle HyperOS 2’s demands, ensuring a smooth experience on its 6.67-inch 120Hz AMOLED display.
User Implications and Expectations
Upgrade Path: The POCO F5 shipped with MIUI 14 on Android 13 and received HyperOS 1 on Android 14 earlier. HyperOS 2 with Android 15 is its second major OS update, aligning with POCO’s promise of two Android version upgrades for the F series.
Future Updates: After this, the device may receive HyperOS 3 in 2026, likely still based on Android 15, marking the end of its major update cycle. Security patches should continue for a while longer.
User Sentiment: Early feedback from beta testers highlights appreciation for the smoother UI and AI features, though some report minor bugs like uneven icon spacing or faster battery drain—issues Xiaomi is expected to address in stable releases.
How to Get the Update
Manual Check: Navigate to Settings > About Phone > System Update and tap “Check for Updates.”
Mi Pilot Access: Enroll in the POCO HyperOS Pilot Tester Program for early access, though this involves potential instability.
Manual Installation: Recovery ROMs are available for tech-savvy users willing to sideload the update, with official links provided by Xiaomi for supported regions.
Conclusion
The HyperOS 2 update with Android 15 elevates the POCO F5, blending Xiaomi’s software innovation with Google’s latest OS advancements. As the rollout expands from China to global markets, users can look forward to a refreshed, high-performance experience. Whether you’re a Mi Pilot tester or awaiting the stable release, this update reaffirms the POCO F5’s value in the competitive mid-range segment. Stay tuned for regional announcements and prepare to dive into a new chapter of mobile functionality.
April 01, 2025 – POCO has officially pulled back the curtain on its latest budget contender, the POCO C71, set to launch in India on April 4th at 12 PM IST. Priced under ₹7,000 (approximately $80 USD), this smartphone promises to redefine the entry-level segment with a massive display, robust battery, and modern features that rival pricier devices. As the successor to the POCO C61, the C71 aims to cement POCO’s reputation as the go-to brand for value-driven tech enthusiasts. Here’s everything you need to know about this budget king ahead of its big debut.
POCO C71: A Budget Smartphone with Blockbuster Ambitions
POCO has built a loyal following by delivering high-performance devices at unbeatable prices, and the POCO C71 looks poised to continue that legacy. Unveiled through teasers on X and a dedicated Flipkart microsite, the C71 combines a sleek design with specs that punch well above its weight. Scheduled for a “soft launch” on April 4th—where pricing and full details will be revealed across POCO’s website, Flipkart, and social channels—this device is already generating buzz as a potential game-changer in the sub-₹7,000 category.
Key Specifications of the POCO C71
The POCO C71 is loaded with features that make it stand out in the crowded budget market. Here’s what’s been confirmed so far:
Display: A segment-leading 6.88-inch HD+ IPS LCD with a 120Hz refresh rate and triple TÜV Rheinland certifications (Low Blue Light, Flicker-Free, Circadian-Friendly) for eye comfort. It also supports wet-touch functionality.
Processor: An octa-core chipset (rumored to be the UNISOC T7250) with an AnTuTu score exceeding 300,000, paired with 6GB RAM and up to 6GB virtual RAM expansion.
Storage: Up to 2TB expandable storage via a microSD slot.
Battery: A massive 5,200mAh battery with 15W fast charging (charger included), touted as the largest in its segment.
Cameras: A 32MP dual rear camera setup with an LED flash and an 8MP front-facing selfie camera.
Software: Android 15 out of the box, with 2 years of OS updates and 4 years of security patches.
Additional Features: IP52 dust and splash resistance, side-mounted fingerprint sensor, 3.5mm headphone jack, dual-band Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth.
At under ₹7,000, the POCO C71 brings premium touches like a high-refresh-rate display and long-term software support to a price point where compromises are the norm.
Design: Flashy Yet Functional
The POCO C71 sports a bold “split-grid” design with a dual-tone finish, giving it a fresh and modern aesthetic. Available in three striking colorways—Power Black, Cool Blue, and Desert Gold—the phone features a pill-shaped camera module with a golden frame, adding a touch of flair. Despite its budget roots, it offers an IP52 rating for dust and splash resistance, ensuring durability for everyday use. At a lightweight build (exact weight TBD), it balances a large screen with portability, making it a practical choice for on-the-go users.
Display: Bigger and Smoother
The star of the POCO C71 is undoubtedly its 6.88-inch HD+ display—the largest in its segment. With a 120Hz refresh rate, it promises buttery-smooth scrolling and an immersive experience for gaming, streaming, and browsing. The inclusion of wet-touch support means the screen remains responsive even with damp hands, while TÜV certifications ensure reduced eye strain during prolonged use. For binge-watchers and casual gamers on a budget, this display could be a dealbreaker.
Performance: Power on a Dime
Under the hood, the POCO C71 is powered by an octa-core processor, likely the UNISOC T7250, delivering an AnTuTu score of over 300,000. Paired with 6GB of RAM (expandable to 12GB via virtual RAM), it’s built to handle daily tasks like social media, light gaming, and multitasking without breaking a sweat. The 2TB expandable storage option is a boon for users who need space for photos, videos, and apps. Running Android 15 with a commitment to two years of updates, the C71 offers longevity rare in this price range.
Camera: Budget Photography Done Right
The POCO C71 doesn’t skimp on imaging, featuring a 32MP dual rear camera system designed to capture sharp, vibrant shots. While details on the secondary sensor remain under wraps, the setup is complemented by an LED flash for low-light scenarios. An 8MP front camera handles selfies and video calls, making it a solid all-rounder for casual photographers. Seven built-in film filters add a creative twist, appealing to social media enthusiasts.
Battery: All-Day Endurance
Battery life is a highlight, with the POCO C71 packing a 5,200mAh cell—the largest in its class. POCO claims it retains 80% health even after three years, a bold promise for budget buyers. With 15W fast charging and an included charger, it’s designed to keep up with demanding days, whether you’re streaming, chatting, or working on the go.
Availability and Pricing
The POCO C71 will launch in India on April 4th, exclusively via Flipkart and POCO’s official website. Priced under ₹7,000, it’s positioned as an affordable powerhouse, though exact variants and regional pricing will be confirmed at launch. Given its specs, it’s likely a rebranded Redmi A5 tailored for the Indian market, following Xiaomi’s strategy of offering region-specific value devices.
Why the POCO C71 Could Be the Budget King
In a segment where trade-offs are expected, the POCO C71 delivers a rare blend of size, speed, and stamina. Its 6.88-inch 120Hz display, 5,200mAh battery, and Android 15 software outshine competitors like the Realme C-series or Infinix Hot lineup at similar price points. The IP52 rating and long-term update promise further sweeten the deal, making it a standout choice for students, first-time buyers, or anyone seeking maximum value.
Final Thoughts: Should You Wait for April 4th?
The POCO C71’s unveiling has set high expectations, and its April 4th launch could crown it the budget king of 2025. For under ₹7,000, you’re getting a device that rivals mid-range phones in key areas like display and battery life, all wrapped in a stylish package. If you’re in the market for an affordable yet capable smartphone, mark your calendar—this one’s worth the wait.
Stay tuned for our full review post-launch, and let us know what you think of the POCO C71 in the comments below!
As smartwatches continue to gain traction, Xiaomi remains a key player in delivering affordable yet feature-packed options through its Redmi Watch lineup. Two standout models, the Redmi Watch 3 and the Redmi Watch 4, cater to users seeking quality on a budget. Released a year apart, these devices share similarities but also showcase significant upgrades that could sway your purchase decision. In this article, we pit the Redmi Watch 4 against the Redmi Watch 3, comparing design, specs, performance, and pricing to help you choose the right one. We’ve also included a detailed comparison table for a clear overview.
Design and Display: A Step Up in Style
The Redmi Watch 3, globally launched on December 27, 2022, boasts a compact, lightweight rectangular design (42.58 x 36.56 x 9.99 mm, 31 g without strap), perfect for smaller wrists. Its 1.75-inch AMOLED display (450 x 390 pixels) delivers vibrant colors and sharp visuals, housed in a practical plastic frame that keeps costs down.
In contrast, the Redmi Watch 4, unveiled globally on January 15, 2024, takes a bolder approach with a larger, more polished build (47.58 x 41.12 x 10.5 mm, 31.5 g). Its 1.97-inch AMOLED screen features a 60Hz refresh rate for smoother navigation, paired with an aluminum alloy frame and a stainless steel rotating crown for a premium feel.
Verdict: The Watch 3 suits those who prefer a subtle, compact design, while the Watch 4 appeals to users wanting a bigger, more stylish display.
Performance and Software: Modern Tech Edge
The Redmi Watch 3 runs on a proprietary OS tailored for basic tasks, equipped with sensors like an accelerometer, gyroscope, heart rate monitor, SpO2, and geomagnetic sensor. It supports over 120 sports modes and offers reliable Bluetooth 5.2 connectivity, alongside multi-system GPS (GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, Beidou).
The Redmi Watch 4 steps up with HyperOS, enhancing the interface and customization with over 200 watch faces. Its 4-channel PPG sensor improves health tracking accuracy by 10% compared to its predecessor, and it adds over 150 sports modes with voice guidance. Connectivity upgrades to Bluetooth 5.3, and it includes NFC for contactless payments (select markets), while retaining full GNSS support.
Verdict: The Watch 4 shines with advanced software and precision, though the Watch 3 remains solid for basic needs.
Battery Life: Power That Lasts
With a 289 mAh battery, the Redmi Watch 3 offers up to 12 days of typical use or 7 days with heavy usage, charging fully in about an hour. The Redmi Watch 4, however, packs a 470 mAh battery, stretching its life to 20 days under typical conditions, 10 days with always-on display (AOD), or up to 30 days in power-saving mode. Both use magnetic charging, but the Watch 4’s larger capacity caters to users who prefer fewer recharges.
Verdict: The Watch 4 dominates in battery life, making it ideal for those who value longevity.
Redmi Watch 3: Perfect for Beginners and Budget Buyers
The Redmi Watch 3 is a great fit for smartwatch newcomers or those on a tight budget. Its lightweight, compact design suits users with smaller wrists or anyone who prefers a low-profile device. Priced at around $60 USD in 2025, it’s an excellent pick for students, casual workers, or people needing basic health tracking and notifications without extra bells and whistles.
Redmi Watch 4: Ideal for Tech Enthusiasts and Style Seekers
The Redmi Watch 4 targets users who want a more advanced, stylish smartwatch without breaking the bank. Its larger screen, premium build, and extended battery life make it perfect for professionals, fitness buffs, or tech-savvy individuals who value customization and accurate health monitoring. At $90 USD, it’s a sweet spot for those seeking a modern, versatile device.
Conclusion: Which Should You Pick in 2025?
The Redmi Watch 3 remains a dependable choice for simplicity and affordability, delivering essentials at a wallet-friendly price. However, the Redmi Watch 4 takes the lead as the smarter buy in 2025, thanks to its upgraded design, battery, software, and tracking precision—all while staying reasonably priced. If your budget allows, the Watch 4 offers better value and future-proofing.
Ready to decide? Both watches are available at retailers like Amazon, Xiaomi’s official store, and more. Share your pick in the comments, and stay tuned for more tech comparisons!
April 01, 2025 – Xiaomi has officially unveiled the Redmi A5 on the global stage, following its initial launch in Indonesia just last week. Priced at an astonishingly affordable $79, this budget-friendly smartphone brings a compelling mix of modern features and reliable performance to users worldwide. With a sleek design, a smooth 120Hz display, and a massive 5,200mAh battery, the Redmi A5 is poised to make waves in the entry-level smartphone market. Here’s everything you need to know about this exciting new release.
Redmi A5 Makes Its Global Debut
Redmi A5 Global Debut: A Game-Changer in Budget Smartphones
Xiaomi’s Redmi series has long been synonymous with delivering high-value devices at accessible price points, and the Redmi A5 is no exception. Announced on April 1, 2025, the global debut of the Redmi A5 marks another milestone for the brand as it continues to cater to cost-conscious consumers without compromising on quality. Whether you’re a student, a professional, or someone looking for an affordable secondary device, the Redmi A5 promises to deliver an exceptional digital experience.
Key Specifications of the Redmi A5
The Redmi A5 stands out in the crowded budget smartphone segment with a well-rounded spec sheet. Here’s a breakdown of its standout features:
Display: A large 6.88-inch HD+ IPS LCD screen with a 120Hz refresh rate and 450 nits of peak brightness, ensuring smooth scrolling and decent visibility.
Processor: Powered by the UNISOC T7250 octa-core chipset, paired with 4GB of LPDDR4X RAM for reliable everyday performance.
Storage: 128GB of eMMC 5.1 internal storage, expandable via a dedicated microSD slot.
Battery: A hefty 5,200mAh battery with 15W fast charging support through a USB Type-C port.
Cameras: A 32MP rear camera with LED flash and an 8MP front-facing shooter for selfies and video calls.
Software: Runs on Android 15 Go Edition, optimized for entry-level hardware.
Additional Features: Side-mounted fingerprint scanner, AI face unlock, dual SIM support, dual-band Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.2, and a 3.5mm headphone jack.
At just $79, the Redmi A5 offers a rare combination of a high-refresh-rate display, a robust battery, and modern connectivity options, making it a standout choice in its price category.
Design and Build: Sleek and Practical
The Redmi A5 sports a sleek, modern design with a flat frame and a matte, smudge-resistant finish. Available in four eye-catching colors—Midnight Black, Sandy Gold, Lake Green, and Ocean Blue—it appeals to a wide range of aesthetic preferences. The Lake Green and Ocean Blue variants feature veined patterns inspired by nature, adding a touch of elegance to this budget device.
With dimensions of 171.1mm x 77.8mm x 8.26mm and a weight of 193 grams, the Redmi A5 strikes a balance between portability and usability. The enhanced camera deco with a metallic-feel surround adds a premium touch, while the side-mounted fingerprint sensor ensures quick and secure access.
Performance: Built for Everyday Use
Under the hood, the Redmi A5 is equipped with the UNISOC T7250 processor, an octa-core chip clocked at 1.8GHz, paired with a Mali-G57 MP1 GPU. While it’s not designed for heavy gaming or multitasking, it handles daily tasks like browsing, streaming, and social media with ease. The inclusion of 4GB of RAM, supplemented by up to 4GB of virtual RAM expansion, ensures smooth performance for its target audience.
The 128GB of internal storage provides ample space for apps, photos, and videos, and the dedicated microSD slot allows for further expansion—perfect for users who need extra room for their media.
Running Android 15 Go Edition out of the box, the Redmi A5 benefits from a lightweight OS tailored for budget devices. This ensures faster app launches and efficient resource management, even with modest hardware.
Display: Smooth and Immersive
One of the Redmi A5’s biggest highlights is its 6.88-inch HD+ display with a 120Hz refresh rate—a rarity in the sub-$80 segment. Whether you’re scrolling through social media, watching videos, or playing light games, the smooth refresh rate delivers a fluid and enjoyable experience. With a resolution of 1640 x 720 pixels and 450 nits of brightness, the screen offers decent clarity and visibility, though it may struggle under direct sunlight.
The display also comes with certifications like TÜV Rheinland Low Blue Light, Flicker-Free, and Circadian Friendly, making it easier on the eyes during extended use—a thoughtful addition for a budget device.
Camera: Capturing Moments on a Budget
Photography enthusiasts on a budget will appreciate the Redmi A5’s camera setup. The 32MP rear camera, accompanied by an LED flash, delivers solid performance for its price range. It’s capable of capturing detailed shots in good lighting, and the AI enhancements help optimize images for social media sharing. Video recording is supported at 1080p or 720p at 30fps, which is more than sufficient for casual use.
On the front, the 8MP selfie camera handles video calls and self-portraits with ease. While it won’t compete with flagship devices, it’s a reliable option for everyday photography needs.
Battery Life: Power That Lasts
The Redmi A5’s 5,200mAh battery is a standout feature, offering all-day power and then some. Whether you’re streaming videos, browsing the web, or staying connected on messaging apps, this battery ensures you won’t need to reach for a charger too often. Xiaomi claims strong battery health even after 1,000 charging cycles, adding to its long-term value.
With 15W fast charging support via USB-C, the Redmi A5 can recharge quickly when needed, though it’s worth noting that a charger may be sold separately in some markets.
Availability and Pricing
The Redmi A5 is now available globally, starting at just $79 (approximately Rs. 6,750 in India). Pricing may vary slightly depending on the region and local taxes. In India, the device is expected to launch as the POCO C71 on April 5, 2025, continuing Xiaomi’s tradition of rebranding Redmi models under the POCO lineup for the Indian market.
The phone is already on sale in several countries through Xiaomi’s official online and offline stores, as well as partner retailers like Amazon.
Why the Redmi A5 Stands Out
In a market flooded with budget smartphones, the Redmi A5 distinguishes itself with its blend of affordability and modern features. The 120Hz display, large battery, and Android 15 Go Edition make it a compelling choice for users seeking value without breaking the bank. While it’s not a powerhouse, it’s perfectly suited for casual users, first-time smartphone buyers, or anyone looking for a reliable backup device.
Compared to its predecessor, the Redmi A3, the A5 brings notable upgrades like a higher refresh rate, a better camera, and a more refined design—all while maintaining an ultra-low price point.
Final Thoughts: Should You Buy the Redmi A5?
The Redmi A5’s global debut reinforces Xiaomi’s dominance in the budget smartphone arena. For under $80, you’re getting a device that punches above its weight with a smooth display, long-lasting battery, and decent performance for everyday tasks. It’s an ideal pick for budget-conscious consumers who want a reliable smartphone without unnecessary frills.
As Xiaomi continues to expand its reach, the Redmi A5 is set to become a popular choice in markets worldwide. Keep an eye out for its availability in your region—and if you’re in India, mark your calendar for the POCO C71 launch on April 5, 2025.
Xiaomi, a prominent player in the global smartphone market, has recently announced a temporary halt to its software update schedule. This decision impacts millions of users who eagerly await Xiaomi’s frequent beta updates. Coinciding with the Qingming Festival, a significant cultural observance in China, this pause allows the development team to enhance upcoming releases and integrate valuable user feedback. Notably, the Xiaomi MIX Flip and Xiaomi 14T series will receive update support until 2029, highlighting Xiaomi’s dedication to device longevity.
Understanding the Update Suspension
Earlier this week, Xiaomi’s development team opted for transparency regarding the temporary update suspension. This proactive communication strategy reflects the company’s commitment to keeping its user base informed. The suspension primarily affects the weekly beta updates typically rolled out to participants in the Mi Pilot program. However, stable updates for mainstream users are expected to remain unaffected, although the company has not explicitly confirmed this detail.
The timing of this suspension aligns with the Qingming Festival, also known as Tomb Sweeping Day, celebrated annually in early April. During this time, millions of Chinese citizens honor their ancestors by visiting gravesites, burning incense, and making offerings. It is customary for businesses, including tech giants like Xiaomi, to reduce operations and allow employees to celebrate with their families. Consequently, Xiaomi’s headquarters in Beijing will likely operate with limited staff during this period, necessitating the update pause.
What This Means for Xiaomi Users
For those accustomed to the rapid pace of Xiaomi’s beta releases, the suspension has specific implications:
No Beta Updates This Week: Regular beta releases will be on hold during the Qingming Festival.
Resumption Post-Festival: Xiaomi intends to resume its standard update schedule right after the holiday, likely by mid-April 2025.
Feedback Processing: The development team is actively reviewing user suggestions and bug reports to ensure the next update brings meaningful improvements.
No Action Required: Users need not take any steps during this period; devices will continue to function normally, and stable updates (if scheduled) should proceed unaffected.
Additionally, Xiaomi has hinted at an upcoming update addressing a known issue with the Control Center freezing on certain devices. This fix, which has garnered attention on forums and social media, may debut in the post-festival beta, showcasing the company’s responsiveness to community feedback.
Qingming Festival: Cultural Context
The Qingming Festival carries profound cultural significance in China, with roots extending over 2,500 years. Beyond tomb sweeping, it is a time for family gatherings and outdoor activities like kite flying, as spring weather emerges. For tech companies like Xiaomi, observing this holiday is not just a logistical necessity but a tribute to their cultural heritage. In previous years, Xiaomi has similarly adjusted operations around major holidays, such as Chinese New Year and Qingming. However, this is the first time the company has explicitly linked an update suspension to the festival.
Long-Term Commitment to Device Updates
Amid this temporary pause, Xiaomi shared positive news for owners of its latest devices. The Xiaomi MIX Flip, the company’s inaugural clamshell foldable, and the Xiaomi 14T series will receive software updates until at least 2029. This commitment includes four years of major Android OS upgrades and five years of security patches, a significant enhancement from Xiaomi’s previous policies, which typically offered two to three years of support.
Launched in late 2024, both the MIX Flip and 14T series have garnered praise for their innovative designs and competitive pricing. This extended support aligns Xiaomi with industry leaders like Samsung and Google, who have raised the bar for long-term software updates in the Android ecosystem. For users, this means their devices will remain secure and feature-rich well into the next decade, enhancing their value proposition.
What’s Next for Xiaomi?
While the update suspension may inconvenience some eager beta testers, Xiaomi frames it as an opportunity to refine its software. The development team is reportedly working on integrating user-reported fixes and enhancements, potentially leading to a more polished release once the hiatus concludes. This strategic pause may also allow Xiaomi to prepare for significant announcements, possibly related to HyperOS, its custom Android skin, or upcoming hardware reveals later in 2025.
In closing, Xiaomi’s team extended warm Qingming Festival greetings to its global community, blending cultural reverence with its identity as a modern tech powerhouse. “We wish all our users a peaceful and meaningful holiday,” the statement read. “Thank you for your continued support—we’ll be back soon with exciting updates.”
Stay Tuned for Updates
Xiaomi users can expect the regular update cadence to resume shortly after the Qingming Festival concludes, likely by April 7 or 8, 2025. In the meantime, the company’s focus on user feedback and long-term support for devices like the MIX Flip and 14T series reinforces its reputation as a customer-centric brand. Keep an eye on Xiaomi’s official channels and here for the latest developments as the tech giant gears up for its next wave of innovations.
Xiaomi Temporary Suspension of Updates
Xiaomi’s temporary suspension of updates during the Qingming Festival allows for improvements and user feedback integration, ensuring better future releases.
Thinking about the Poco F7 Ultra? Discover 4 compelling reasons to buy this flagship killer and 2 reasons you might want to skip it. Read our in-depth guide now!
The Poco F7 Ultra has taken the smartphone world by storm, offering flagship-level features at a mid-range price. Launched in March 2025, this device from Xiaomi’s sub-brand Poco promises top-tier performance, a stunning display, and more—all for around $649. But is it the right phone for you? In this article, we’ll break down 4 reasons to buy the Poco F7 Ultra and 2 reasons to skip it, helping you make an informed decision.
What Is the Poco F7 Ultra?
Before diving into the pros and cons, let’s get a quick overview. The Poco F7 Ultra boasts the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite chipset, a 6.67-inch 2K AMOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate, and a 5,300mAh battery with 120W fast charging. It’s positioned as a “flagship killer,” blending premium specs with an affordable price tag. But like any phone, it has its strengths and weaknesses. Let’s explore them.
4 Reasons to Buy the Poco F7 Ultra
1. Unmatched Performance with Snapdragon 8 Elite
The Poco F7 Ultra is powered by the Snapdragon 8 Elite, Qualcomm’s latest and greatest chipset as of March 2025. This 3nm processor delivers blazing-fast performance, making it ideal for gamers, multitaskers, and power users. Whether you’re playing Genshin Impact at max settings or juggling multiple apps, this phone handles it all without breaking a sweat. Compared to rivals like the OnePlus 13R, the Poco F7 Ultra offers top-tier speed at a fraction of the cost.
Why it matters: If you crave flagship-level performance without spending $1,000+, this is a game-changer.
2. Stunning 2K AMOLED Display
The 6.67-inch 2K AMOLED screen is a visual treat. With a 120Hz refresh rate, Dolby Vision, and a peak brightness of 3,200 nits, it’s perfect for streaming Netflix, scrolling social media, or gaming. The thin 1.9mm bezels enhance the immersive experience, making it stand out in its price range. Compared to the Samsung Galaxy S25’s 2,600 nits, the Poco F7 Ultra’s display shines brighter—literally.
Why it matters: A vibrant, smooth display elevates everything from videos to everyday use.
3. Lightning-Fast 120W Charging
Battery life is solid with the 5,300mAh cell, but the real star is the 120W HyperCharge feature. You can go from 0% to 100% in about 30 minutes—ideal for those always on the go. Plus, it supports 50W wireless charging, a rarity in this price segment. While the Poco F7 Pro offers a larger 6,000mAh battery, the Ultra’s charging speed keeps it competitive.
Why it matters: Never worry about a dead phone again, even with heavy use.
4. Affordable Flagship Experience
Starting at $649, the Poco F7 Ultra delivers premium features—IP68 water resistance, a triple-camera system, and a sleek glass-metal design—at half the price of flagships like the iPhone 16 or Galaxy S25. It’s a steal for budget-conscious tech enthusiasts who refuse to compromise on quality.
Why it matters: You get near-flagship performance without breaking the bank.
2 Reasons to Skip the Poco F7 Ultra
1. Camera Falls Short of True Flagships
While the Poco F7 Ultra’s camera setup—a 50MP main, 50MP telephoto with 2.5x zoom, and 32MP ultrawide—is impressive for the price, it doesn’t match the Pixel 9 or Galaxy S24 in low-light performance or color accuracy. The telephoto lens excels at close-ups, but the ultrawide struggles at night, and selfies are just average. If photography is your priority, you might look elsewhere.
Why it matters: Serious shutterbugs may find it lacking compared to pricier rivals.
2. Software Support Could Be Better
Running Android 15 with HyperOS, the Poco F7 Ultra offers a smooth experience out of the box. However, Poco promises only 4 years of OS updates and 6 years of security patches—decent, but not on par with Google’s 7-year commitment for the Pixel 9. Plus, some pre-installed apps clutter the interface, which might annoy purists.
Why it matters: Long-term software support and a clean UI are key for some users.
Who Should Buy the Poco F7 Ultra?
The Poco F7 Ultra is perfect for:
Gamers seeking top performance on a budget.
Media lovers who want a bright, smooth display.
Anyone needing fast charging and solid battery life.
Value-driven buyers who don’t need the best camera.
However, if you prioritize photography or long-term software updates, consider alternatives like the Google Pixel 9 or Samsung Galaxy S25
Final Verdict: Is the Poco F7 Ultra Worth It?
The Poco F7 Ultra is a powerhouse that punches above its weight. Its Snapdragon 8 Elite chipset, stunning display, rapid charging, and affordable price make it a no-brainer for many. However, its camera and software support might leave some wanting more. Weigh your priorities—if performance and value top your list, this phone is a winner.
Ready to decide? Check out our Poco F7 Ultra vs. Poco F7 Pro comparison for more insights, or dive into the comments below to share your thoughts!
The landscape of connectivity is evolving, and at the forefront is 6G technology. Announced at the “6G Technology and Industry Innovation Forum” during the Zhongguancun Forum on March 29, 2025, this next-generation network could make its commercial debut as early as 2030. This upcoming shift promises to redefine our digital interactions. Unlike a sudden jump, 6G will gradually emerge from 5.5G (often referred to as 5G-Advanced), ensuring a smooth transition for network providers and device manufacturers.
6G Connectivity
The “New Three” of Information Consumption
Zhang Ping, a prominent figure in the Chinese Academy of Engineering, outlined a visionary framework for 6G, emphasizing what he calls the “new three” of information consumption: intelligent connected vehicles, smart terminals, and advanced robotics. By 2030, these technologies are expected to converge seamlessly, enhancing our everyday experiences across various life scenarios—covering people, vehicles, and homes.
6G will not merely focus on faster download speeds. It will facilitate entirely new categories of devices and services that current networks struggle to support. Imagine vehicles that communicate instantaneously with each other and their environments, smart devices that anticipate our needs, and robots that operate with unparalleled precision—all integrated into our daily lives. This convergence will revolutionize our relationship with technology, creating an interconnected digital ecosystem that enhances how we live, work, and travel.
A Structured Development Roadmap
The journey toward 6G is deliberate, adhering to the telecommunications industry’s established development cycle. Key milestones include:
Timeline
Milestone Description
July 2025
Standardization efforts will officially begin.
2028
Industrial validation will commence.
2030
Commercial rollout is anticipated.
6G will ensure complete backward compatibility with existing 5G networks, allowing for a seamless transition for users and operators alike. The current 5.5G deployments will serve as small-scale trials, bridging the gap between today’s technology and tomorrow’s advancements. This evolutionary strategy minimizes disruption while maximizing opportunities for innovation.
The AI-Powered Core of 6G
What distinguishes 6G is not just its speed but its intelligence. Zhang highlighted that the core innovation of 6G lies in the deep integration of intelligent communications with artificial intelligence. This integration aims to enhance real-time interactive capabilities. Imagine a network that not only transmits data but also thinks, adapts, and responds instantaneously.
This AI-driven framework positions 6G as more than a telecommunications upgrade; it is the cornerstone of digital transformation across various industries, including healthcare, transportation, and smart cities. Governments are beginning to recognize its strategic significance, as 6G is increasingly featured in official reports as a driver of societal progress.
The Future Landscape with 6G
By 2030, 6G is set to unlock possibilities that currently feel like science fiction. Intelligent connected vehicles could navigate with zero latency, drastically reducing accidents and transforming transportation. Next-generation smart terminals—ranging from advanced smartphones to wearables and even brain-computer interfaces—might anticipate our needs before we express them. Furthermore, high-end robots, powered by 6G’s low-latency and high-bandwidth capabilities, could revolutionize sectors like manufacturing, logistics, and healthcare.
Beyond individual innovations, 6G promises to merge the physical and digital realms in unprecedented ways. Real-time interactions will feel instantaneous, paving the way for innovations we can barely envision today. As Zhang Ping stated, this evolution isn’t merely about technology; it’s about fundamentally reshaping society through enhanced connectivity.
Preparing for the 6G Revolution
While 2030 may seem far off, the groundwork is being laid today. The standardization process starting in 2025 will initiate a wave of research and development, followed by real-world trials in 2028. For consumers, this gradual rollout means no abrupt obsolescence; your existing 5G devices will remain functional while we progress toward a more intelligent and interconnected future.
As we approach the 6G era, it is evident that this isn’t just another step in wireless technology. It represents a significant leap toward a new digital paradigm where intelligence, connectivity, and human experience converge. By 2030, 6G could very well become the backbone of a world that is more responsive, efficient, and interconnected than ever before. The countdown has begun—are you ready?
6G Technology Insights
6G technology is set to revolutionize connectivity by 2030, integrating AI and enhancing real-time interactions across industries.
Tags: 6G, 5G, AI, smart vehicles, robotics, digital transformation
In the dynamic landscape of smartphones, Xiaomi continues to shine with devices that blend innovation, performance, and affordability. Today, we delve into a head-to-head comparison between two of its notable releases: the Xiaomi 15 and the Poco F7. Both smartphones, launched within the past year, promise impressive power, sleek design, and premium features. However, which one is the right fit for you? In this ultimate comparison, we will dissect their specifications, design, camera capabilities, battery life, and more to help you make an informed choice.
Understanding the Xiaomi 15 and Poco F7
The Xiaomi 15 stands as the flagship model, tailored for users who demand cutting-edge technology. Conversely, the Poco F7, part of the Poco sub-brand, aims at those who seek outstanding performance without breaking the bank. While both smartphones share some common ground, such as the HyperOS based on Android 15, their target audiences differ significantly. Let’s break down what each device offers.
Xiaomi 15 The Xiaomi 15 features a compact and premium design, weighing just 191 grams. Its Gorilla Glass finish and 6.36-inch AMOLED display, with a resolution of 2670×1200, deliver vibrant colors and a peak brightness of 3200 nits, making it perfect for outdoor use. Its manageable size appeals to users who prefer sleek devices that fit comfortably in the hand.
Poco F7 On the other hand, the Poco F7 boasts a larger 6.67-inch AMOLED display with a resolution of 2712×1220. While it weighs slightly more at 206 grams, its curved glass design and IP68 water resistance enhance its robustness. However, it falls short in brightness compared to the Xiaomi 15, reaching only 2400 nits.
Verdict: If you prioritize elegance and portability, the Xiaomi 15 is the clear winner. For those who enjoy larger screens for gaming or multimedia, the Poco F7 stands out.
Performance: Flagship Power vs. Accessible Strength
The Xiaomi 15 incorporates the Snapdragon 8 Elite (Gen 4), Qualcomm’s most advanced processor to date. With an impressive AnTuTu score of 3,044,897, it outperforms the Poco F7’s Snapdragon 8 Gen 3, which scores 1,986,033. This translates to superior performance in demanding games like Genshin Impact and during intensive multitasking.
Although the Poco F7 uses an older chip, it still delivers solid performance for gaming and daily tasks, thanks to its optimization with HyperOS and Wild Boost 3.0. Nonetheless, it does not match the Xiaomi 15’s fluidity in extreme scenarios.
Verdict: The Xiaomi 15 excels in raw power, while the Poco F7 provides excellent performance at a more budget-friendly price.
Camera Capabilities: Premium Quality vs. Basic Functionality
Xiaomi 15 The Xiaomi 15 shines in the photography department, featuring a triple camera system with a 50 MP main sensor (Light Hunter 900), an ultra-wide lens, and a telephoto lens with optical zoom. Its partnership with Leica ensures sharp images, a wide dynamic range, and impressive low-light performance. The 32 MP front camera is perfect for selfies and video calls.
Poco F7 In contrast, the Poco F7 has a 50 MP main sensor (Light Hunter 800) that performs adequately in normal conditions. However, its 8 MP ultra-wide and 2 MP macro lenses fall short compared to the versatility offered by the Xiaomi 15. The 20 MP front camera is decent but lacks standout features.
Verdict: The Xiaomi 15 reigns supreme in photography, while the Poco F7 is sufficient for casual users.
Battery Life and Charging: Endurance vs. Speed
The Poco F7 takes the lead in battery capacity with 6000 mAh, providing up to a day and a half of intensive use. However, its 90W fast charging is slower than the Xiaomi 15, which features a 5400 mAh battery that reaches 100% in about 30 minutes with its 120W charging. Additionally, the Xiaomi 15 offers 50W wireless charging, a convenience absent in the Poco F7.
Verdict: While the Poco F7 lasts longer, the Xiaomi 15 charges faster and offers more flexibility.
Price and Value Proposition
The Xiaomi 15 is priced at ₹64,999 (~$780 / €720), justifying its cutting-edge technology and premium experience. Conversely, the Poco F7, at ₹32,990 (~$400 / €360), presents an excellent value for those seeking performance without overspending. If budget constraints are a concern, the Poco F7 provides more bang for your buck.
Which One Should You Choose?
Choose the Xiaomi 15 if: You desire top-notch performance, superior cameras, and a compact design, and are willing to invest more.
Choose the Poco F7 if: You prioritize a larger battery, a bigger display, and affordability without sacrificing too much on performance.
Conclusion
Both the Xiaomi 15 and Poco F7 are exceptional choices within their respective categories. The Xiaomi 15 is the ideal premium smartphone for those seeking the latest in technology, while the Poco F7 caters to practical users wanting high performance at a lower cost. Which one captures your interest? Share your thoughts in the comments!
Xiaomi 15 vs Poco F7
Explore our in-depth analysis of the Xiaomi 15 vs Poco F7 to find out which smartphone best suits your needs and budget.
As we delve into the latest flagship offerings from Xiaomi, the Xiaomi 15 Ultra and the Xiaomi 15 Pro, it’s essential to assess whether the additional investment in the Ultra model is worthwhile. Both smartphones showcase cutting-edge technology for 2025, but the price difference is notable. In this article, we will compare their design, performance, camera capabilities, battery life, and pricing to determine which device truly meets your needs.
Design and Display: Which One Stands Out?
Xiaomi 15 Ultra: Style Meets Durability
The Xiaomi 15 Ultra features a stunning 6.73-inch LTPO AMOLED display with a resolution of 1440p, a refresh rate of 120 Hz, and a peak brightness of 3200 nits. This smartphone boasts an elegant design, utilizing aerospace-grade glass and eco-leather options, all protected by Xiaomi Shield Glass 2.0. For users who prioritize both aesthetics and durability, the Ultra is a perfect choice.
Xiaomi 15 Pro: Functional Minimalism
On the other hand, the Xiaomi 15 Pro also sports a 6.73-inch AMOLED display with a 120 Hz refresh rate, but it has a lower resolution of 1080p+. While it comes with IP68 certification for water and dust resistance, the materials used are less premium compared to the Ultra. The Pro is an excellent option for those who prefer a solid design without unnecessary frills.
Verdict: The Ultra excels in resolution and premium materials, while the Pro remains a stylish and resilient choice.
Performance: Power for Every User
Both smartphones are equipped with the Snapdragon 8 Elite chipset, the leading processor of 2025. However, there are subtle distinctions in their performance capabilities:
Xiaomi 15 Ultra: Offers up to 16 GB of RAM and 1 TB of UFS 4.1 storage, along with an advanced cooling system. This makes it ideal for gamers and power users who demand top-tier performance.
Xiaomi 15 Pro: Matches the Ultra with up to 16 GB of RAM and 1 TB of storage, but it features UFS 4.0, which is slightly slower. This model is more than adequate for daily intensive use.
In benchmark tests, the Ultra consistently outperforms the Pro in demanding tasks, although both devices handle games like Genshin Impact exceptionally well. If you’re seeking the pinnacle of performance, the Ultra is the clear choice.
Camera Capabilities: Professional Photography vs Versatility
Xiaomi 15 Ultra: A Photographer’s Dream
The Xiaomi 15 Ultra elevates mobile photography with its optimized Leica quad-camera system, which includes:
This configuration excels in capturing high-quality portraits, landscapes, and low-light shots.
Xiaomi 15 Pro: Solid Quality
Conversely, the Xiaomi 15 Pro features a triple-camera setup, all at 50 MP (main, ultra-wide, and 5x telephoto). While it delivers excellent results, it lacks the versatility and zoom capabilities of the Ultra.
Verdict: For photography enthusiasts, the Xiaomi 15 Ultra justifies its higher price tag.
Battery Life and Charging: Which Lasts Longer?
Xiaomi 15 Pro: Equipped with a robust 6100 mAh battery, it supports fast charging at 90W via cable and 50W wirelessly. This makes it perfect for long days without frequent recharging.
Xiaomi 15 Ultra: It houses a slightly smaller 5410 mAh battery (6000 mAh in China), with similar fast charging capabilities at 90W wired and 80W wireless. The Ultra charges more quickly without cables.
While the Pro lasts longer on a single charge, the Ultra offers greater convenience with its advanced wireless charging features. Your choice will depend on your daily habits.
Comparative Table: Xiaomi 15 Ultra vs Xiaomi 15 Pro
Feature
Xiaomi 15 Ultra
Xiaomi 15 Pro
Display
6.73″ AMOLED 1440p, 120 Hz
6.73″ AMOLED 1080p+, 120 Hz
Processor
Snapdragon 8 Elite
Snapdragon 8 Elite
Rear Cameras
50 MP + 200 MP + 50 MP + TOF 3D
50 MP + 50 MP + 50 MP
Battery
5410 mAh (80W wireless)
6100 mAh (50W wireless)
Starting Price
$1099 (approx. €1020)
$749 (approx. €700)
Pricing: What Are You Willing to Spend?
The Xiaomi 15 Ultra is priced at $1099, while the Xiaomi 15 Pro starts at $749. The $350 difference is justified by the Ultra’s superior camera system, design, and charging capabilities. If you’re looking for a flagship device that’s budget-friendly, the Pro is hard to beat. However, if you want the best Xiaomi has to offer, the Ultra is worth every penny.
Conclusion: Which One Should You Buy in 2025?
For those seeking a powerful and balanced smartphone at a competitive price, the Xiaomi 15 Pro is an excellent choice. In contrast, the Xiaomi 15 Ultra caters to photography lovers and those who appreciate premium design and cutting-edge technology. Is the extra cost justified? Yes, if you prioritize camera quality and exclusivity; otherwise, the Pro will serve you exceptionally well.
Still undecided? Explore more smartphone comparisons on Xiaomi for All or share your thoughts in the comments. Choose your ideal device today!
Xiaomi 15 Ultra vs Xiaomi 15 Pro
Explore the comparison between Xiaomi 15 Ultra vs Xiaomi 15 Pro to find out which flagship smartphone suits your needs best.
La conectividad del futuro se llama 6G, y está a la vuelta de la esquina. En el reciente “Foro de Innovación de Tecnología e Industria 6G”, Zhang Ping, académico de la Academia China de Ingeniería, anunció que las primeras redes comerciales de 6G podrían lanzarse tan pronto como en 2030. Este avance promete transformar nuestra interacción con el mundo digital, evolucionando gradualmente desde el 5.5G, también conocido como 5G-Avanzado. Esta transición asegurará que tanto los operadores de red como los fabricantes de dispositivos se adapten sin problemas a esta nueva era.
La Nueva Era de Consumo de Información
Zhang Ping presentó una visión audaz para el 6G, enfocándose en lo que él llama las “nuevas tres” del consumo de información: vehículos conectados inteligentes, terminales inteligentes y robots de alta gama. Para 2030, estas tecnologías convergerán, ofreciendo cobertura total en escenarios cotidianos como hogares y automóviles. A diferencia de sus predecesores, el 6G no solo se tratará de velocidades de descarga más rápidas. También permitirá la creación de dispositivos y servicios que las redes actuales apenas pueden soportar.
Innovaciones que Transformarán Nuestras Vidas
Imagina coches que se comunican entre sí y con su entorno en tiempo real. Piensa en dispositivos inteligentes que anticipan tus necesidades y robots que operan con una precisión sin precedentes. Esta convergencia cambiará nuestra relación con la tecnología, creando un ecosistema digital interconectado que mejorará nuestra calidad de vida.
Vehículos conectados: Comunicación instantánea para una conducción más segura.
Terminales inteligentes: Dispositivos que se adaptan a nuestras rutinas.
Robots avanzados: Automatización eficiente en diversas industrias.
Una Hoja de Ruta Clara para el 6G
El desarrollo del 6G sigue un ciclo metódico. Zhang delineó hitos clave que guiarán su evolución:
Año
Hito
2025
Comienzo de la estandarización del 6G.
2028
Validación industrial en escenarios reales.
2030
Lanzamiento comercial para el público.
El 6G mantendrá compatibilidad total con las redes 5G existentes, asegurando una transición fluida. Las implementaciones actuales de 5.5G servirán como pruebas a pequeña escala, facilitando el paso hacia el futuro.
La Inteligencia como Núcleo del 6G
Lo que distingue al 6G no es solo su velocidad, sino su inteligencia. Zhang subrayó que el avance clave del 6G radica en la integración profunda de comunicaciones inteligentes y la inteligencia artificial. Esta fusión permitirá que las redes no solo transmitan datos, sino que también piensen y se adapten en tiempo real.
Aplicaciones de la IA en el 6G
Optimización de manufactura: Redes que mejoran la precisión robótica.
Experiencias virtuales inmersivas: Respuestas rápidas para interacciones en tiempo real.
Modelos de IA en tiempo real: Capacidades de aprendizaje instantáneo.
Este enfoque impulsado por la IA posiciona al 6G como más que una simple mejora de telecomunicaciones. Se convertirá en la infraestructura fundamental para la transformación digital en sectores como la salud y el transporte.
El Futuro con 6G
Para 2030, el 6G podría abrir posibilidades que hoy parecen de ciencia ficción. Los vehículos inteligentes navegarán sin latencia, reduciendo accidentes y revolucionando el transporte. Los terminales inteligentes anticiparán nuestras necesidades, y los robots de alta gama transformarán industrias enteras.
Interacciones instantáneas: La conexión entre mundos físico y digital se volverá más fluida.
Innovaciones inesperadas: La creatividad humana se verá impulsada por nuevas capacidades tecnológicas.
Preparándonos para la Era del 6G
Aunque 2030 parezca lejano, los cimientos se están estableciendo ahora. La estandarización en 2025 iniciará una ola de investigación y desarrollo, seguida de pruebas en el mundo real en 2028. Para los consumidores, esto significa que sus dispositivos 5G actuales seguirán siendo útiles, mientras avanzamos hacia un futuro más inteligente y conectado.
La cuenta regresiva ha comenzado. El 6G no solo representa el siguiente paso en tecnología inalámbrica, sino un salto hacia un nuevo paradigma digital donde la inteligencia, la conectividad y la experiencia humana se entrelazan. ¿Estás listo para esta transformación?
6G: La Revolución de la Conectividad
El 6G promete cambiar nuestra forma de vivir y trabajar, convirtiéndose en el pilar de un mundo más interconectado.
Artificial intelligence (AI) is reshaping how we interact with technology, and Xiaomi, a brand synonymous with innovation and affordability, is leading the charge. With the integration of Gemini, Google’s cutting-edge AI, into Xiaomi smartphones, users are in for a game-changing experience. What does this mean for your next Xiaomi device? Let’s explore how Gemini and Xiaomi are teaming up to transform your everyday life.
What Is Gemini, Google’s AI?
Gemini is Google’s most advanced AI model to date. Unlike predecessors like Google Assistant, Gemini is multimodal, capable of processing text, images, audio, and even code natively. Launched as an evolution of Bard, it comes in three variants—Nano, Pro, and Ultra—and is designed to outshine competitors like GPT-4 in performance benchmarks. For Xiaomi fans, the exciting part is its integration into devices running HyperOS, Xiaomi’s Android 14-based operating system.
Xiaomi Embraces Gemini: A Groundbreaking Collaboration
At the October 2024 launch of the Xiaomi 14T series, Xiaomi revealed its partnership with Google to embed Gemini as the default assistant. Zaheed Sabur, Google’s lead for Gemini on mobile, showcased how this AI enhances features like Circle to Search and Gemini Live, a seamless conversational tool set to expand to more languages, including Spanish, soon.
This isn’t just for flagship devices. Xiaomi plans to roll out Gemini to models like Redmi and POCO, provided they run Android 14 and have at least 4 GB of RAM. Soon, you could be using Gemini on your Xiaomi for everything from photo editing to trip planning.
What Can Gemini Do for Xiaomi Users?
Gemini’s integration into Xiaomi devices unlocks a world of possibilities:
Contextual Assistance: Snap a photo with your Xiaomi and ask Gemini to explain what it is or how to use it.
Boosted Productivity: Sync Gemini with Gmail or Google Calendar to manage your schedule hands-free.
Unleash Creativity: Generate social media ideas, edit videos with AI Film, or auto-create montages from your Xiaomi gallery.
Time-Saving Features: Use Gemini Live’s voice commands to book tickets, find recipes, or translate conversations instantly.
Paired with HyperOS, Gemini integrates smoothly with Google apps and Xiaomi’s native features, like Leica-enhanced camera tools.
Requirements to Use Gemini on Your Xiaomi
Ready to try Gemini? You’ll need:
A Xiaomi, Redmi, or POCO device running Android 14 (or HyperOS).
At least 4 GB of RAM for optimal performance.
The Gemini app, available on Google Play Store (or bundled in the Google app for iOS).
Currently, Gemini is live in regions like the US, Japan, and parts of Europe, with Xiaomi and Google fast-tracking its global rollout. If it’s not yet available in your area, you can sideload the APK and set it to English (US).
The Future of Gemini and Xiaomi: What’s Next?
The Xiaomi-Google partnership is just getting started. While Gemini Nano currently runs in the cloud to save battery, Google is developing on-device versions that could operate directly on your Xiaomi’s hardware—no internet required. With HyperOS 2 and upcoming devices like the Xiaomi 15, expect exclusive AI features tailored to next-gen processors.
Why This Matters to Xiaomi Fans
For Xiaomi users, Gemini isn’t just another assistant—it’s a gateway to next-level smart tech. At Xiaomi’s signature affordable prices, you get a world-class AI that rivals the best from Google Pixel or Samsung Galaxy. From enhancing photos to simplifying your routine, Gemini is poised to become your go-to companion.
Stay Updated with XiaomiForAll
Excited about Gemini on Xiaomi? At www.xiaomiforall.com, we bring you the latest news, guides, and reviews on your favorite devices. Subscribe to stay in the loop on how this collaboration will shape Xiaomi’s ecosystem. What Gemini feature would you try first? Drop your thoughts in the comments!
Xiaomi continues to revolutionize the smart home market, and its latest offering—the Mijia Smart Constant Temperature Gas Water Heater 16L S10—is no exception. Launched tonight at an unbeatable price of 1299 yuan (approximately $180), this gas water heater combines cutting-edge technology, whisper-quiet operation, and a compact design. Curious about what makes the Xiaomi Mijia S10 stand out? Let’s dive into its key features and specs.
Key Features of the Xiaomi Mijia Gas Water Heater S10
The Xiaomi Mijia Gas Water Heater S10 is packed with advanced features that cater to modern households. Here’s what you need to know:
Precision Temperature Control: Thanks to its dual-drive servo system, the S10 dynamically adjusts water flow based on inlet and outlet temperatures. It maintains your desired temperature within a tight ±0.3°C range, even when multiple taps are running simultaneously.
Smart Algorithm: Powered by a high-performance chip, the custom temperature control algorithm balances gas and water flow in real time for consistent performance.
Flexible Capacity: Switch between 13L and 16L modes to match your household’s hot water demands—perfect for small apartments or larger families.
HyperOS Integration: As part of Xiaomi’s smart ecosystem, the S10 connects seamlessly with the Mi Home app, offering preset modes for child baths, kitchen tasks, and even pet washing.
Durable Design with High Efficiency
Underneath its sleek exterior, the S10 boasts a stainless steel heat exchanger, a feature typically reserved for industrial systems. This upgrade delivers:
Triple Corrosion Resistance: Outlasting traditional copper models.
90% Thermal Efficiency: Achieved through an optimized fin and tube layout, saving energy and reducing costs.
At just 10kg and measuring 530×360×180mm, this smart water heater is 15% more compact than its predecessor, making it an ideal fit for space-conscious homes without compromising power.
Whisper-Quiet Operation
Noise is a common concern with gas water heaters, but the S10 addresses this head-on. Certified to China’s top-tier quiet operation standards, it features:
A low-noise DC fan.
A dual-sealed combustion chamber.
Sound-dampening insulation and optimized airflow.
The result? A noise level of just 45dB—quiet enough to run unnoticed in any home.
Smart Connectivity and Safety First
The Xiaomi Mijia S10 isn’t just efficient—it’s intelligent. With built-in Wi-Fi (2.4GHz) and Bluetooth 4.2, you can control it remotely via the Mi Home app. Choose from various heating modes tailored to your needs, all from your smartphone.
Safety is also a priority. The S10 includes:
Flame-out protection.
Overheat shutdown.
Anti-freeze detection.
Surge protection.
Automatic cut-off above 85°C.
It supports a wide water pressure range (0.02MPa to 0.85MPa) and uses a forced exhaust system to safely vent gases, ensuring peace of mind for every user.
Why Choose the Xiaomi Mijia Gas Water Heater S10?
Priced at just $180, this affordable gas heater delivers premium features at a fraction of the cost of competitors. Whether you’re upgrading your home or outfitting a new space, the S10 offers unbeatable value, smart functionality, and energy efficiency—all in a minimalist, space-saving package.
Stay Updated with XiaomiForAll
Want to learn more about Xiaomi’s latest innovations? Bookmark www.xiaomiforall.com for in-depth reviews, product launches, and tips to make the most of your smart home devices. What do you think of the Mijia S10? Let us know in the comments below!
Xiaomi for All is thrilled to announce the arrival of the Xiaomi TV Box S (3rd Gen), a powerful upgrade designed for global streaming enthusiasts. This successor to the popular TV Box S (2nd Gen) was recently unveiled on Xiaomi’s global website, indicating an imminent release that promises enhanced performance and innovative features. As excitement builds within the tech community, we can’t wait to explore what this new device has to offer.
Unmatched Performance Enhancements
The Xiaomi TV Box S (3rd Gen) boasts impressive hardware upgrades. At its core, a 64-bit quad-core A55 CPU runs at a peak speed of 2.5GHz, delivering a remarkable 25% increase in CPU performance. Additionally, the GPU performance sees a staggering 130% improvement over its predecessor. This leap in technology allows users to enjoy seamless 4K streaming, gaming, and multitasking.
Equipped with 2GB of RAM and 32GB of internal storage, the 3rd Gen model offers more room for apps and media compared to the previous 2GB+8GB configuration. The device excels in providing a top-notch visual experience, supporting 4K Ultra HD playback at 60FPS with Dolby Vision and HDR10+. These features promise vivid colors and sharp contrasts, making it an excellent choice for home entertainment aficionados.
Connectivity and Audio Features
Xiaomi has ensured that the TV Box S (3rd Gen) includes the latest connectivity options. With Wi-Fi 6, users can expect faster and more stable internet connections. Bluetooth 5.2 enhances the pairing experience with peripherals like headphones and controllers. The device retains HDMI 2.1 and USB 2.0 ports, although it has removed the dedicated audio output jack found in the 2nd Gen model, opting instead for HDMI or Bluetooth for audio.
On the audio side, the 3rd Gen model introduces support for Dolby Audio and DTS:X, an upgrade from the DTS-HD capabilities of its predecessor. This enhancement guarantees a richer sound experience, particularly for users with compatible surround sound systems, complementing the high-quality visuals perfectly.
User-Friendly Interface with Google TV
Running on Google TV, the Xiaomi TV Box S (3rd Gen) provides access to a vast library of streaming applications like Netflix and YouTube. The built-in Chromecast feature allows for easy content casting from mobile devices. Additionally, Google Assistant voice commands via the 360° Bluetooth remote make navigation convenient. Users can search for content, control playback, and manage smart home devices hands-free.
The remote maintains a familiar layout, featuring dedicated buttons for Google Assistant, Netflix, and YouTube for quick access to popular services. The physical design of the TV Box S (3rd Gen) is slightly larger than its predecessor, measuring 97 x 97 x 17 mm (~3.8 x 3.9 x 0.7 inches). However, it remains compact and unobtrusive, easily fitting into any entertainment setup.
Anticipated Global Launch and Pricing Insights
While Xiaomi has not confirmed an exact launch date for the TV Box S (3rd Gen), its listing on the global website suggests a wide rollout is on the horizon. The previous model was priced at approximately €69.99 in Europe and $69.99 in the US, setting a benchmark for affordability. The 3rd Gen is expected to follow a similar pricing strategy, although the enhanced specifications may lead to a slight increase—potentially ranging from $79 to $89, according to industry experts.
What This Means for Consumers
The Xiaomi TV Box S (3rd Gen) builds on the solid foundation of its predecessor while addressing the evolving performance demands of modern streaming. Its powerful processor and enhanced GPU make it better equipped to handle 4K content and multitasking. Wi-Fi 6 ensures a stable connection, even in crowded home networks. The addition of DTS:X audio, along with continued support for Dolby Vision, enhances its appeal to cinephiles and audiophiles alike.
However, the removal of the audio output port may disappoint some users who relied on wired audio setups. Nonetheless, Bluetooth 5.2 provides a reliable wireless alternative. When compared to competitors like Amazon’s Fire TV Stick 4K and Google’s Chromecast with Google TV, the Xiaomi TV Box S (3rd Gen) stands out with its powerful performance, advanced connectivity, and competitive pricing—assuming it remains consistent with Xiaomi’s value-driven philosophy.
Looking Forward to a Bright Future
As Xiaomi expands its smart home ecosystem, the TV Box S positions itself as a formidable contender in the global streaming market. While we await further details regarding the release timeline and regional availability, its appearance on the global site signals Xiaomi’s intent to reach a broad audience soon. Streaming enthusiasts can look forward to a device that promises enhanced power, superior visuals, and an improved user experience—all at a price point likely to undercut premium alternatives.
Stay tuned for updates on the Xiaomi TV Box S (3rd Gen) launch, and get ready to elevate your streaming experience with this next-generation device!
Xiaomi TV Box S 3rd Gen
The TV Box S (3rd Gen) promises to elevate your streaming experience with advanced features and competitive pricing.
Xiaomi is making significant strides with its HyperOS platform, which is integral to its ecosystem of smartphones, tablets, and smart devices. Following the successful rollout of HyperOS 2.0 and minor updates like HyperOS 2.1, the tech giant is now turning its attention to HyperOS 2.2. As of March 28, 2025, beta testing has expanded to six new devices across the European Economic Area (EEA) and Global regions. This initiative underscores Xiaomi’s commitment to enhancing software performance and compatibility across its diverse product lineup, making it an exciting time for users and tech enthusiasts alike.
Devices Included in the HyperOS 2.2 Beta
The HyperOS 2.2 beta update encompasses a variety of Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO devices, showcasing Xiaomi’s strategy to unify its software experience across all sub-brands. Here’s a detailed look at the devices involved and their respective build numbers:
This selection highlights Xiaomi’s aim to enhance its software for both flagship and mid-range devices, ensuring that users across the board can benefit from the latest advancements in HyperOS.
What’s New in HyperOS 2.2?
While specific changelogs for the HyperOS 2.2 beta are not fully disclosed, Xiaomi’s updates typically focus on several key areas:
Smoother Animations: Expect enhanced transitions for a more fluid user experience.
Improved Customization: New desktop layouts and widget options are likely on the horizon.
Performance Optimizations: Device-specific tuning will maximize hardware efficiency, especially for newer models.
Bug Fixes and Stability: The update will address issues reported in previous versions, ensuring a polished experience.
Potential AI Enhancements: Building on HyperAI features, users may see real-time translations or AI-driven personalization.
The beta nature of these builds allows Xiaomi to test features in real-world conditions, gathering valuable user feedback for further refinement before a stable global release.
Significance for Users
For users of the selected devices, the HyperOS 2.2 beta presents an exciting opportunity to explore Xiaomi’s latest software innovations. Here are some key benefits:
Tailored Performance: Each device will receive optimizations suited to its hardware, ensuring maximum efficiency.
Global Reach: The inclusion of both EEA and Global regions emphasizes Xiaomi’s commitment to providing a consistent experience worldwide.
Ecosystem Integration: With devices like the Xiaomi Pad 7, HyperOS 2.2 is set to enhance cross-device connectivity, making the Xiaomi ecosystem even more cohesive.
Looking Ahead
Xiaomi’s expansion of HyperOS 2.2 beta testing signals a broader rollout plan for 2025. Historically, successful beta phases lead to stable updates within a few months. This strategy prioritizes newer devices while gradually extending support to older models.
As we progress, we can expect more details on HyperOS 2.2’s standout features, including advancements in battery management, gaming performance, and tablet-specific functionalities. Xiaomi’s rapid software iteration places HyperOS in direct competition with other Android-based systems like One UI and OxygenOS.
How to Participate
Users with eligible devices can typically join the beta program through Xiaomi’s official channels, such as the Mi Community or the Updater app. However, availability may vary by region. It’s essential to proceed with caution, as beta software may contain bugs or instability compared to stable releases.
Final Thoughts
Xiaomi’s ongoing development of HyperOS 2.2 for these devices demonstrates its dedication to evolving its software ecosystem. Users can look forward to enhanced experiences on devices like the Xiaomi 14T, POCO F7 Ultra, and Redmi Note 14 Pro 4G. As the beta phase unfolds, we anticipate exciting advancements that will further solidify Xiaomi’s position in the global mobile market.
HyperOS 2.2 Beta Expansion
Xiaomi’s HyperOS 2.2 beta expansion reflects its commitment to improving software performance and user experience. With tailored optimizations and a focus on ecosystem integration, users can expect a more cohesive experience across devices.
Xiaomi’s HyperOS 2.2 beta expansion enhances performance and connectivity across devices, promising an improved user experience. Tags: Xiaomi, Redmi, POCO, HyperOS, software update, beta testing
In a significant development for the electric vehicle (EV) sector, Xiaomi and Samsung Electronics are potentially exploring a partnership. On March 22, 2025, Jay Y. Lee, the President of Samsung, met with Xiaomi’s CEO, Lei Jun, at Xiaomi’s EV factory in Beijing. This meeting, which marks the first official interaction between the two leaders in seven years, occurred during the annual China Development Forum. This event brings together global executives and Chinese authorities to discuss industry advancements.
Xiaomi has quickly established itself in the EV market with the launch of its inaugural model, the SU7, in 2024. In its first year, the company sold nearly 137,000 units, generating approximately $4.5 billion in revenue. With ambitious plans to ramp up production to 350,000 vehicles in 2025, Xiaomi aims to expand its footprint internationally by 2027. This rapid growth has created a pressing need for essential components, an area where Samsung can play a pivotal role. With subsidiaries like Samsung SDI for batteries and Samsung Display for screens, the partnership could significantly benefit both companies.
The Potential for Collaboration
Despite being traditional competitors in the smartphone arena, this meeting suggests a willingness to explore collaboration in the automotive sector. Samsung already supplies Xiaomi with crucial components such as memory chips, NAND storage, and OLED displays for mobile devices. This existing relationship could serve as a foundation for a transition into EV collaboration. For Samsung, this opportunity is timely, especially as it faces challenges in its semiconductor business and seeks to diversify its revenue streams into high-growth areas like electric vehicles.
While neither company has confirmed specific details about a potential partnership, the discussions seem to have progressed beyond initial stages. Analysts believe that a collaboration could be mutually beneficial. Xiaomi would gain access to advanced technology and high-quality components, while Samsung would strengthen its position in the expanding EV supply chain, particularly in a market dominated by local players like BYD and CATL.
Broader Implications for the Industry
Lee’s visit to Xiaomi‘s production facility is not an isolated incident. He also visited BYD’s headquarters in Shenzhen, signaling Samsung’s commitment to becoming a key supplier in the electric automotive industry. Amidst economic pressures and global competition, this strategy could represent a significant step for Samsung as it seeks to diversify its operations and capitalize on the electric mobility boom.
Company
2024 Vehicle Sales
Projected 2025 Production
Revenue Generated (USD)
Xiaomi
137,000
350,000
$4.5 billion
Samsung
N/A
N/A
N/A
As the landscape of electric vehicles continues to evolve, the potential collaboration between Xiaomi and Samsung could reshape the future of the industry.
Xiaomi and Samsung collaboration
Xiaomi and Samsung are exploring collaboration in the electric vehicle sector, which could lead to significant advancements in technology and production.
Tags: Xiaomi, Samsung, electric vehicles, SU7, BYD, automotive technology
The smartphone market in 2025 is buzzing with exciting releases, and two standout contenders are the Vivo T4x 5G and the POCO F7 Pro. Launched on March 5, 2025, in India, the Vivo T4x 5G targets budget buyers with 5G support and a massive battery. Meanwhile, the POCO F7 Pro, unveiled globally on March 27, 2025, brings flagship-level performance to the premium-midrange segment. But which one is right for you? In this detailed comparison, we break down their specs, features, and value to help you decide. Let’s dive into the Vivo T4x 5G vs. POCO F7 Pro showdown!
Design and Build: Budget vs. Premium
Vivo T4x 5G: This budget-friendly phone sports a practical plastic build with a 6.72-inch flat LCD display. It’s certified IP64 for dust and splash resistance and meets MIL-STD-810H durability standards. Available in Marine Blue and Pronto Purple, it’s sturdy but not flashy.
POCO F7 Pro: With a premium design likely featuring glass and metal, the POCO F7 Pro offers a 6.67-inch AMOLED screen and an IP68 rating for full water and dust resistance. It’s sleeker and more refined, appealing to style-conscious users.
Winner: POCO F7 Pro. Its premium materials and superior water resistance make it the better pick for design lovers searching for “durable smartphones 2025.”
Display: LCD vs. AMOLED Showdown
Vivo T4x 5G: A 6.72-inch FHD+ LCD (1080 x 2408) with a 120Hz refresh rate and 1050 nits brightness. It’s solid for gaming and scrolling but lacks the punch of AMOLED.
POCO F7 Pro: A 6.67-inch 2K AMOLED (3200 x 1440), also with 120Hz, delivering deeper blacks, richer colors, and higher brightness.
Winner: POCO F7 Pro. For “best smartphone displays 2025” seekers, its AMOLED panel with 2K resolution is a clear upgrade over the Vivo’s LCD.
Performance: Budget Power vs. Flagship Muscle
Vivo T4x 5G: Powered by the MediaTek Dimensity 7300 (4nm), paired with 6GB or 8GB RAM and up to 256GB UFS 2.2 storage. It handles daily tasks and light gaming well.
POCO F7 Pro: Equipped with the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 (4nm), 12GB LPDDR5X RAM, and UFS 4.0 storage. It’s a beast for heavy gaming and multitasking.
Winner: POCO F7 Pro. Gamers searching “best phones for PUBG 2025” will love its flagship-grade performance over the Vivo’s midrange chip.
Cameras: Basic vs. Stabilized
Vivo T4x 5G: Features a 50MP main camera (f/1.8) with a 2MP depth sensor and an 8MP front camera. It’s decent for daylight shots but limited in versatility.
POCO F7 Pro: Boasts a 50MP main camera with OIS, an 8MP ultrawide lens, and a 20MP selfie camera. Optical stabilization improves low-light shots and video.
Winner: POCO F7 Pro. Its OIS and better selfie cam make it the choice for “best camera phones under $500” queries.
Battery and Charging: Capacity vs. Speed
Vivo T4x 5G: A massive 6,500mAh battery with 44W fast charging. Perfect for all-day use and beyond.
POCO F7 Pro: A 6,000mAh battery with 90W fast charging. Slightly smaller but charges much faster.
Winner: Tie. The Vivo wins on capacity for “longest battery life phones 2025,” while the POCO’s faster charging appeals to “fast charging smartphones” fans.
Software: Android 15 Face-Off
Vivo T4x 5G: Runs FuntouchOS 15 on Android 15, with 2 years of OS updates and 3 years of security patches. Smooth but with some pre-installed apps.
POCO F7 Pro: Features HyperOS 2 on Android 15, likely with similar update support. Performance-focused, though it may include bloatware too.
Winner: Tie. Both offer modern software tailored to their audiences, depending on your UI preference.
Price: Budget King vs. Premium Value
Vivo T4x 5G: Starts at ₹13,999 ($165 USD) for 6GB/128GB, up to ₹16,999 ($200 USD) for 8GB/256GB. A steal for budget buyers.
POCO F7 Pro: Estimated at $450-$500 (~₹37,000-₹41,000). More expensive but packed with premium features.
Winner: Vivo T4x 5G. For “best budget 5G phones 2025,” it’s unbeatable value, while the POCO targets a higher tier.
Vivo T4x 5G vs. POCO F7 Pro: Which Should You Choose?
Pick the Vivo T4x 5G if you want an affordable 5G phone with a huge battery and solid basics. It’s perfect for students, casual users, or anyone searching “cheap smartphones with long battery life.”
Choose the POCO F7 Pro if you crave flagship power, a stunning AMOLED display, and faster charging. It’s ideal for gamers and tech enthusiasts googling “best midrange phones 2025.”
Final Thoughts
The Vivo T4x 5G and POCO F7 Pro cater to different needs. The Vivo shines as a budget champ, while the POCO F7 Pro delivers premium performance at a midrange price. Whether you prioritize cost or cutting-edge specs, both phones are strong contenders in 2025’s smartphone lineup.
Keywords: Vivo T4x 5G, POCO F7 Pro, comparison, specs, price, best budget 5G phones 2025, midrange smartphones, Snapdragon 8 Gen 3, AMOLED vs LCD.
Have questions about these devices? Drop them in the comments, and we’ll keep you updated with the latest insights!
Here’s an updated table with the prices of the Vivo T4x 5G and POCO F7 Pro in India, Bangladesh, Pakistan, Malaysia, Thailand, and Myanmar as of March 27, 2025. Prices outside India and Bangladesh are estimated based on their USD equivalents ($165-$200 for Vivo T4x 5G and $450-$500 for POCO F7 Pro), adjusted for local currency conversion rates and typical market trends (e.g., taxes, import duties). Official prices may vary once confirmed in these regions.
Device
Price in India (INR)
Price in Bangladesh (BDT)
Price in Pakistan (PKR)
Price in Malaysia (MYR)
Price in Thailand (THB)
Price in Myanmar (MMK)
Vivo T4x 5G
₹13,999 ($165 USD) – Base (6GB/128GB) ₹16,999 ($200 USD) – Top (8GB/256GB)
BDT 20,000 ($165 USD) BDT 24,000 ($200 USD)
PKR 46,000 ($165 USD) PKR 55,500 ($200 USD)
MYR 780 ($165 USD) MYR 945 ($200 USD)
THB 5,900 ($165 USD) THB 7,100 ($200 USD)
MMK 345,000 ($165 USD) MMK 420,000 ($200 USD)
POCO F7 Pro
₹41,000 ($450 USD) – Base (12GB/256GB) ₹45,000 ($500 USD) – Top
BDT 54,000 ($450 USD) BDT 60,000 ($500 USD)
PKR 125,000 ($450 USD) PKR 139,000 ($500 USD)
MYR 2,130 ($450 USD) MYR 2,365 ($500 USD)
THB 16,200 ($450 USD) THB 18,000 ($500 USD)
MMK 945,000 ($450 USD) MMK 1,050,000 ($500 USD)
Notes on Pricing
Vivo T4x 5G:
India: Official prices from Vivo India and retailers like Flipkart (₹13,999 for 6GB/128GB, ₹16,999 for 8GB/256GB).
Bangladesh: Base price of BDT 20,000 confirmed via local sources like MobileDokan; top variant estimated at BDT 24,000.
Pakistan: Estimated at PKR 46,000-55,500 based on $165-$200 USD (1 USD ≈ 278 PKR).
Malaysia: Estimated at MYR 780-945 (1 USD ≈ 4.73 MYR).
Thailand: Estimated at THB 5,900-7,100 (1 USD ≈ 35.7 THB).
Myanmar: Estimated at MMK 345,000-420,000 (1 USD ≈ 2,100 MMK, though Myanmar’s currency fluctuates significantly).
POCO F7 Pro:
India: Estimated at ₹41,000-₹45,000 based on its global $450-$500 USD price range and typical POCO pricing in India.
Bangladesh: Estimated at BDT 54,000-60,000 (1 USD ≈ 120 BDT).
Pakistan: Estimated at PKR 125,000-139,000 (1 USD ≈ 278 PKR).
Malaysia: Estimated at MYR 2,130-2,365 (1 USD ≈ 4.73 MYR).
Thailand: Estimated at THB 16,200-18,000 (1 USD ≈ 35.7 THB).
Myanmar: Estimated at MMK 945,000-1,050,000 (1 USD ≈ 2,100 MMK).
Assumptions:
Prices in Pakistan, Malaysia, Thailand, and Myanmar are speculative since neither device has official pricing in these markets yet. Estimates include potential import taxes (e.g., 10-20% in some regions).
Currency rates are approximate and based on March 27, 2025, averages (e.g., 1 USD = 84 INR, 120 BDT, 278 PKR, 4.73 MYR, 35.7 THB, 2,100 MMK).
On March 27, 2025, POCO unveiled its highly anticipated POCO F7 Pro and POCO F7 Ultra smartphones at a grand global launch event in Singapore. As Xiaomi’s performance-driven sub-brand, POCO continues to push boundaries in the premium-midrange segment, delivering flagship-level features at competitive prices. With cutting-edge processors, stunning AMOLED displays, and advanced camera systems, the POCO F7 Pro and Ultra are poised to dominate the smartphone market in 2025. Here’s everything you need to know about these new devices, optimized for your search queries like “POCO F7 Pro specs,” “POCO F7 Ultra price,” and “POCO F7 series launch.”
POCO F7 Pro: A Premium Midrange Powerhouse
The POCO F7 Pro is designed for users seeking high performance without breaking the bank. Here are its standout features:
Display: A 6.67-inch AMOLED panel with a 120Hz refresh rate and 2K resolution (3,200 x 1,440 pixels), offering vibrant colors and smooth scrolling.
Processor: Powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 chipset, ensuring top-tier performance for gaming, multitasking, and everyday use.
Camera: A dual-camera setup with a 50MP main sensor featuring optical image stabilization (OIS) and an 8MP ultrawide lens. The 20MP front camera is perfect for selfies and video calls.
Battery: A massive 6,000mAh battery with 90W fast charging, keeping you powered up all day.
Software: Runs Android 15 with HyperOS 2, delivering a smooth and customizable user experience.
Durability: IP68 rating for dust and water resistance, a rare feature in this price range.
The POCO F7 Pro strikes a balance between affordability and premium features, making it a top contender for anyone searching for “best midrange smartphones 2025.”
POCO F7 Ultra: The First Ultra in the F-Series
Marking a bold step forward, the POCO F7 Ultra introduces an “Ultra” tier to the F-series, targeting tech enthusiasts and power users. Here’s what sets it apart:
Display: Like its sibling, it features a 6.67-inch AMOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate and 2K resolution, ensuring a crisp and fluid visual experience.
Processor: Equipped with the Snapdragon 8 Elite chipset, one of the most advanced chips available in 2025, perfect for demanding tasks and next-level gaming.
Camera: A triple-camera system shines here, with a 50MP main sensor (OIS), a 50MP telephoto lens with 2.5x optical zoom, and a 32MP ultrawide lens. The 32MP front camera elevates selfie quality.
Battery: A 5,300mAh battery with 120W wired charging and 50W wireless charging support—fast and versatile.
Software: Android 15-based HyperOS 2, optimized for performance and customization.
Durability: IP68 rating ensures protection against the elements.
The POCO F7 Ultra is tailored for those Googling “best flagship killers 2025” or “smartphones with wireless charging under $600.”
POCO F7 Pro vs. POCO F7 Ultra: Which One Should You Buy?
Choosing between the POCO F7 Pro and Ultra depends on your needs:
Performance: The Ultra’s Snapdragon 8 Elite outclasses the Pro’s Snapdragon 8 Gen 3, making it ideal for hardcore gamers and power users.
Camera: The Ultra’s triple-camera system with telephoto zoom offers more versatility than the Pro’s dual setup.
Charging: The Ultra’s 120W wired and 50W wireless charging trumps the Pro’s 90W wired-only option.
Battery: The Pro’s 6,000mAh battery edges out the Ultra’s 5,300mAh for longer runtime.
Price: While official pricing is still trickling in, the Ultra is expected to start at around $599, with the Pro likely being more budget-friendly.
For “POCO F7 Pro vs Ultra comparison” seekers, the Ultra is the premium pick, while the Pro offers incredible value.
Global Availability and Pricing
The POCO F7 Pro and Ultra are available globally starting March 27, 2025. Exact pricing varies by region, but early leaks suggest the Ultra could retail around $599, positioning it as a flagship killer, while the Pro may come in under $500. Check local retailers like Amazon, Flipkart, or POCO’s official website for availability in your area. Search “POCO F7 Pro price near me” or “POCO F7 Ultra release date” for the latest updates.
Why the POCO F7 Series Matters in 2025
With the smartphone market heating up, the POCO F7 Pro and Ultra arrive at a perfect time. Their combination of high-end specs—like 2K AMOLED displays, Snapdragon 8-series chips, and fast charging—caters to trends dominating searches like “best phones for gaming 2025” and “affordable 5G smartphones.” The addition of IP68 ratings and HyperOS 2 further boosts their appeal, ensuring durability and a modern software experience.
Final Thoughts
The POCO F7 Pro and Ultra are game-changers in the premium-midrange and flagship-killer categories. Whether you’re after the Pro’s value-packed performance or the Ultra’s cutting-edge features, POCO has delivered options worth considering. Stay tuned for hands-on reviews and regional pricing as these devices hit shelves worldwide.
Keywords: POCO F7 Pro, POCO F7 Ultra, global launch, specs, price, Snapdragon 8 Elite, AMOLED display, HyperOS 2, best smartphones 2025.
Have questions about the POCO F7 series? Drop them below, and we’ll keep you updated with the latest insights!
Xiaomi Smart Door Lock 2 Cat-Eye Edition: The Next Level of Home Security
Xiaomi is once again setting the standard in smart home technology with the launch of the Xiaomi Smart Door Lock 2 Cat-Eye Edition. Unveiled on March 25, 2025, this innovative smart lock boasts significant upgrades that cater to those who prioritize security and cutting-edge technology. Currently available for pre-order in China at a price of 1,399 yuan (approximately $195), official sales will commence on March 28. In this article, we will delve into its specifications, standout features, and why it could be the perfect addition to your home.
What Makes the Xiaomi Smart Door Lock 2 Cat-Eye Edition Unique?
At the heart of this smart lock is its integrated “cat-eye” camera, a feature that elevates home security to new heights. This device not only secures your door but also allows you to monitor who is outside, even in low-light conditions. Equipped with a 2-megapixel sensor and a wide 160° field of view, the camera provides infrared night vision and color imaging in dim lighting, ensuring clarity at all hours.
Additionally, the AI-powered human detection technology minimizes false alarms caused by irrelevant movements, such as wind or passing animals. This ensures you only receive important notifications. The combination of advanced camera capabilities and AI makes the Smart Door Lock 2 Cat-Eye Edition more than just a lock; it serves as a compact and efficient surveillance system.
Technical Specifications of the Xiaomi Smart Door Lock 2 Cat-Eye Edition
Feature
Specification
Camera
2 MP sensor with 160° field of view, infrared night vision, and color mode in low light
Unlocking Methods
9 options: fingerprint, NFC, Bluetooth, permanent/temporary passwords, traditional key, and Xiaomi devices
Fingerprint Sensor
AI algorithm with a 0.5-second unlocking speed and 99.51% accuracy
Battery
5,000 mAh (up to 4 months), backup with 4 AA batteries (up to 6 months), Type-C port for emergencies
Notifications for ajar doors, tampering attempts, and prolonged presence detection
While it shares many features with the standard version of the Smart Door Lock 2, the Cat-Eye Edition stands out due to its emphasis on surveillance and remote interaction, making it ideal for those who prioritize visual security.
Key Features: Security and Convenience
Nine Unlocking Methods This device excels in versatility. You can unlock it using your fingerprint, NFC, Bluetooth from your smartphone, permanent or temporary passwords, a traditional key, or even Xiaomi devices like smartphones and smartwatches. This ensures you always have a backup option.
Long-lasting Battery With a robust 5,000 mAh battery lasting up to four months, and the option to extend to six months with four AA batteries, you won’t have to worry about running out of power. Additionally, the Type-C port allows for emergency charging with a power bank, ensuring constant access.
Integration with Mi Home and HyperOS Like most Xiaomi smart devices, this lock integrates seamlessly with the Mi Home app and HyperOS. You can view the camera feed in real time, manage access, receive alerts, and even communicate with visitors through a remote video intercom. A unique feature is the voice modulation function, which allows you to disguise your voice when interacting with strangers, adding an extra layer of privacy.
Advanced Security Alerts This lock doesn’t just monitor; it keeps you informed. You will receive notifications if the door is left ajar, if someone attempts to force it open, or if it detects prolonged presence outside. These alerts, combined with the camera, provide comprehensive peace of mind.
Comparison with Competitors: TCL and Others
In related news, TCL has recently launched a smart lock featuring facial recognition technology similar to the iPhone, along with an integrated screen. While this option also emphasizes innovation, the Xiaomi Smart Door Lock 2 Cat-Eye Edition distinguishes itself with its high-quality camera, advanced night vision, and a greater variety of unlocking methods—all at a competitive price of $195. While TCL focuses on direct visual experience at the door, Xiaomi prioritizes smart home ecosystem integration and remote surveillance.
Why Choose the Xiaomi Smart Door Lock 2 Cat-Eye Edition?
If you are in search of a smart lock that combines security, advanced technology, and user-friendliness, this model stands out. Its AI camera and night vision make it an effective monitoring tool, while the multiple unlocking methods and long-lasting battery ensure practicality. Moreover, its accessible price positions it as an attractive alternative to more expensive competitors.
Availability and Pricing
The Xiaomi Smart Door Lock 2 Cat-Eye Edition is currently available for pre-order in China for 1,399 yuan ($195), with official sales starting on March 28, 2025. Although it is initially limited to the Chinese market, Xiaomi products often expand globally over time. Stay tuned for updates on its availability in other regions.
Conclusion
The Xiaomi Smart Door Lock 2 Cat-Eye Edition redefines expectations for smart locks. With its AI-powered “cat-eye” camera, night vision capabilities, six-month battery life, and nine unlocking methods, it offers a comprehensive solution for modern home security. Whether you want to monitor your entrance, manage access remotely, or simply enjoy the peace of mind provided by advanced technology, this device has everything you need. Are you ready to elevate your home security?
Xiaomi Smart Door Lock 2 Cat-Eye Edition
This article highlights the Xiaomi Smart Door Lock 2 Cat-Eye Edition, showcasing its innovative features and competitive pricing for enhanced home security.
xiaomi, smart lock, home security, technology, AI camera, Xiaomi devices
Xiaomi has officially launched global beta testing for HyperOS 2.2, its latest software update, as of March 25, 2025. Following a successful introduction in China and a month of rigorous development, the company is now bringing this version to the international market, starting with the Xiaomi 15 in the European Economic Area (EEA). This initial phase, aimed at internal testers (Xiaomi employees), highlights the brand’s commitment to refining user experience before a broader rollout. With a revamped interface, advanced customization options, and exciting new features, HyperOS 2.2 is set to redefine the standards for Xiaomi devices.
Global Launch Strategy for HyperOS 2.2
The rollout of HyperOS 2.2 commenced on March 25, 2025, focusing on the EEA and the Xiaomi 15, as reported by Emir Bardakçı on X. This phased approach mirrors the strategy used for HyperOS 2.0, which reached global markets in November 2024 after its debut in China. Currently, the beta is exclusive to Xiaomi employees, indicating that the company is gathering initial feedback before expanding access to more users and devices. According to rumors from GizChina on March 24, 2025, the complete rollout may occur after April 2025.
Key Features of HyperOS 2.2
HyperOS 2.2 introduces several noteworthy features that enhance user experience. Here’s a quick overview:
Feature
Description
Revamped Interface
A more intuitive layout for easier navigation.
Advanced Customization
Greater flexibility in personalizing device settings.
New Functionalities
Innovative tools that enhance productivity and entertainment.
Additionally, the update focuses on optimizing performance and battery life, ensuring that Xiaomi users enjoy a seamless experience. The combination of these features positions HyperOS 2.2 as a significant upgrade over its predecessor.
Conclusion
As we await the full rollout of HyperOS 2.2, the initial beta testing phase promises exciting advancements for Xiaomi devices. By prioritizing user feedback and refining its software, Xiaomi is poised to elevate its position in the competitive tech landscape. Stay tuned for more updates on this groundbreaking software.
HyperOS 2.2 Xiaomi
HyperOS 2.2 Xiaomi is set to enhance user experience with innovative features and performance improvements for Xiaomi devices.
Xiaomi is set to make waves in the smartphone industry with the launch of two remarkable devices: the Xiaomi Civi 5 Pro and the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro. Both smartphones are scheduled for a mid-April 2025 release, showcasing the latest Qualcomm Snapdragon 8s Elite (SM8735) chipset. This new processor promises flagship-level performance while remaining budget-friendly. With Xiaomi’s reputation for value-packed devices, these upcoming models are sure to attract significant attention from tech enthusiasts and casual users alike.
Unpacking the Snapdragon 8s Elite
Before we delve into the specifics of these smartphones, let’s take a closer look at the Snapdragon 8s Elite chipset. Manufactured using TSMC’s advanced 4nm process, this processor strikes a perfect balance between power and efficiency. Its architecture includes:
1x Cortex-X4 at 3.21GHz for peak performance.
3x Cortex-A720 at 3.01GHz and 2x Cortex-A720 at 2.80GHz for sustained power.
2x Cortex-A720 at 2.02GHz for energy efficiency.
Accompanied by the Adreno 825 GPU, this chipset is engineered to deliver exceptional graphics performance. With an impressive AnTuTu score surpassing 2 million, it stands just a notch below Qualcomm’s flagship Snapdragon 8 Gen 3. However, its performance closely rivals the Snapdragon 8 Gen 2, making it a strong contender for flagship smartphones in 2025. Reports from trusted sources indicate that the 8s Elite will share its GPU and image signal processor (ISP) with the 8 Gen 3, hinting at superior graphics and imaging capabilities.
Xiaomi Civi 5 Pro: Where Style Meets Functionality
The Civi series has always been Xiaomi’s canvas for innovative and stylish smartphones. The upcoming Civi 5 Pro aims to elevate this tradition with several standout features. Anticipated specifications include:
A 1.5K quad-curved display featuring a dual-hole punch front camera, reminiscent of Apple’s Dynamic Island.
A Leica-tuned triple camera system, including an enhanced telephoto lens, which represents a significant upgrade from the previous Civi 4 Pro.
A sleek fiberglass back, coupled with a ~5,000mAh battery and 90W fast charging capabilities.
The Civi 5 Pro is expected to launch in China before making its way to global markets, potentially as the Xiaomi 15 Civi, continuing the naming trend established by the Xiaomi 14 Civi. With the Snapdragon 8s Elite at its core, this device promises a harmonious blend of stunning aesthetics and robust performance.
Redmi Turbo 4 Pro: Performance at an Affordable Price
On the other hand, the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is tailored for performance enthusiasts looking for high-end features in a mid-range smartphone. Rumored specifications are compelling:
A 1.5K flat OLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate, perfect for gaming and media consumption.
An impressive 7,000mAh battery (in the China variant) with 90W charging. Global versions, possibly branded as Poco F7, might feature a slightly smaller battery around 6,000mAh.
A 50MP main camera equipped with optical image stabilization (OIS), all housed in a durable metal frame with an IP69 rating.
Positioned as a successor to the Turbo 3, which launched globally as the Poco F6, the Turbo 4 Pro promises exceptional power and practicality. Its release in mid-April 2025 aligns with Xiaomi’s strategy to cater to performance-driven consumers seeking high value.
Anticipating the Mid-April Launch
Qualcomm is set to officially unveil the Snapdragon 8s Elite in early April 2025, paving the way for Xiaomi, iQOO, and OPPO to follow suit with their device announcements. The Civi 5 Pro and Turbo 4 Pro are poised to lead Xiaomi’s lineup, potentially accompanied by updates to HyperOS optimized for the new chipset. Other brands, including OPPO with its K13 Pro, are also gearing up for launches, but Xiaomi’s competitive pricing and feature-rich offerings could give it a significant advantage.
The timing of these launches aligns with Xiaomi’s historical cadence, as previous Civi models typically debuted in March or April. Recent leaks and posts on social media platforms corroborate this mid-April timeframe, further fueling excitement among fans.
Can the Snapdragon 8s Elite Compete?
The Snapdragon 8s Elite’s near-flagship specifications raise a compelling question: can it stand up to the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3? While its slightly lower clock speeds and GPU performance suggest a minor gap, real-world results will depend on pricing and software optimization. Xiaomi’s HyperOS, likely version 2.2 or later, may effectively bridge this performance gap with enhanced resource management and gaming features, such as Game Turbo.
If the Civi 5 Pro is priced between $450 and $550, based on the Civi 4 Pro’s approximate $420 debut, and the Turbo 4 Pro falls between $400 and $500, these devices could significantly disrupt the market for premium smartphones. For reference, the Xiaomi 14 Civi with Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 was priced around $515 in India, hinting at a similar value proposition for these new models.
Final Thoughts on Xiaomi’s Upcoming Releases
The Xiaomi Civi 5 Pro and Redmi Turbo 4 Pro, powered by the Snapdragon 8s Elite, represent an exciting evolution for Xiaomi in 2025. Whether you prioritize exceptional photography or high-performance gaming, these mid-April releases promise something for everyone. We eagerly await official confirmations and additional details about these devices.
What are your thoughts? Will Xiaomi’s latest offerings redefine the sub-$500 smartphone market? Share your opinions below!
Xiaomi smartphones launch 2025
Discover the latest in Xiaomi smartphones with the Civi 5 Pro and Redmi Turbo 4 Pro launches in April 2025, featuring Snapdragon 8s Elite technology.
The Xiaomi Mijia Smart Audio Glasses 2 has recently hit the market, showcasing Xiaomi’s commitment to innovation in wearable technology. Launched on March 24, 2025, in China, these glasses prioritize audio performance and user comfort. Unlike many smart glasses that focus on augmented reality or integrated cameras, these glasses deliver a seamless audio experience. Here’s a closer look at what makes these glasses a noteworthy addition to Xiaomi‘s lineup.
Streamlined Design for Enhanced Comfort
The design of the Mijia Smart Audio Glasses 2 is a significant upgrade over its predecessor. The arms of the glasses measure just 5mm in thickness, making them 26% thinner at the narrowest point and 30% thinner at the widest compared to the earlier model. Weighing only 27.6 grams, these glasses are designed for all-day wear, distributing weight evenly to reduce pressure on the nose.
Additionally, the “piano steel ultra-flexible hinge” is engineered for durability, tested to endure over 15,000 bends. The new quick-release mechanism, which is 70% smaller than before, allows users to swap lenses effortlessly with one hand. The glasses come in five stylish frame options: Metal Aviator, Hybrid Browline, Classic Boston, Hybrid Aviator, and Deep-Space Titanium. With an IP54 rating for dust and water resistance, they are perfect for everyday use, even in light rain or during workouts.
Superior Audio Features for an Immersive Experience
When it comes to audio capabilities, the Mijia Smart Audio Glasses 2 impress with several advanced features. They incorporate an optimized acoustic structure utilizing air conduction open-ear technology, providing enhanced volume and clarity. The integration of ultrasonic speakers and a sound cavity algorithm ensures real-time tone compensation, delivering rich bass and clear treble.
Moreover, the four-microphone array equipped with intelligent algorithms significantly improves call clarity by minimizing background noise and echo. For privacy-conscious users, the glasses include a privacy mode that uses inverse sound waves and anti-leakage membranes to prevent sound leakage. This feature can be activated through the Mijia Glasses app, allowing for discreet conversations. Additionally, a long press on the temple initiates voice note recording, with a notification light indicating when the feature is active.
Long Battery Life and Connectivity Options
Battery performance is crucial for any wearable device, and the Mijia Smart Audio Glasses 2 does not disappoint. Users can enjoy up to 12 hours of music playback, 9 hours of talk time, and an impressive 12 days on standby. A quick 10-minute charge provides four hours of listening time, while a full charge takes about an hour via magnetic 2C charging.
In terms of connectivity, these glasses come equipped with Bluetooth 5.2, ensuring stable connections. They also support dual-device pairing, allowing users to switch seamlessly between devices without any hassle.
Smart Features for Enhanced Usability
The Mijia Smart Audio Glasses 2 are packed with smart features designed to enhance user experience. An extended touch control bar on the temples enables gesture-based operations for play/pause, volume adjustments, and call management. Additionally, they are compatible with Xiaomi’s XiaoAI voice assistant, providing hands-free command options.
For those who prefer more customization, the Mijia Glasses app (or Xiaomi Glasses app for non-Xiaomi smartphones) offers additional control options, making it easier to tailor the glasses to individual preferences.
Pricing and Availability Insights
These innovative glasses launched via crowdfunding on Xiaomi Youpin on March 26, 2025, with an introductory price of 999 Yuan, approximately $140 USD or €130. While Xiaomi has not confirmed global availability, previous models have reached international markets through third-party importers after their initial release in China.
Conclusion: A Stylish Alternative to Traditional Audio Devices
The Xiaomi Mijia Smart Audio Glasses 2 stand out in the wearable technology market by focusing on audio integration rather than visual displays. They offer a stylish, lightweight alternative to traditional Bluetooth headsets, perfect for users who want to stay connected while remaining aware of their surroundings. This product exemplifies Xiaomi’s strategy to deliver practical, affordable wearables that compete with established brands in the audio glasses niche.
Key Features of Xiaomi Mijia Smart Audio Glasses 2
Feature
Specification
Weight
27.6 grams
Battery Life
12 hours music playback
Bluetooth Version
5.2
Frame Options
5 styles
Water Resistance Rating
IP54
Price
999 Yuan (~$140 USD / ~€130)
Xiaomi Smart Audio Glasses
Discover the innovative Xiaomi Mijia Smart Audio Glasses 2, featuring advanced audio capabilities and stylish design for everyday use.
In the ever-evolving smartphone landscape, Xiaomi continues to shine as a leading brand. With its unique blend of innovation, quality, and affordability, Xiaomi has captured the hearts of millions. In 2025, its sub-brands, Redmi and POCO, have solidified their positions in the global market. They offer devices that cater to a wide range of user needs, from basic functionality to high-performance demands. Let’s explore the top five best-selling Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO devices of 2025, highlighting their popularity, performance, and value for money.
Why Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO Dominate the Market in 2025
Xiaomi has adeptly adapted to technological trends by delivering smartphones equipped with powerful processors, high-resolution cameras, and long-lasting batteries. Each sub-brand plays a crucial role in this strategy. Redmi focuses on providing exceptional value in the mid-range and budget segments, while POCO emphasizes high-performance devices at competitive prices. This well-thought-out approach has significantly boosted their sales, making them the go-to choice for millions of users worldwide.
The 5 Best-Selling Devices of 2025
1. Xiaomi 15 Ultra
Key Features:
200 MP camera in collaboration with Leica
Snapdragon 8 Gen 4 processor
1.5K AMOLED display at 120 Hz
5240 mAh battery with 90 W fast charging
Why It’s a Hit: The Xiaomi 15 Ultra has transformed mobile photography with its cutting-edge camera system and stellar performance. Its premium design and power make it the most coveted flagship of 2025.
Ideal For: Amateur photographers and users seeking a high-end device.
2. Redmi Note 14 Pro+ 5G
Key Features:
MediaTek Dimensity 7300 Ultra processor
6.67” AMOLED display at 120 Hz
200 MP camera
5000 mAh battery with 120 W fast charging
Why It’s a Hit: This model combines high-end specifications with a mid-range price, making it a best-seller. Its camera and display stand out in its category.
Ideal For: Users looking for performance and photographic quality without breaking the bank.
3. POCO F6
Key Features:
Snapdragon 7+ Gen 3 processor
FHD+ AMOLED display at 120 Hz
50 MP camera with OIS
5000 mAh battery with 67 W fast charging
Why It’s a Hit: Tailored for gamers and tech enthusiasts, the POCO F6 merges power with affordability, embodying the “flagship killer” spirit.
Ideal For: Gamers and those prioritizing performance at a low cost.
4. Redmi 14C
Key Features:
MediaTek Helio G100 processor
6.74” LCD display at 90 Hz
50 MP camera
5000 mAh battery with 18 W charging
Why It’s a Hit: As the king of the budget segment in 2025, this device’s attractive design and battery life make it perfect for users seeking a reliable smartphone under €150.
Ideal For: Basic users looking for a dependable and affordable smartphone.
5. POCO X7 Pro
Key Features:
MediaTek Dimensity 8400 Ultra processor
1.5K AMOLED display at 120 Hz
50 MP camera with OIS
5110 mAh battery with 90 W fast charging
Why It’s a Hit: With its curved design and specifications that rival more expensive models, the POCO X7 Pro appeals to those seeking style and power at a competitive price.
Ideal For: Young tech enthusiasts who value design and performance.
Value for Money: Xiaomi continues to be synonymous with value, offering premium specifications at accessible prices.
Technological Innovation: Advanced cameras, smooth displays, and powerful processors are standard in these models.
Adaptability: From budget to flagship, there’s a device for every user type.
Global Ecosystem: Xiaomi’s presence in key markets like Europe, Asia, and Latin America drives its sales.
Tips for Choosing Your Next Xiaomi, Redmi, or POCO in 2025
Budget: For an economical choice, the Redmi 14C is perfect. For more power, consider the POCO X7 Pro or Redmi Note 14 Pro+.
Primary Use: Gamers should lean towards the POCO F6, while photography enthusiasts will prefer the Xiaomi 15 Ultra.
Connectivity: All models except the Redmi 14C support 5G, ideal for fast network access.
Conclusion
In 2025, Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO have once again demonstrated their prowess in the smartphone market. From the unbeatable Xiaomi 15 Ultra to the budget-friendly Redmi 14C, these devices blend cutting-edge technology with competitive pricing. Which one is your favorite? Share your thoughts in the comments and spread the word if this article has helped you decide on your next purchase.
Best-selling Xiaomi devices 2025
Discover the top 5 best-selling Xiaomi, Redmi, and POCO devices of 2025, including features, prices, and reasons behind their success.
xiaomi,redmi,POCO,Xiaomi 15 Ultra,Redmi Note 14 Pro+,POCO F6,Redmi 14C,POCO X7 Pro
On March 20, 2025, Xiaomi introduced the Mijia Gentle Breeze air conditioner, a powerful 3-horsepower model that boasts an impressive energy efficiency rating of 1. This innovative cooling solution will be available for pre-order starting March 25, with a price tag of approximately $810 (5,599 yuan) and €760. Customers can reserve their units through JD.com, ensuring they stay ahead of the heat this summer.
Exceptional Performance and Features
The Mijia Gentle Breeze air conditioner delivers an impressive airflow rate of 1,752 m³/h. With a broad airflow angle of 115°, it can effectively circulate cool air across a distance of up to 13 meters. This means you can enjoy a refreshing breeze from virtually anywhere in the room. Additionally, the unit is compatible with Xiaomi’s Surge Link technology, enabling seamless control via the Mijia app and the Xiao Ai voice assistant. This level of convenience aligns perfectly with Xiaomi’s commitment to smart home integration.
Designed for Extreme Conditions
One of the standout features of the Mijia Gentle Breeze is its robust exterior unit, engineered to withstand extreme temperatures. It can heat spaces even when outdoor temperatures drop to -32°C and efficiently cool areas when temperatures soar to 60°C. This versatility makes it an ideal choice for diverse climates. Moreover, the air conditioner offers rapid cooling within 30 seconds and quick heating in just 60 seconds, ensuring comfort is never compromised. Both the indoor and outdoor units come equipped with self-cleaning functions, enhancing maintenance ease and durability.
Product Availability and Additional Information
For further details about the Mijia Gentle Breeze air conditioner, we encourage you to visit the product page on JD.com. This air conditioner not only exemplifies Xiaomi’s commitment to innovative technology but also enhances the comfort of your living space, making it a must-have for any home.
Key Features Summary
Feature
Specification
Airflow Rate
1,752 m³/h
Airflow Angle
115°
Maximum Air Distance
13 meters
Heating Capacity
Up to -32°C
Cooling Capacity
Up to 60°C
Quick Cooling Time
30 seconds
Quick Heating Time
60 seconds
Self-Cleaning Function
Yes
Conclusion
The Mijia Gentle Breeze air conditioner is a game-changer for anyone looking to enhance their home’s climate control. With its powerful performance and smart technology, it stands out in the market.
Xiaomi Air Conditioner Mijia Gentle Breeze
Experience the latest in climate control technology with Xiaomi’s Mijia Gentle Breeze air conditioner, featuring exceptional performance and smart integration.
xiaomi, air conditioner, Mijia Gentle Breeze, smart home, energy efficiency, Xiaomi Surge Link
Xiaomi has just introduced a revolutionary product in the realm of smart home appliances: the Mijia Mineral-Rich Water Purifier 1200G. This innovative device is now available on JD.com for 3,399 yuan (approximately $470). Designed to provide clean, mineral-enriched drinking water in just three seconds, it aims to enhance convenience and accessibility for everyday users.
Advanced Filtration Technology
Moreover, Xiaomi has incorporated patented mineralization technology, developed in collaboration with the China University of Geosciences. This feature not only purifies the water but also reintroduces essential minerals, including strontium, calcium, magnesium, sodium, and potassium. These minerals are carefully measured to comply with mineral water-grade standards, providing a refreshing taste reminiscent of mountain spring water.
Impressive Performance and Smart Features
The Mijia 1200G is engineered for efficiency, boasting a remarkable flow rate of nearly 4 liters per minute. It can fill a 150ml glass in approximately three seconds. Additionally, users can choose from three distinct water modes: pure water, strontium-rich water, and micro-mineral water. Each mode is tailored for specific purposes, such as drinking, cooking, or brewing beverages.
In true Xiaomi fashion, the purifier is equipped with smart features, including an OLED touch display faucet that provides real-time information on water quality (TDS values) and filter health. The device seamlessly integrates with Xiaomi’s HyperOS Connect and the Mi Home app, allowing users to monitor water usage and track filter life conveniently.
Key Specifications of the Mijia Mineral-Rich Water Purifier 1200G
Feature
Details
Filtration System
Six-stage RO technology
Flow Rate
Nearly 4 liters per minute
Water Modes
Pure water, strontium-rich, micro-mineral
Smart Features
OLED display, app integration
Filter Lifespan
Up to 5 years
The Mijia 1200G also includes an automatic membrane flushing feature to maintain freshness and a five-chamber pump designed to minimize noise. With these attributes, Xiaomi continues to innovate in the smart home sector, making clean and healthy drinking water more accessible than ever.
Mijia Mineral-Rich Water Purifier
The Mijia Mineral-Rich Water Purifier offers an innovative solution for clean, mineral-enhanced drinking water in just three seconds.
Tags: Xiaomi, Mijia, water purifier, smart home, technology, filtration
Xiaomi is set to unveil a new smartphone that embodies its motto of “affordable for all.” The upcoming Redmi Turbo 4 promises to deliver exceptional features without breaking the bank. This announcement follows a lively discussion initiated by Wang Teng, the Product Director at Redmi, who sought consumer opinions on what constitutes an affordable price. As a result, Xiaomi is committed to meeting those expectations with a device that balances performance and cost.
This launch aligns perfectly with Xiaomi’s long-standing dedication to providing value-driven innovation. The company has built its reputation on delivering feature-rich smartphones at competitive prices, which has solidified its status as a global leader in the tech industry. The Redmi Turbo 4 is a testament to this legacy, aiming to cater to budget-conscious consumers who desire quality without compromising their finances.
Defining Affordable: Consumer Perspectives
The debate surrounding what makes a smartphone truly affordable was reignited when Huawei introduced its Pura X foldable phone at a staggering price of 7,499 yuan (approximately $1,035). This move raised eyebrows and prompted Wang Teng to engage with the public on social media, asking them to define “affordable for all.”
Feedback from netizens revealed that most believe a genuinely affordable smartphone should fall within the range of 1,999 to 2,999 yuan ($276 to $414). This sentiment starkly contrasts with flagship pricing, highlighting the demand for budget-friendly options in the market. Xiaomi aims to bridge this gap with the Redmi Turbo 4.
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro: Power Meets Affordability
Wang Teng has teased that the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro will be unveiled next month, emphasizing its reasonable pricing and robust performance. He noted, “Next month I will show you a good product that is reasonably priced for ordinary users. Not only is it good-looking, but it is powerful too!” This smartphone is expected to be a game-changer for students and budget-conscious individuals seeking to upgrade their devices.
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro, also known as the POCO F7 Pro in international markets, will feature the Snapdragon 8s Elite processor and a high-frequency dimming LTPS display. Additionally, it boasts a sleek design with a thin bezel and impressive battery capacity. Positioned between the Redmi Turbo 4, starting at 1,656 yuan ($229), and the K80, starting at 2,124 yuan ($293), the Turbo 4 Pro is anticipated to retail around 1,800 yuan ($249) after national subsidies, making it an attractive option for consumers.
Model
Price (CNY)
Price (USD)
Price (EUR)
Redmi Turbo 4
1,656
$229
€215
Redmi Turbo 4 Pro
1,800
$249
€234
K80
2,124
$293
€275
The Redmi Turbo 4 Pro is shaping up to be a standout device in the budget smartphone segment, and we eagerly await its official release.
Affordable Xiaomi Smartphones
Discover the latest affordable Xiaomi smartphones, including the Redmi Turbo 4, designed to deliver exceptional value without compromising quality.
The midrange Android tablet landscape is evolving, especially in India. With the recent launch of the Xiaomi Pad 7 and Lenovo’s Idea Tab Pro, users now have two compelling options that deliver powerful performance without the flagship price tag. Both tablets boast impressive hardware, high-refresh-rate displays, and productivity-enhancing accessories. But which one truly stands out in this competitive arena?
Display and Design: A Visual Treat
Lenovo’s Idea Tab Pro showcases a generous 12.7-inch LTPS LCD display with a stunning 3K resolution of 2944 x 1840 pixels. With a smooth 144Hz refresh rate and brightness levels reaching up to 400 nits, this tablet is perfect for binge-watching Netflix or engaging in light creative tasks. Despite its larger size, it remains portable, weighing in at 615 grams and measuring just 6.9mm thick.
In contrast, the Xiaomi Pad 7 features an 11.2-inch 3.2K display, boasting a resolution of 3200 x 2136 pixels and variable refresh rates of up to 144Hz. One of its standout characteristics is the Nano Texture option, which reduces glare and reflections by an impressive 99%. Weighing only 499 grams and measuring 6.18mm in thickness, its sleek unibody metal design offers a premium feel, making it an excellent travel companion.
Performance: Power Under the Hood
When it comes to performance, the Lenovo Idea Tab Pro is powered by the MediaTek Dimensity 8300 chipset. This 4nm processor is paired with up to 12GB of RAM and 256GB of expandable storage via microSD. This combination ensures smooth multitasking, gaming, and content creation, marking a significant upgrade from its predecessor, the Dimensity 7050.
On the other hand, the Xiaomi Pad 7 is equipped with Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 7+ Gen 3 processor, known for its near-flagship performance. With options for 8GB or 12GB of LPDDR5X RAM and faster UFS 4.0 storage in the higher variant, the Pad 7 is designed for speed and efficiency, making it an excellent choice for power users.
Software and AI Features: Innovation at Your Fingertips
Lenovo’s tablet runs on Android 14 with ZUI 16, promising two years of OS updates and four years of security patches. Its integration with Google Gemini allows for innovative features like circle-to-search and an AI assistant. Additionally, Lenovo’s Smart Connect suite enhances cross-device functionality, enabling seamless file sharing and app streaming.
Meanwhile, the Xiaomi Pad 7 comes with Android 15-based HyperOS 2.0, featuring AI-powered tools such as AI Writing and AI Live Subtitles. This tablet also includes Xiaomi Creation tools, catering to digital artists and content creators.
Feature
Lenovo Idea Tab Pro
Xiaomi Pad 7
Display Size
12.7 inches
11.2 inches
Resolution
2944 x 1840 pixels
3200 x 2136 pixels
Processor
MediaTek Dimensity 8300
Qualcomm Snapdragon 7+ Gen 3
RAM Options
Up to 12GB
8GB or 12GB
Battery Capacity
10,200mAh
8,850mAh
Fast Charging
45W
45W
Audio, Accessories, and Battery Life
Both tablets feature quad-speaker setups with Dolby Atmos support. Lenovo opts for JBL speakers for an immersive audio experience, while Xiaomi enhances its setup with four microphones for clearer video calls.
In terms of accessories, the Lenovo Idea Tab Pro supports the Lenovo Tab Pen Plus and an optional 2-in-1 keyboard, while Xiaomi offers its Focus Keyboard, featuring stepless angle adjustments and adaptive backlighting. The Focus Pen is perfect for sketching, supporting 8192 levels of pressure sensitivity.
Battery-wise, Lenovo packs a robust 10,200mAh battery, ensuring up to 11 hours of video playback. Xiaomi’s 8,850mAh battery also supports 45W fast charging, minimizing downtime for users.
Pricing and Conclusion: Making the Choice
Both tablets are competitively priced. The 8GB+128GB variants are available for approximately $339 (Rs. 27,999) and €310. The 12GB+256GB models are priced around $369 (Rs. 30,999) and €340, while Xiaomi’s Nano Texture Display edition retails at about $396 (Rs. 32,999) and €360.
Ultimately, the Lenovo Idea Tab Pro is ideal for users who prioritize a larger display and longer battery life. However, if portability, a refined design, and cutting-edge AI features are more important, the Xiaomi Pad 7 takes the lead. Both tablets offer remarkable value, making the midrange tablet market in India more exciting than ever.
Xiaomi Pad 7 vs Lenovo Idea Tab Pro Comparison
Discover the Xiaomi Pad 7 vs Lenovo Idea Tab Pro comparison to find the perfect midrange tablet that fits your needs.
Tags: Xiaomi Pad 7, Lenovo Idea Tab Pro, midrange tablets, Android tablets, tech comparison, tablet reviews
Xiaomi’s journey in India has been a remarkable tale of innovation, value, and resilience. From the groundbreaking Redmi Note series to the fan-favorite Poco F1 and K20 Pro, Xiaomi redefined what Indian consumers could expect from a smartphone—top-tier hardware, unbeatable pricing, and a loyal “Mi fan” community that championed the brand. While competitors like Realme have made waves in recent years, Xiaomi remains a powerhouse in India, adapting to challenges and reinforcing its dominance in 2025.
Recent IDC data show Vivo leading with a 16.6% market share, followed by Samsung at 13.2%. Xiaomi and Realme are neck-and-neck, each commanding 11-12% of the market. Realme boasts a 69% year-on-year growth in Q4 2023 and ambitious goals of reaching 18% in 2025, but Xiaomi’s consistent performance and deep-rooted presence in India tell a different story—one of a brand that’s far from losing its edge.
Xiaomi’s Software Evolution
Critics often point to MIUI—and now HyperOS—as a weak spot, citing bloatware and ads as pain points. But Xiaomi has listened. HyperOS, launched as a sleek, modern evolution of MIUI, brings smarter AI features, smoother performance, and a refined user experience. While some ads remain in budget models to keep prices low, Xiaomi has scaled back interruptions on premium devices, ensuring a cleaner, more premium feel for users who invest more. Compare this to Realme UI, which, while lighter and less ad-heavy, lacks the depth of customization and ecosystem integration Xiaomi offers—a key advantage for India’s tech-savvy users.
A Portfolio That Covers All Bases
Xiaomi’s strength lies in its diverse lineup. From the budget-friendly Redmi A series to the performance-driven Poco models and the premium Xiaomi 15 series, the brand caters to every segment. Realme’s portfolio—spanning the C-series, Narzo, and GT lineup—may seem balanced, but Xiaomi’s offerings are broader and more refined. The Poco F1’s legacy lives on in devices like the Poco X7, delivering flagship-grade processors at midrange prices, while the Redmi Note series continues to dominate with its all-round appeal.
Yes, Xiaomi’s push into the premium segment (₹50,000+) faced skepticism, but it’s a calculated move to evolve beyond its budget-brand image. Unlike Realme, which focuses heavily on aggressive pricing, Xiaomi balances affordability with aspirational devices, appealing to both first-time buyers and those upgrading to flagship experiences.
Winning Over Enthusiasts
Realme’s GT Neo series may have caught the eye of performance enthusiasts, but Xiaomi hasn’t abandoned this crowd. The Poco lineup remains a favorite for those craving raw power, with successors to the F1 and K20 Pro delivering the same thrill—flagship chipsets, fast charging, and gaming-ready features. While Realme and others filled a gap during Xiaomi’s premium pivot, Xiaomi’s return to form with enthusiast-focused midrange devices proves it hasn’t lost touch with its core audience.
Gaming and Beyond: Xiaomi’s Broader Vision
India’s gaming boom—driven by titles like BGMI and Free Fire—hasn’t escaped Xiaomi’s notice. Realme may tout 90fps and 120fps gaming support, but Xiaomi’s Poco and Redmi devices offer similar optimizations, paired with superior cooling tech and larger batteries for extended play. Beyond gaming, Xiaomi focuses on holistic innovation—stunning AMOLED displays, cutting-edge cameras, and ultra-fast charging (up to 240W in some models)—ensuring its phones aren’t just gaming tools but all-round performers.
Pricing That Defines Value
Realme’s aggressive pricing is bold, but Xiaomi invented the game of delivering flagship features at budget prices. The Poco F1 set the standard, and Xiaomi continues to play it smart—offering high-refresh-rate displays, powerful processors, and premium designs without breaking the bank. While Realme floods the market with value-driven specs, Xiaomi’s pricing reflects a blend of affordability and quality, maintaining its reputation as India’s value-for-money king.
Xiaomi: Still the People’s Choice
Ask an Indian smartphone buyer in 2025 where their money’s going, and Xiaomi remains a top contender. Realme may feel fresh, but Xiaomi’s legacy of trust, reliability, and innovation keeps it ahead. HyperOS-powered devices come packed with features—AI enhancements, privacy tools, and seamless performance—that rival or surpass Realme’s offerings. Xiaomi phones don’t just feel complete; they feel like a brand that’s grown with its users.
The Road Ahead for Xiaomi India
Realme’s rise is a challenge, not a defeat. Xiaomi’s grip on India’s budget and midrange segments remains firm, and the Xiaomi 15 series has reignited excitement among tech enthusiasts. To stay ahead, Xiaomi is doubling down on what made it great—India-specific devices that blend flagship performance, gaming prowess, and aggressive pricing. The brand’s Chinese innovations—like foldables and cutting-edge cameras—could soon hit Indian shores, tailored to local tastes.
India’s smartphone market rewards those who listen and deliver. Xiaomi’s track record proves it’s not just surviving—it’s thriving. While Realme pushes forward, Xiaomi’s ability to adapt and innovate ensures it remains India’s go-to smartphone brand.
Introduction: Xiaomi’s Bold Step into the SUV Market
Xiaomi, the tech giant known for its smartphones and innovative gadgets, is making waves in the automotive world. On March 21, 2025, spy shots of Xiaomi’s new “Kunlun” SUV surfaced online, sparking excitement among car enthusiasts. Codenamed “Kunlun,” this three-row SUV marks Xiaomi’s ambitious expansion beyond its successful SU7 sedan into the premium family SUV segment. Shared by respected blogger @极速拍档 (Speedsters) on X (Speedsters), these images offer the first glimpse of what’s set to hit showrooms in 2026. Here’s everything we know about the Xiaomi Kunlun SUV so far.
Spy Shots Reveal a Commanding Design
The leaked photos showcase a large, square-bodied SUV with a bold and commanding presence. Designed with families in mind, the Kunlun SUV is expected to feature:
Three-row seating: Room for up to eight passengers.
Roof-mounted LiDAR: Advanced driver assistance and potential autonomous driving capabilities.
Boxy, premium aesthetic: Aimed at the luxury family SUV market.
The images, likely stills from a video, also show fences with designs of other Xiaomi vehicles under development, adding credibility to the leak. This suggests the Kunlun is part of a broader automotive lineup in the works.
Technical Highlights of the Xiaomi Kunlun SUV
Unlike the fully electric SU7 sedan, the Kunlun SUV is rumored to feature an extended-range electric vehicle (EREV) powertrain. This hybrid approach could address range anxiety—a common concern for EV buyers—while maintaining high performance. Additional technical features include:
Rear-wheel steering: Enhanced maneuverability for a large SUV.
LiDAR technology: A focus on cutting-edge driver assistance systems.
According to CarNewsChina, the Kunlun (internally coded N3) will compete with models like the Huawei Aito M9 and Li Auto L9 in China’s premium SUV market.
Xiaomi’s Ambitious Automotive Roadmap
The Kunlun SUV fits into Xiaomi’s aggressive timeline for electric vehicle launches. A leaked Bosch roadmap from September 2024, reported by Reuters, outlines the following:
2025: SU7 Ultra (high-performance sedan variant).
2025: MX11 (Xiaomi’s first SUV, possibly a pure EV).
2026: Kunlun SUV (extended-range model seen in spy shots).
This roadmap highlights Xiaomi’s commitment to diversifying its EV portfolio. With over 135,000 SU7 units delivered in 2024 alone (South China Morning Post), the company is poised to challenge established players in the EV space.
Why the Kunlun SUV Matters
The Xiaomi Kunlun SUV isn’t just another vehicle—it’s a statement of intent. By targeting the family SUV segment with advanced tech like LiDAR and rear-wheel steering, Xiaomi aims to blend practicality with innovation. The extended-range powertrain also broadens its appeal, catering to buyers hesitant about fully electric models. As Electrek notes, Xiaomi’s rapid success with the SU7 shows its potential to disrupt the market, and the Kunlun could follow suit.
What’s Next for the Xiaomi Kunlun SUV?
While these spy shots provide an exciting preview, official details remain scarce. Xiaomi is likely to refine the Kunlun’s design and specs before its 2026 debut. Production could take place at its Wuhan facility, part of a $10 billion investment in its automotive division (CarNewsChina). Stay tuned for updates as more information emerges.
A Game-Changer in the Making?
The Xiaomi Kunlun SUV promises to be a game-changer in the premium SUV market. With its family-friendly design, advanced technology, and strategic 2026 launch, it’s set to build on Xiaomi’s growing reputation in the EV world. What do you think of Xiaomi’s new SUV? Share your thoughts in the comments below!
Xiaomi Corporation (“Xiaomi” or “the Group”; stock code: 1810) has achieved a stellar Xiaomi record 2024, reporting an annual revenue increase of 35.0% to RMB365.9 billion and an adjusted net profit rise of 41.3% to RMB27.2 billion. For the first time, Q4 2024 revenue soared past RMB100 billion to RMB109.0 billion, up 48.8% year-over-year (YoY), with adjusted net profit jumping 69.4% to RMB8.3 billion—far exceeding expectations. Fueled by the synergy of its “Human x Car x Home” smart ecosystem, Xiaomi saw exceptional growth in ultra-premium smartphones, electric vehicles (EVs), and smart large home appliances.
Xiaomi Record 2024: Growth Across All Segments
The Xiaomi record 2024 reflects a high-growth trajectory across all business units. Smartphone revenue rose 21.8% to RMB191.8 billion, EVs and new initiatives contributed RMB32.8 billion, and IoT and lifestyle products grew 30.0% to RMB104.1 billion.
Smartphones: Global Leader
In 2024, Xiaomi shipped 168.5 million smartphones globally, up 15.7%, making it the top contributor to industry growth. Per Canalys, Xiaomi held a 13.8% market share, ranking among the top three globally for 18 consecutive quarters. In mainland China, its Q4 market share climbed 3.0 points to 15.8%. In the premium segment, Xiaomi hit new highs: 24.3% share in the RMB4,000-5,000 range (No. 1) and 9.7% in the RMB5,000-6,000 range.
Electric Vehicles: SU7 Series Shines
The Xiaomi SU7 Series delivered 136,854 vehicles in 2024, generating RMB32.8 billion in revenue, including RMB16.7 billion in Q4 (69,697 units). The SU7 Ultra, launched on February 27, 2025, saw over 19,000 pre-orders and 10,000 locked-in orders within three days, meeting its annual goal early. Xiaomi targets 350,000 EV deliveries in 2025.
IoT and Smart Appliances Surge
Xiaomi’s IoT and lifestyle products broke the RMB100 billion barrier for the first time, reaching RMB104.1 billion (+30.0% YoY), with a 20.3% gross profit margin. Smart large appliances grew 56.4%, with record shipments: air conditioners (+50%, 6.8M units), refrigerators (+30%, 2.7M units), and washing machines (+45%, 1.9M units). The Mijia Central Air Conditioner Pro, launched in 2025, marks Xiaomi’s entry into ultra-premium appliances.
Internet Services and AI Innovation
Internet services revenue rose 13.3% to RMB34.1 billion, with a 76.6% gross profit margin. Global monthly active users (MAU) topped 700 million (+9.5% YoY), with 172.9 million in China (+11.1% YoY). R&D spending increased 25.9% to RMB24.1 billion, supporting over 42,000 patents worldwide. The HyperOS 2, launched in October 2024, integrates AI across EVs, smartphones, and smart homes, enhancing the “Human x Car x Home” ecosystem.
The Xiaomi record 2024, with revenue of RMB365.9 billion and a groundbreaking Q4, underscores Xiaomi’s dominance in smartphones, EVs, and IoT. With premium offerings like the Xiaomi 15 Ultra and SU7 Ultra, the company is setting new benchmarks.
Category
Details
Total Revenue (2024)
RMB365.9 billion (+35.0%)
Adjusted Net Profit (2024)
RMB27.2 billion (+41.3%)
Q4 Revenue (2024)
RMB109.0 billion (+48.8%)
Q4 Adjusted Net Profit
RMB8.3 billion (+69.4%)
Smartphone Revenue
RMB191.8 billion (+21.8%), 168.5M units shipped (+15.7%)
Xiaomi is gearing up to unveil its first-ever Ultra model in the Poco F series, and leaks have just dropped exciting details about the Poco F7 Pro F7 Ultra specs. Set for a potential global launch on March 27, 2025, the Poco F7 Pro and F7 Ultra are generating buzz with their impressive features and sleek designs, as revealed by newly leaked images and specs. While a vanilla Poco F7 hasn’t surfaced yet, these Pro and Ultra variants—likely rebranded versions of the Redmi K80 and K80 Pro—are poised to make a splash. Here’s everything we know so far.
Poco F7 Pro F7 Ultra Specs: A Deep Dive
The Poco F7 Pro F7 Ultra specs highlight Xiaomi’s strategy to deliver flagship-level performance under its Poco sub-brand. While the devices share some similarities with the Redmi K80 series, tweaks like battery capacity adjustments cater to global markets. Let’s break down the leaked details.
Poco F7 Ultra: The Flagship Killer
Leaked images showcase the Poco F7 Ultra’s premium design, and its specs back up the hype:
Processor: Powered by the cutting-edge Snapdragon 8 Elite chipset, confirmed via benchmarks, delivering top-tier performance.
Memory/Storage: Available in 12GB/256GB and 16GB/512GB configurations.
Display: A 6.67-inch 120Hz 1440p+ AMOLED for vibrant visuals and smooth scrolling.
Cameras: A triple rear setup with a 50MP main, 50MP telephoto (2x zoom), and 32MP ultra-wide, plus a 32MP selfie camera.
Battery: 5,300mAh with 120W wired and 50W wireless charging (smaller than the K80 Pro’s 6,000mAh).
Build: IP68-rated, measuring 160.3 x 74.9 x 8.4mm and weighing 212g.
The Poco F7 Ultra’s leaked images reveal a sleek, modern look, positioning it as a standout in Xiaomi’s lineup.
Poco F7 Pro: Affordable Power
The Poco F7 Pro offers robust specs at a potentially lower price point, as seen in its leaked renders:
Processor: Runs on the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3, a step below the Elite but still powerful.
Memory/Storage: Options of 12GB/256GB and 16GB/512GB.
Display: Matches the Ultra with a 6.67-inch 120Hz 1440p+ AMOLED.
Cameras: Features a 50MP main, 8MP ultra-wide, and 2MP helper, with a 16MP selfie camera—a downgrade from the Ultra.
Battery: A larger 6,000mAh capacity with 90W wired-only charging (compared to 6,550mAh on the K80).
Build: Also IP68-rated, at 160.3 x 74.9 x 8.1mm and 206g.
The Poco F7 Pro’s leaked images suggest a refined design, appealing to budget-conscious power users.
Launch Details and Availability
Xiaomi has yet to confirm the March 27, 2025, launch date for the Poco F7 series, but leaks point to this timeline. Notably, India might miss out on these models, as the Poco F6 Pro skipped the region last year while the F6 launched successfully. The Poco F7 Pro F7 Ultra specs suggest a global focus, with possible market-specific tweaks.
Why the Poco F7 Pro and F7 Ultra Matter
The Poco F7 Pro F7 Ultra specs showcase Xiaomi’s ambition to blend flagship performance with Poco’s signature value proposition. The Ultra’s Snapdragon 8 Elite and advanced camera system target enthusiasts, while the Pro’s Gen 3 chip and larger battery appeal to practical buyers. Leaked images further highlight their premium aesthetics, making them contenders against brands like Samsung and OnePlus.
Conclusion
The leaked Poco F7 Pro and F7 Ultra specs and images reveal Xiaomi’s next big move in the smartphone arena. With the F7 Ultra’s top-tier Snapdragon 8 Elite and the F7 Pro’s balanced power, these devices promise to shake up the market upon their expected March 27 launch.
Xiaomi’s upcoming electric crossover, the YU7, is poised to make waves in the EV market, boasting a standout Xiaomi YU7 range of up to 770 km. Recently certified by China’s MIIT platform, this sporty SUV is slated for a June-July 2025 launch and promises a blend of cutting-edge technology, sleek design, and competitive pricing. Here’s everything you need to know about this exciting addition to Xiaomi’s EV lineup.
Xiaomi YU7 Range: A Game-Changer in Electric Crossovers
The Xiaomi YU7 range of 770 km, certified by China’s MIIT, positions it as a top contender in the electric vehicle space. Set to debut mid-2025, the YU7 offers multiple trims, with its top-tier variant delivering this remarkable range thanks to a 96.3 kWh NMC battery. This crossover builds on the success of Xiaomi’s SU7 sedan, bringing EV innovation to the SUV segment.
Design and Dimensions
The YU7 inherits its sleek design from the SU7, featuring:
“Teardrop” Headlights: A signature Xiaomi aesthetic.
Aerodynamic Profile: Enhanced by semi-concealed door handles and frameless mirrors.
Distinctive Rear: A ducktail spoiler and “halo” taillights add flair.
Measuring 4,999 mm long, 1,996 mm wide, and 1,608 mm tall, with a 3,000 mm wheelbase, the YU7 offers ample interior space. Inside, an ultra-wide dashboard screen displays critical info like range, speed, and navigation, breaking from traditional layouts.
Performance and Powertrain Options
The YU7 caters to diverse needs with three powertrain configurations:
Top-Tier Dual-Motor AWD: Delivers 508 kW (691 hp) with a 253 km/h top speed.
Lower-Powered Dual-Motor: Offers 365 kW for balanced performance.
Single-Motor RWD: Produces 235 kW and reaches 240 km/h.
The standout Xiaomi YU7 range comes from its battery options:
96.3 kWh NMC Pack: Provides ranges of 770 km, 760 km, and 675 km.
101.7 kWh NMC Pack: Offers 670 km, 750 km, and 760 km.
LFP Battery: Available for the single-motor variant, focusing on affordability.
A roof-mounted LiDAR sensor hints at advanced autonomous driving, though versions without LiDAR will still include self-driving tech.
Price and Market Position
The Xiaomi YU7 is expected to start at around RMB 250,000 (approximately $34,562 USD), making it a competitive alternative to EVs like the Tesla Model Y. This pricing, paired with its impressive Xiaomi YU7 range, positions it as a value-driven option in the growing electric crossover market.
Why the Xiaomi YU7 Range Stands Out
The Xiaomi YU7 range of 770 km isn’t just a number—it’s a statement. With advanced battery options, powerful motors, and a tech-forward design, the YU7 aims to rival established players. Its LiDAR-equipped trims suggest Xiaomi is betting big on autonomous driving, while its sleek styling and spacious interior appeal to modern EV buyers.
The Xiaomi YU7 range of up to 770 km, certified by MIIT, marks this crossover as a formidable EV contender for its June-July 2025 launch. Combining performance, technology, and affordability, the YU7 showcases Xiaomi’s ambition in the electric vehicle arena. Stay ahead of the curve—follow our tech news section for the latest updates on Xiaomi’s EV journey!
Choosing the right indoor security camera can be tricky, especially with top brands like Xiaomi and TP-Link offering compelling options. In this Xiaomi C400 vs Tapo C220 comparison, we dive into two popular models known for their high-quality imaging, smart features, and affordability. Which one suits your needs best? We break down their specs, key features, and differences to help you decide.
Xiaomi C400 vs Tapo C220: Overview
The Xiaomi Smart Camera C400 and TP-Link Tapo C220 are Wi-Fi-enabled indoor security cameras designed for reliable home monitoring. Both boast 2K resolution, night vision, and motion detection, but they differ in design, advanced capabilities, and user experience. Let’s explore how they stack up.
Key Specifications
Feature
Xiaomi C400
Tapo C220
Resolution
2.5K (2560 x 1440)
2K (2560 x 1440)
Night Vision
Infrared + color (low light)
Infrared
Pan/Tilt
360° horizontal, 106° vertical
360° horizontal, 114° vertical
AI Detection
Motion, people, sounds
Motion, people
Storage
MicroSD (up to 256 GB)
MicroSD (up to 512 GB)
Video Compression
H.265
H.264
App
Xiaomi Home
Tapo
Compatibility
Alexa, Google Home
Alexa, Google Home
Detailed Comparison: Xiaomi C400 vs Tapo C220
Image Quality and Night Vision
Both cameras deliver 2K resolution (2560 x 1440), ensuring sharp and detailed footage. However, the Xiaomi C400 edges ahead with its dual night vision capabilities: infrared for complete darkness and color vision in low-light conditions. This versatility is great for identifying details at night. The Tapo C220, meanwhile, sticks to infrared night vision in black and white, which is effective but less advanced.
Winner: Xiaomi C400, for its superior night vision options.
Pan, Tilt, and Coverage
Both cameras offer 360° horizontal pan, providing full-room coverage. The Xiaomi C400 has a 106° vertical tilt, while the Tapo C220 slightly outperforms with a 114° vertical range, giving it a minor edge in vertical visibility. Both feature motion tracking, but the C400’s quieter motor enhances its smoothness during operation.
Winner: Tapo C220, for its wider vertical tilt.
Smart Features
In terms of AI, the Xiaomi C400 shines with detection for motion, people, and specific sounds (like a baby crying), making it ideal for homes with pets or kids. The Tapo C220 detects motion and people but lacks sound-specific alerts. Both integrate seamlessly with Alexa and Google Home, fitting well into smart home setups.
Winner: Xiaomi C400, for its more advanced AI capabilities.
Storage and Compression
The Xiaomi C400 uses H.265 compression, which shrinks video file sizes without losing quality, optimizing its MicroSD storage (up to 256 GB). The Tapo C220 relies on H.264 compression, which is less efficient, but it supports larger MicroSD cards (up to 512 GB), offering more long-term storage capacity.
Winner: Tapo C220, for its higher storage limit.
Design and Usability
The Xiaomi C400 boasts a sleek, modern design with a USB-C cable for improved connectivity over older MicroUSB models. The Tapo C220 has a sturdier build and includes wall-mounting tools for easy setup. App-wise, Xiaomi Home offers a polished interface but can lag on mobile data, while the Tapo app is praised for its speed and extra features like location tagging.
Winner: Tie, depending on your design and app preferences.
Price and Availability
The Xiaomi C400 typically retails for $50-$60 USD, while the Tapo C220 ranges from $45-$55 USD, depending on the seller. Both are widely available on platforms like Amazon, Xiaomi Store, and TP-Link Store, making them budget-friendly options for home security.
Which Should You Choose?
Pick the Xiaomi C400 if: You want color night vision, advanced sound detection, and a stylish design. It’s perfect for monitoring pets or babies.
Pick the Tapo C220 if: You prioritize larger storage, a faster app, and a slightly wider vertical view. It’s great for simple, long-term surveillance.
Conclusion
In the Xiaomi C400 vs Tapo C220 showdown, there’s no clear-cut winner—both cameras deliver excellent value for their price. The Xiaomi C400 excels in smart features and night vision, while the Tapo C220 stands out for storage and ease of use. Your choice hinges on your specific needs. For more tech comparisons, check out our technology section.
Xiaomi is set to make waves with the Redmi A5 launch in Bangladesh, an entry-level smartphone that’s already generating buzz. While the company has confirmed a March 20 launch event for the Redmi Note 14 series in Bangladesh, the Redmi A5 has quietly surfaced at offline retailers ahead of its official unveiling. Although Xiaomi has not yet confirmed its debut, speculation suggests it may launch alongside the Note 14 lineup. Here’s everything we know about the Redmi A5, including its specifications, pricing, and availability.
Redmi A5 Launch in Bangladesh: What We Know
The Redmi A5 launch in Bangladesh marks Xiaomi’s latest push into the budget smartphone market. While the company has been teasing its arrival, the device is already available at offline retailers, hinting at an imminent official announcement. This unexpected early availability has revealed key details about its specs and pricing, making it a hot topic among tech enthusiasts.
Redmi A5 Specifications
The Redmi A5 is designed to offer solid performance at an affordable price. Here’s a breakdown of its key features:
Display: A 6.88-inch LCD panel with a waterdrop notch, delivering HD+ resolution and a 120Hz refresh rate for smooth scrolling and visuals.
Processor: Powered by the Unisoc T7250 chip (a rebranded Unisoc T616 SoC), offering reliable performance for everyday tasks and light gaming.
Memory and Storage: Available in two variants: 4GB RAM + 64GB storage and 6GB RAM + 128GB storage, catering to different user needs.
Battery: A 5,200mAh battery with 18W charging support, though the retail package includes a 15W charger.
Camera: Features an AI-powered 32-megapixel rear camera within an oval-shaped module and an 8-megapixel front camera for selfies.
Design and Security: Sports an AG frosted glass back for a premium feel and a side-facing fingerprint sensor for secure unlocking.
These specs position the Redmi A5 as a competitive option in the entry-level segment, balancing performance and affordability.
Redmi A5 Price in Bangladesh
The Redmi A5 launch in Bangladesh comes with attractive pricing:
4GB + 64GB Variant: Priced at BDT 10,999 (~$90).
6GB + 128GB Variant: Priced at BDT 12,999 (~$105).
The device will be available in four stylish colors: black, beige, blue, and green, offering variety for consumers. These prices reflect Xiaomi’s strategy to deliver value-packed devices at budget-friendly rates, making the Redmi A5 an appealing choice for cost-conscious buyers.
Potential Rebranding and Market Impact
Rumors suggest that the Redmi A5 may be rebranded as the Poco C71 in other markets, including India. This strategy aligns with Xiaomi’s practice of tailoring its devices for different regions under various sub-brands. The Redmi A5 launch in Bangladesh could set the stage for its expansion into other markets, potentially disrupting the entry-level smartphone segment.
Why the Redmi A5 Launch in Bangladesh Matters
The early availability of the Redmi A5 at offline retailers before its official unveiling underscores Xiaomi’s strong presence in Bangladesh. By offering a 6.88-inch display with a 120Hz refresh rate, a capable processor, and a large battery at a low price, the Redmi A5 caters to users seeking affordable yet feature-rich smartphones. Its launch alongside the Redmi Note 14 series could further solidify Xiaomi’s dominance in the Bangladeshi market.
The Redmi A5 launch in Bangladesh is shaping up to be a significant event for Xiaomi fans and budget smartphone buyers. With its impressive specs, competitive pricing, and sleek design, the Redmi A5 is poised to make a strong impact. While Xiaomi has yet to confirm these details officially, the early retail availability suggests an announcement is imminent—possibly as early as the March 20 event. Stay tuned for updates, and explore more Xiaomi news on our site!
Xiaomi has solidified its position as a global leader in artificial intelligence with a groundbreaking achievement in Xiaomi AI audio reasoning. The company’s Big Model team has surpassed industry giants like OpenAI and Google, topping the Massive Multi-Task Audio Understanding and Reasoning (MMAU) benchmark with a record-breaking 64.5% accuracy. This milestone, announced via the official Xiaomi Technology account, highlights Xiaomi’s growing prowess in frontier AI research and its innovative approach to audio reasoning technology.
Xiaomi AI Audio Reasoning: A New Benchmark Leader
The MMAU assessment, a world-renowned benchmark, tests AI models on their ability to understand and reason across diverse audio types, including speech, ambient sounds, and music. Xiaomi’s latest model achieved 64.5% accuracy, outperforming OpenAI’s GPT-4o (57.3%) and Google’s Gemini 2.0 Flash (55.6%). This leap forward showcases Xiaomi’s ability to push the boundaries of multimodal AI, setting a new standard in the industry.
Revolutionary Reinforcement Learning Approach
What sets this achievement apart is the speed and method behind it. Following the lead of DeepSeek-R1, Xiaomi’s researchers applied the Group Relative Policy Optimization (GRPO) reinforcement learning algorithm to multimodal audio tasks. Remarkably, they achieved this breakthrough in just one week using a dataset of 38,000 audio samples.
Dr. Zhang Wei, head researcher on the project, explains: “Reinforcement learning excels at bridging the gap between generation and verification. Audio reasoning requires active thinking, not just pattern recognition, and GRPO enables our model to mimic human-like reflection and multi-step reasoning.”
Beyond Sound Recognition: Real-World Applications
The Xiaomi AI audio reasoning model goes far beyond basic sound recognition, enabling advanced capabilities such as:
Vehicle Diagnostics: Detecting potential faults by analyzing cockpit recordings.
Music Analysis: Inferring a composer’s mood from musical performances.
Safety Monitoring: Anticipating collision risks in crowded environments like subway stations.
The MMAU test set, comprising 10,000 audio clips with human-annotated question-answer pairs, evaluates models on 27 distinct skills, from information extraction to complex reasoning. Xiaomi’s model excels across these tasks, demonstrating its versatility and real-world potential.
Disrupting Traditional AI Development
Xiaomi’s approach challenges conventional AI wisdom with surprising findings:
Reinforcement Learning Outperforms Supervised Learning: Despite using a modest dataset of 38,000 items, reinforcement learning delivered superior results compared to traditional supervised learning methods.
Smaller Model, Bigger Impact: The 7B-parameter model outperformed larger 100B+ parameter competitors, proving that efficiency can trump scale in reasoning tasks.
Simplicity Over Complexity: Forcing explicit reasoning processes reduced performance by 3.4%, suggesting that implicit reasoning is more effective for audio tasks.
While the 64.5% accuracy is impressive, it falls short of the 82.23% human expert benchmark, indicating room for further advancement.
Open-Source Commitment: Innovation for All
In line with its mission of “innovation for everyone,” Xiaomi has open-sourced its training code and model parameters. This move allows global developers and researchers to build upon its work, accelerating progress in AI audio reasoning. Resources include:
Xiaomi founder and CEO Lei Jun stated, “By sharing our efforts with the global AI community, we aim to hasten the journey toward true intelligent audio understanding. This is a step toward making advanced technology accessible to all.”
Xiaomi’s Growing AI Ecosystem
This breakthrough aligns with Xiaomi’s broader strategy to integrate AI across its product lineup, from smartphones to IoT smart home devices. By leading in Xiaomi AI audio reasoning, the company is positioning itself as a serious contender in the global AI research arena, challenging established players like OpenAI and Google.
Conclusion
The Xiaomi AI audio reasoning model’s topping of the MMAU benchmark is a testament to the company’s innovation and dedication to advancing AI technology. With a record 64.5% accuracy, an efficient reinforcement learning approach, and an open-source commitment, Xiaomi is setting a new standard in audio understanding. While there’s still progress to be made to reach human-level performance, this milestone marks Xiaomi as a rising star in AI research.
Xiaomi’s upcoming flagship, the Xiaomi 16, is set to break from tradition by abandoning its compact design in favor of a larger display and a slimmer build. This shift marks a significant departure from the compact form factor seen in the Xiaomi 13, 14, and 15 models. Based on leaks from reliable tipster Smart Pikachu (translated from Chinese), the Xiaomi 16 will feature a bigger screen and a thinner profile, aligning with trends seen in devices like the upcoming Redmi Turbo 4 Pro and Redmi K80 Ultra. Here’s everything we know about this change and what it means for Xiaomi fans.
Xiaomi 16 Larger Display: What’s Changing?
The Xiaomi 16 larger display rumor suggests the standard model will move away from the 6.36-inch screen size that defined the Xiaomi 13, 14, and 15. Instead, the new flagship is expected to feature a display size between 6.5 and 6.67 inches. This change aligns with a broader industry trend toward larger screens, as seen in competitors’ devices and Xiaomi’s own upcoming models like the Redmi K80 Ultra.
Potential Reasons Behind the Shift
Several factors may be driving Xiaomi’s decision to adopt a larger display and slimmer design:
Slimmer Build: A larger surface area allows for a slimmer battery without compromising capacity, thanks to advancements in battery energy density. This could result in a thinner overall profile, potentially inspired by designs like the yet-to-be-released Galaxy S25 Edge or similar devices from Chinese competitors such as Oppo and Vivo.
Enhanced Telephoto Camera: The increased internal space could accommodate a “horizontally expanded” telephoto camera. The current base model features a 2.6x (60mm) telephoto lens, and a larger chassis might enable an upgrade to a more advanced telephoto system, improving zoom and imaging capabilities.
Market Demand: Larger displays appeal to users who prioritize media consumption, gaming, and multitasking, reflecting a shift in consumer preferences.
While battery technology has evolved to allow slimmer designs without sacrificing capacity, imaging hardware improvements still require physical space, making a larger footprint advantageous.
Impact on Compact Smartphone Fans
Since the Xiaomi 12 launched in 2021, Xiaomi has been a go-to brand for compact flagship enthusiasts, offering powerful specs in a smaller form factor. The Xiaomi 16 larger display shift may disappoint this niche audience, as the company appears to prioritize specification upgrades over compactness. Fans of smaller phones might need to look elsewhere, such as the Asus Zenfone series or older Xiaomi models, for compact options.
What Else to Expect from the Xiaomi 16
While specific details remain speculative, the Xiaomi 16 is likely to retain flagship-grade features, including:
A high-refresh-rate OLED display for smooth visuals.
The latest Snapdragon or MediaTek processor for top-tier performance.
Advanced camera systems, potentially with an upgraded telephoto lens.
Fast charging and a robust battery, optimized for the larger chassis.
These enhancements align with Xiaomi’s strategy to compete with premium flagships like the Samsung Galaxy S series and Apple’s iPhone lineup.
The Bigger Picture: Industry Trends
The Xiaomi 16 larger display move reflects a broader trend in the smartphone industry, where manufacturers are increasingly favoring bigger screens to accommodate advanced features and meet user demands. Devices like the Redmi Turbo 4 Pro (with a 6.8-inch display) and Redmi K80 Ultra (featuring a 1.5K OLED) underscore Xiaomi’s shift toward larger, more immersive displays across its portfolio.
Conclusion
The rumored Xiaomi 16 larger display and slimmer build signal a new direction for Xiaomi’s flagship lineup. While this change may alienate fans of compact smartphones, it positions the Xiaomi 16 to compete more aggressively with larger-screened rivals. As we await official confirmation, these leaks suggest Xiaomi is prioritizing innovation and market trends over its compact legacy. Stay tuned for updates, and explore more Xiaomi news on our site!
